Linux Standard Base Specification 1.0.0

Linux Standard Base Specification 1.0.0
Copyright © 2000, 2001 by Free Standards Group
This material may be distributed only subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Open Publication License, v1.0 or later (the latest version is presently available at http://www.opencontent.org/openpub/) and provided that neither the name of the Free Standards Group, the name of the Linux Standard Base, nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote derived works without specific prior written permission.
Portions of the text were taken from other copyrighted documents in accordance with the respective license of those documents.

Table of Contents
I. Introduction	000
1. Introduction	000
1.1. Introduction	000
1.2. Purpose	000
1.3. Related Standards	000
1.4. Related Implementations	000
1.5. Relevant Libraries	000
1.6. How to Use this Standard	000
1.7. Definitions	000
1.8. Terminology	000
II. Object Format	000
2. Object Files	000
3. Sections	000
3.1. ELF Section Types	000
3.2. Linux Section Types	000
4. Special Sections	000
4.1. ELF Special Sections	000
4.2. Linux Special Sections	000
5. Symbol Mapping	000
5.1. C Language	000
5.2. C++ Language	000
6. Symbol Versioning	000
6.1. Symbol Version Table	000
6.2. Version Definitions	000
6.3. Version Requirements	000
6.4. Startup Sequence	000
6.5. Symbol Resolution	000
III. Dynamic Linking	000
7. Program Loading and Dynamic Linking	000
8. Dynamic Entries	000
8.1. ELF Dynamic Entries	000
8.2. Linux Dynamic Entries	000
9. Program Interpreter	000
9.1. 	000
IV. Base Libraries	000
10. Libraries	000
10.1. Interfaces for libc	000
10.1.1. System Calls	000
10.1.2. Data Symbols	000
10.1.3. Standard I/O	000
10.1.4. Data Symbols	000
10.1.5. Signal Handling	000
10.1.6. Data Symbols	000
10.1.7. Standard Library	000
10.1.8. Data Symbols	000
10.1.9. Localization Functions	000
10.1.10. Data Symbols	000
10.1.11. Socket Interface	000
10.1.12. Data Symbols	000
10.1.13. Wide Characters	000
10.1.14. String Functions	000
10.1.15. IPC Functions	000
10.1.16. Regular Expressions	000
10.1.17. Data Symbols	000
10.1.18. Character Type Functions	000
10.1.19. Data Symbols	000
10.1.20. Time Manipulation	000
10.1.21. Data Symbols	000
10.1.22. Terminal Interface Functions	000
10.1.23. System Database Interface	000
10.1.24. Language Support	000
10.1.25. Large File Support	000
10.2. Data Definitions for libc	000
10.2.1. dirent.h	000
10.2.2. ftw.h	000
10.2.3. glob.h	000
10.2.4. grp.h	000
10.2.5. iconv.h	000
10.2.6. inttypes.h	000
10.2.7. locale.h	000
10.2.8. nl_types.h	000
10.2.9. pwd.h	000
10.2.10. regex.h	000
10.2.11. search.h	000
10.2.12. setjmp.h	000
10.2.13. signal.h	000
10.2.14. stdio.h	000
10.2.15. stdlib.h	000
10.2.16. sys/sem.h	000
10.2.17. sys/socket.h	000
10.2.18. sys/times.h	000
10.2.19. sys/utsname.h	000
10.2.20. sys/wait.h	000
10.2.21. time.h	000
10.2.22. unistd.h	000
10.2.23. utime.h	000
10.2.24. wchar.h	000
10.2.25. wctype.h	000
10.2.26. wordexp.h	000
10.3. Interface Definitions for libc	000
acct	000
adjtime	000
adjtimex	000
alphasort	000
alphasort64	000
__assert_fail	000
bindtextdomain	000
cfmakeraw	000
cfsetspeed	000
__ctype_b	000
__ctype_tolower	000
__ctype_toupper	000
__cxa_atexit	000
daemon	000
dcgettext	000
__dcgettext	000
__divdi3	000
endutent	000
_environ	000
__environ	000
err	000
__errno_location	000
error	000
errx	000
flock	000
__fpending	000
fstatfs	000
fwprintf	000
gethostbyname	000
getloadavg	000
getopt_long	000
getopt_long_only	000
__getpgid	000
getprotobyname	000
getprotoent	000
getservbyname	000
getservent	000
gettext	000
getutent	000
htons	000
inet_aton	000
inet_ntoa	000
initgroups	000
_IO_2_1_stderr_	000
_IO_2_1_stdin_	000
_IO_2_1_stdout_	000
_IO_feof	000
_IO_getc	000
_IO_putc	000
_IO_puts	000
isblank	000
isinf	000
iswblank	000
iswctype	000
__libc_start_main	000
llabs	000
logwtmp	000
__lxstat	000
mbsnrtowcs	000
memmem	000
__mempcpy	000
memrchr	000
mkstemp64	000
_nl_msg_cat_cntr	000
ntohs	000
_obstack_begin	000
obstack_free	000
_obstack_newchunk	000
opterr	000
optind	000
optopt	000
psignal	000
putwchar	000
pwrite64	000
__rawmemchr	000
sem_timedwait	000
setbuffer	000
setegid	000
setgroups	000
sethostid	000
sethostname	000
setmntent	000
setutent	000
sigandset	000
sigblock	000
siggetmask	000
sigisemptyset	000
sigorset	000
sigreturn	000
sigsetmask	000
sigvec	000
statfs	000
fstatfs64	000
stime	000
stpcpy	000
__stpcpy	000
stpncpy	000
strcasestr	000
strerror_r	000
strfry	000
strndup	000
strnlen	000
strsep	000
strsignal	000
__strtod_internal	000
strtok_r	000
__strtol_internal	000
strtoq	000
strtouq	000
strverscmp	000
__sysconf	000
system	000
_sys_errlist	000
_sys_siglist	000
textdomain	000
vasprintf	000
vdprintf	000
verrx	000
wait4	000
warn	000
warnx	000
wcpcpy	000
wcpncpy	000
wcscasecmp	000
wcsdup	000
wcsncasecmp	000
wcsnlen	000
wcsnrtombs	000
wcstoq	000
wcstouq	000
__xmknod	000
10.4. Interfaces for libm	000
10.4.1. Math	000
10.4.2. Data Symbols	000
10.5. Data Definitions for libm	000
10.6. Interfaces for libpthread	000
10.6.1. Posix Threads	000
10.7. Data Definitions for libpthread	000
10.7.1. semaphore.h	000
10.8. Interfaces for libdl	000
10.8.1. Dynamic Loader	000
10.9. Data Definitions for libdl	000
10.10. Interface Definitions for libdl	000
dladdr	000
10.11. Interfaces for libcrypt	000
10.11.1. Encryption	000
10.12. Data Definitions for libcrypt	000
10.12.1. stdlib.h	000
10.12.2. unistd.h	000
10.13. Interfaces for librt	000
10.13.1. Asynchronous I/O	000
10.14. Data Definitions for librt	000
10.14.1. aio.h	000
V. Utility Libraries	000
11. Libraries	000
11.1. Interfaces for libz	000
11.1.1. Compression Library	000
11.2. Interfaces for libncurses	000
11.2.1. Curses	000
11.2.2. Data Symbols	000
11.3. Data Definitions for libncurses	000
11.3.1. curses.h	000
11.4. Interfaces for libutil	000
11.4.1. Utility Functions	000
11.5. Interface Definitions for libutil	000
forkpty	000
getopt	000
getutent_r	000
getutid_r	000
getutline_r	000
login_tty	000
login	000
logout	000
mkfifo	000
mknod	000
openpty	000
VI. Graphic Libraries	000
12. Libraries	000
12.1. Interfaces for libX11	000
12.1.1. X Windows Interface	000
12.2. Data Definitions for libX11	000
12.2.1. X11/Xauth.h	000
12.2.2. X11/Xcms.h	000
12.2.3. X11/Xlib.h	000
12.2.4. X11/Xutil.h	000
12.3. Interfaces for libXext	000
12.3.1. X Shape Extension	000
12.3.2. X Display Power Managment Signaling Extension	000
12.3.3. X Shared Memory Extensions	000
12.3.4. X Security Extension	000
12.3.5. X Synchronization Extension	000
12.3.6. X Double Buffer Extension	000
12.4. Data Definitions for libXext	000
12.4.1. X11/extensions/security.h	000
12.4.2. X11/extensions/sync.h	000
12.5. Interfaces for libSM	000
12.5.1. Session Management Functions	000
12.6. Data Definitions for libSM	000
12.6.1. X11/SM/SMlib.h	000
12.7. Interfaces for libICE	000
12.7.1. ICE Functions	000
12.8. Data Definitions for libICE	000
12.8.1. X11/ICE/ICElib.h	000
12.8.2. X11/ICE/ICEutil.h	000
12.9. Interfaces for libXt	000
12.9.1. X Toolkit	000
12.9.2. Data Symbols	000
12.10. Interface Definitions for libXt	000
_XtCopyFromArg	000
_XtInherit	000
_XtInheritTranslations	000
_XtIsSubclassOf	000
12.11. Interfaces for libGL	000
12.11.1. GL X interface	000
12.11.2. OpenGL	000
12.12. Data Definitions for libGL	000
12.12.1. GL/gl.h	000
12.12.2. GL/glx.h	000
VII. Package Format and Installation	000
13. Software Installation	000
13.1. Package Format	000
13.1.1. Package Script Constraints	000
13.2. Package Tools	000
13.3. Package Naming	000
13.4. Package Dependencies	000
VIII. Commands and Utilities	000
14. Command and Utilities	000
14.1. Command and Utilities	000
14.2. Command Behavior	000
ar	000
at	000
awk	000
batch	000
bc	000
cat	000
chfn	000
chgrp	000
chmod	000
chown	000
chsh	000
col	000
cp	000
cpio	000
csplit	000
crontab	000
cut	000
date	000
dd	000
df	000
diff	000
dmesg	000
du	000
echo	000
egrep	000
env	000
expand	000
expr	000
fgrep	000
file	000
find	000
fuser	000
gencat	000
grep	000
groupadd	000
groupdel	000
groupmod	000
groups	000
gzip	000
gunzip	000
head	000
hostname	000
iconv	000
install	000
ipcrm	000
ipcs	000
killall	000
ln	000
localedef	000
login	000
lpr	000
ls	000
lsb_release	000
m4	000
make	000
man	000
md5sum	000
mkdir	000
mknod	000
mktemp	000
more	000
mount	000
mv	000
newgrp	000
nice	000
nl	000
nohup	000
od	000
passwd	000
paste	000
patch	000
pathchk	000
pidof	000
pr	000
printf	000
pwd	000
renice	000
rm	000
rmdir	000
rsync	000
sed	000
sendmail	000
shutdown	000
sleep	000
sort	000
split	000
strip	000
su	000
sum	000
sync	000
tail	000
tar	000
tee	000
test	000
time	000
touch	000
tr	000
tty	000
umount	000
uname	000
unexpand	000
uniq	000
useradd	000
userdel	000
usermod	000
wc	000
xargs	000
IX. Standard Shell	000
15. Standard Shell	000
15.1. Introduction	000
15.2. Standard Shell Exception: pathname of $0	000
15.3. Standard Shell Exception: sourcing non-executable files	000
X. Users & Groups	000
16. Users & Groups	000
16.1. User and Group Database	000
16.2. User & Group Names	000
16.3. UID Ranges	000
XI. File System Hierarchy	000
17. FHS	000
17.1. Minimal granted Directory and File permissions	000
17.2. Recommendations for applications on ownership and permissions	000
17.2.1. Directory Write Permissions	000
17.2.2. File Write Permissions	000
17.2.3. File Read and execute Permissions	000
17.2.4. Suid and Sgid Permissions	000
17.2.5. Privileged users	000
17.2.6. Changing permissions	000
17.2.7. Removable Media (Cdrom, Floppy,...)	000
17.2.8. Installable applications	000
XII. System Initialization	000
18. System Initialization	000
18.1. Cron Jobs	000
18.2. Run Levels	000
18.3. Init Script Actions	000
18.4. Comment conventions for init scripts	000
18.5. Installation and removal of init.d files	000
18.6. Facility names	000
18.7. Script names	000
18.8. Init script Functions	000
A. Alphabetical Listing of Interfaces	000
A.1. libX11	000
A.2. libXt	000
A.3. libm	000
A.4. libGL	000
A.5. libXext	000
A.6. libICE	000
A.7. libSM	000
A.8. libdl	000
A.9. libcrypt	000
A.10. libz	000
A.11. libncurses	000
A.12. libutil	000
A.13. libc	000
A.14. libpthread	000
A.15. librt	000
B. How To Create An LSB Compliant Application	000
B.1. Application Binary Interface	000
B.2. Application Programming Interface	000
B.3. LSB Compliance	000
B.4. LSB Setup and Environment	000
B.5. LSB Compliance Example	000
B.6. LSB Non-Compliance Example	000

List of Tables
1-1. Related Standards	000
1-2. Related Implementations	000
1-3. Relevant Libraries	000
3-1. ELF Section Types	000
3-2. Linux Section Types	000
4-1. ELF Special Sections	000
4-2. Linux Special Sections	000
8-1. ELF Dynamic Entries	000
8-2. Linux Dynamic Entries	000
10-1. libc - System Calls Function Interfaces	000
10-2. libc - System Calls Data Interfaces	000
10-3. libc - Standard I/O Function Interfaces	000
10-4. libc - Standard I/O Data Interfaces	000
10-5. libc - Signal Handling Function Interfaces	000
10-6. libc - Signal Handling Data Interfaces	000
10-7. libc - Standard Library Function Interfaces	000
10-8. libc - Standard Library Data Interfaces	000
10-9. libc - Localization Functions Function Interfaces	000
10-10. libc - Localization Functions Data Interfaces	000
10-11. libc - Socket Interface Function Interfaces	000
10-12. libc - Socket Interface Data Interfaces	000
10-13. libc - Wide Characters Function Interfaces	000
10-14. libc - String Functions Function Interfaces	000
10-15. libc - IPC Functions Function Interfaces	000
10-16. libc - Regular Expressions Function Interfaces	000
10-17. libc - Regular Expressions Data Interfaces	000
10-18. libc - Character Type Functions Function Interfaces	000
10-19. libc - Character Type Functions Data Interfaces	000
10-20. libc - Time Manipulation Function Interfaces	000
10-21. libc - Time Manipulation Data Interfaces	000
10-22. libc - Terminal Interface Functions Function Interfaces	000
10-23. libc - System Database Interface Function Interfaces	000
10-24. libc - Language Support Function Interfaces	000
10-25. libc - Large File Support Function Interfaces	000
10-26. libm - Math Function Interfaces	000
10-27. libm - Math Data Interfaces	000
10-28. libpthread - Posix Threads Function Interfaces	000
10-29. libdl Definition	000
10-30. libdl - Dynamic Loader Function Interfaces	000
10-31. libcrypt Definition	000
10-32. libcrypt - Encryption Function Interfaces	000
10-33. librt - Asynchronous I/O Function Interfaces	000
11-1. libz Definition	000
11-2. libz - Compression Library Function Interfaces	000
11-3. libncurses Definition	000
11-4. libncurses - Curses Function Interfaces	000
11-5. libncurses - Curses Data Interfaces	000
11-6. libutil - Utility Functions Function Interfaces	000
12-1. libX11 Definition	000
12-2. libX11 - X Windows Interface Function Interfaces	000
12-3. libXext Definition	000
12-4. libXext - X Shape Extension Function Interfaces	000
12-5. libXext - X Display Power Managment Signaling Extension Function Interfaces	000
12-6. libXext - X Shared Memory Extensions Function Interfaces	000
12-7. libXext - X Security Extension Function Interfaces	000
12-8. libXext - X Synchronization Extension Function Interfaces	000
12-9. libXext - X Double Buffer Extension Function Interfaces	000
12-10. libSM Definition	000
12-11. libSM - Session Management Functions Function Interfaces	000
12-12. libICE Definition	000
12-13. libICE - ICE Functions Function Interfaces	000
12-14. libXt Definition	000
12-15. libXt - X Toolkit Function Interfaces	000
12-16. libXt - X Toolkit Data Interfaces	000
12-17. libGL Definition	000
12-18. libGL - GL X interface Function Interfaces	000
12-19. libGL - OpenGL Function Interfaces	000
14-1. Commands and Utilities	000
16-1. Required User & Group Names	000
16-2. Optional User & Group Names	000
A-1. libX11 Function Interfaces	000
A-2. libXt Function Interfaces	000
A-3. libXt Data Interfaces	000
A-4. libm Function Interfaces	000
A-5. libm Data Interfaces	000
A-6. libGL Function Interfaces	000
A-7. libXext Function Interfaces	000
A-8. libICE Function Interfaces	000
A-9. libSM Function Interfaces	000
A-10. libdl Function Interfaces	000
A-11. libcrypt Function Interfaces	000
A-12. libz Function Interfaces	000
A-13. libncurses Function Interfaces	000
A-14. libncurses Data Interfaces	000
A-15. libutil Function Interfaces	000
A-16. libc Function Interfaces	000
A-17. libc Data Interfaces	000
A-18. libpthread Function Interfaces	000
A-19. librt Function Interfaces	000
B-1. ABI: High Level View	000
B-2. ABI: Component View	000
List of Figures
6-1. Version Definition Entries	000
6-2. Version Definition Auxiliary Entries	000
6-3. Version Needed Entries	000
6-4. Version Needed Auxiliary Entries	000

I. Introduction

Chapter 1. Introduction
1.1. Introduction
This is version 1.0.0 of the Linux Standard Base Specification. An implementation of this version of the specification may not claim to be an implementation of the Linux Standard Base unless it has successfully completed the compliance proces as defined by the Free Standards Group.
1.2. Purpose
The Linux Standard Base (LSB) defines a system interface for compiled applications and a minimal environment for support of installation scripts. Its purpose is to enable a uniform industry standard environment for high-volume applications conforming to the LSB.
The LSB defines a binary interface for application programs that are compiled and packaged for LSB-conforming implementations on many different hardware architectures. Since a binary specification must include information specific to the computer processor architecture for which it is intended, it is not possible for a single document to specify the interface for all possible LSB-conforming implementations. Therefore, the LSB is a family of specifications, rather than a single one.
The LSB is composed of two basic parts: A common part of the specification describes those parts of the interface that remain constant across all hardware implementations of the LSB, and an architecture-specific part of the specification describes the parts of the specification that are specific to a particular processor architecture. Together, the generic LSB and the architecture-specific supplement for a single hardware architecture provide a complete interface specification for compiled application programs on systems that share a common hardware architecture.
This document is the generic LSB. It must be used in conjunction with an architecture-specific supplement. Whenever a section of this specification must be supplemented by architecture-specific information, this document includes a reference to the architecture supplement. Architecture supplements may also contain additional information that is not referenced here.
This document should be used in conjunction with the documents it references. This document enumerates the system components it includes, but descriptions of those components may be included entirely or partly in this document, partly in other documents, or entirely in other reference documents. For example, the section that describes system service routines includes a list of the system routines supported in this interface, formal declarations of the data structures they use that are visible to applications, and a pointer to the underlying referenced specification for information about the syntax and semantics of each call. Only those routines not described in standards referenced by this document, or extensions to those standards, are described in the detail. Information referenced in this way is as much a part of this document as is the information explicitly included here.
1.3. Related Standards
The specifications listed below are referenced in whole or in part by the Linux Standard Base. Such references may be normative or non-normative; a reference to specification shall only be considered normative if it is explicitly cited as such. The LSB may make normative references to a portion of these specifications (that is, to define a specific function or group of functions); in such cases, only the explicitly referenced portion of the specification is to be considered normative. 
Table 1-1. Related Standards
ABIUpdate	System V Application Binary Interface - DRAFT - 22 June 2000	http://www.sco.com/developer/gabi/2000-07-17/contents.html	
	
FHS	Filesystem Hierarchy Standard 2.2	http://www.pathname.com/fhs	
	
FLTPNT	IEEE Standard for Binary Floating-Point Arithmetic	http://www.ieee.org	ANSI/IEEE Standards 745-1985 and 854-1987	
gABI_41	System VApplication Binary Interface, Edition 4.1	http://www.sco.com/developer/devspecs/gabi41.pdf	
	
IA32-ABI-4	System V Application Binary Interface - Intel386 Architecture Processor Supplement	http://www.sco.com/developer/devspecs/abi386-4.pdf	
	
IA64conventions	Itanium(R) Software Conventions & Runtime Architecture Guide	http://developer.intel.com/design/ia-64/downloads/245358.htm	
	
ISOC90	ISO/IEC 9899: 1990, Programming Languages --C.		
	
ISOC99	ISO/IEC 9899: 1999, Programming Languages --C		
	
LANANA	Linux Assigned Names And Numbers Authority	http://www.lanana.org/	
	
LFS	Large File Support	http://www.UNIX-systems.org/version2/whatsnew/lfs20mar.html	
	
LSB	Linux Standard Base	http://www.linuxbase.org/spec/	
	
OGL	OpenGL® Application Binary Interface for Linux	http://oss.sgi.com/projects/ogl-sample/ABI/	
	
POSIX.2	IEEE Std POSIX 1003.2-1992 (ISO/IEC 9945-2:1993)	http://www.ieee.org	
	
pthreads	POSIX 1003.1c	http://www.ieee.org	
	
SUS-CURSES	 CAE Specification, May 1996, X/Open Curses, Issue 4, Version 2 (ISBN: 1-85912-171-3, C610), plus Corrigendum U018	http://www.opengroup.org	
	
SUS-XBD	CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interface Definitions (XBD), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-186-1, C605)	http://www.opengroup.org	
	
SUS-XCU	CAE Specification, January 1997, Commands and Utilities (XCU), Issue 5(ISBN: 1-85912-191-8, C604)	http://www.opengroup.org	
	
SUS-XNS	CAE Specification, February 1997, Networking Services (XNS), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-165-9, C523)	http://www.opengroup.org/	
	
SUS-XSH	CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606)	http://www.opengroup.org/	
	
SUS-XSH95	The Single UNIX Specification Version 1 (UNIX 95) System Interfaces & Headers	http://www.opengroup.org/	
	
SVID.3	System V Interface Definition, Issue 3		ISBN 0201566524	
X-dbe	Double Buffer Extension Library	http://www.x.org/	
	
X-DPMS	X Display Power Management Signaling (DPMS) Extension, Library Specification	http://www.x.org/	
	
X-Record	X Record Extension Library	http://www.x.org/	
	
X-security	Security Extension Specification, Version 7.1	http://www.x.org/	
	
X-shape	X Nonrectangular Window Shape Extension Library Version 1.0	http://www.x.org/	
	
X-shm	MIT-SHM--The MIT Shared Memory Extension	http://www.x.org/	
	
X-sync	X Synchronization Extension Library	http://www.x.org/	
	
X-test	XTEST Extension Library	http://www.x.org/	
	
XICE	X11R6.4 X Inter-Client Exchange (ICE) Protocol	http://www.x.org	
	
XINPUT	X11R6.4 X11 Input Extension Library	http://www.x.org	
	
Xlib	X11R6.4 Xlib - C library	http://www.x.org	
	
XPG4	X/Open Portability Guide, Issue 4	http://www.opengroup.org	
	
XSM	X11R6.4 X Session Management Library	http://www.x.org	
	
Xt	X11R.4 X Toolkit Intrinsics	http://www.x.org	
	
zlib	zlib 1.1.3 Manual	http://www.gzip.org/zlib/	See "zlib Manual" on that site	

1.4. Related Implementations
The implementations listed here are referenced in whole or in part by the Linux Standard Base when no formal specification is available.
Table 1-2. Related Implementations
BSD	BSD 4.4 Lite version 2		
	
Linux	GNU/Linux defacto standard	http://www.gnu.org/	
	
RPC & XDR	RFC 1831 & 1832	http://www.ietf.org	Still need API reference, instead of protocol reference	
RPM	RPM Package Format V3.0	http://www.rpmdp.org/rpmbook/	

1.5. Relevant Libraries
The Libraries listed here are available on a Linux Standard Base conforming system. This list may be supplemented or amended by the architecture specific specifications.
Table 1-3. Relevant Libraries
Library	Runtime Name	
libX11	libX11.so.6	
libXt	libXt.so.6	
libGL	libGL.so.1	
libXext	libXext.so.6	
libICE	libICE.so.6	
libSM	libSM.so.6	
libdl	libdl.so.2	
libcrypt	libcrypt.so.1	
libz	libz.so.1	
libncurses	libncurses.so.5	

These libraries will be in an implementation-dependent directory which the dynamic linker will search by default".
1.6. How to Use this Standard
The complete LSB specification is composed of this generic LSB specification and the supplemental processor-specific specification for a particular processor architecture. These two documents constitute a specification that should be used in conjunction with the publicly-available standards documents it references. The LSB enumerates the system components it includes, but descriptions of those components may be included entirely in the LSB, partly in the LSB and partly in other documents, or entirely in other reference documents.
 Programmers who wish to produce binary applications that will run on any LSB-conforming implementation should refer to the appendix (How To Create An LSB Compliant Application).
1.7. Definitions
LSB
 	This document.
LSB-Compliant Application
 	An application written to include only the system routines, commands, and other resources included in this document, and that has been compiled into an executable file that has the formats and characteristics specified for such files in this document, and whose behavior complies, installs, and is executed in the environment with the rules given in this document.
LSB-Conforming Implementation
 	An implementation that provides the binary system interface for applications described in this document.
Non-LSB-Compliant Application
 	An application which has been written to include system routines, commands, or other resources not included in this document, or which has been compiled into a format different from those specified here, or which does not behave as specified in this document.
LSB Implementation Conformance 
 	An implementation satisfying the following requirements: 
	1.	The implementation shall implement fully the architecture described in the hardware manual for the target processor architecture. 
	2.	The implementation shall be capable of executing compiled applications having the format and using the system interfaces described in this document.
	3.	The implementation shall provide libraries containing the interfaces specified by this document, and shall provide a dynamic linking mechanism that allows these interfaces to be attached to applications at runtime. All the interfaces shall behave as specified in the normative references and requirements of this document.
	4.	The map of virtual memory provided by the implementation shall conform to the requirements of this document. 
	5.	The implementation's low-level behavior with respect to function call linkage, system traps, signals, and other such activities shall conform to the formats described in this document. 
	6.	The compilation system shall compile source code into executable files having the formats and characteristics specified in this document. 
	7.	The implementation shall provide all of the mandatory interfaces, in their entirety. 
	8.	The implementation may provide one or more of the optional interfaces. Each optional interface that is provided shall be provided in its entirety. The product documentation shall state which optional interfaces are provided. 
	9.	The implementation shall provide all files and utilities specified as part of this document in the format defined here and in other referenced documents. All commands and utilities shall behave as required by this document. The implementation shall also provide all mandatory components of an application's runtime environment that are included or referenced in this document. 
	10.	The implementation, when provided with standard data formats and values at a named interface, shall provide the behavior defined for those values and data formats at that interface. However, a conforming implementation may consist of separately-packaged and/or sold components. For example, a vendor of a conforming implementation might sell the hardware, operating system, and windowing system as separately packaged items.
	11.	The implementation may provide additional interfaces with different names. It may also provide additional behavior corresponding to data values outside the standard ranges, for standard named interfaces.
LSB Application Conformance 
 	An application with the following characteristics: 
	1.	Its executable files are either shell scripts or object files in the format defined for the Object File Format system interface.
	2.	Its object files participate in dynamic linking as defined in the Program Loading and Linking System interface.
	3.	It employs only the instructions, traps, and other low-level facilities defined in the Low-Level System interface as being for use by applications.
	4.	If it requires any optional interface defined in this document in order to be installed or to execute successfully, the requirement for that optional interface is stated in the application's documentation. 
	5.	It does not use any interface or data format that is not required to be provided by a conforming implementation, unless: 
•	If such an interface or data format is supplied by another application through direct invocation of that application during execution, that application is in turn an LSB-compliant application.
•	The use of that interface or data format, as well as its source, is identified in the documentation of the application. 
	6.	It must not use any values for a named interface that are reserved for vendor extensions. 
A strictly conforming application does not require or use any interface, facility, or implementation-defined extension that is not defined in this document in order to be installed or to execute successfully. 
Rationale 
 	An LSB-compliant application is expected to have no dependencies on any vendor extensions to this document. The most common such extensions are additional function entry points and additional libraries other than the ones defined in this document. If an application requires such extensions, it is not portable, since other LSB-conforming implementations may not provide those extensions. 
An LSB-compliant application is required to use system services on the implementation on which it is running, rather than importing system routines from some other implementation. Thus, it must link dynamically to any routines in the implementation that perform system traps to kernel services. 
It is to be expected that some applications may be companion applications to other applications. For example, a query application may be a companion to a database application; a preprocessor may be an adjunct to one or more compilers; a data reformatter may convert data from one document manager to another. In such cases, the application may or may not be LSB-compliant, regardless of whether the other application on which it is dependent is LSB-compliant. If such an application merely uses data produced by another application, the application's compliance is independent of the other application's compliance. If such an application actually invokes another application during execution (as, for example, a third-party math library), the invoking application is LSB-compliant only if it also constitutes a LSB-compliant application in combination with the invoked application. 
Shell Script
 	A file that is read by an interpreter (e.g., awk). The first line of the shell script includes a reference to its interpreter binary.
1.8. Terminology
can
 	Describes a permissible optional feature or behavior available to the user or application. The feature or behavior is mandatory for an implementation that conforms to this document. An application can rely on the existence of the feature or behavior.
implementation-defined
 	(Same meaning as implementation-dependent.) Describes a value or behavior that is not defined by this document but is selected by an implementor. The value or behavior may vary among implementations that conform to this document. An application should not rely on the existence of the value or behavior. An application that relies on such a value or behavior cannot be assured to be portable across conforming implementations. The implementor shall document such a value or behavior so that it can be used correctly by an application.
may
 	Describes a feature or behavior that is optional for an implementation that conforms to this document. An application should not rely on the existence of the feature or behavior. An application that relies on such a feature or behavior cannot be assured to be portable across conforming implementations. To avoid ambiguity, the opposite of may is expressed as need not, instead of may not.
must
 	Describes a feature or behavior that is mandatory for an application or user. An implementation that conforms to this document shall support this feature or behavior.
shall
 	Describes a feature or behavior that is mandatory for an implementation that conforms to this document. An application can rely on the existence of the feature or behavior.
should
 	For an implementation that conforms to this document, describes a feature or behavior that is recommended but not mandatory. An application should not rely on the existence of the feature or behavior. An application that relies on such a feature or behavior cannot be assured to be portable across conforming implementations.
For an application, describes a feature or behavior that is recommended programming practice for optimum portability.
undefined
 	Describes the nature of a value or behavior not defined by this document which results from use of an invalid program construct or invalid data input. The value or behavior may vary among implementations that conform to this document. An application should not rely on the existence or validity of the value or behavior. An application that relies on any particular value or behavior cannot be assured to be portable across conforming implementations.
unspecified
 	Describes the nature of a value or behavior not specified by this document which results from use of a valid program construct or valid data input. The value or behavior may vary among implementations that conform to this document. An application should not rely on the existence or validity of the value or behavior. An application that relies on any particular value or behavior cannot be assured to be portable across conforming implementations.
will
 	Same meaning as shall; shall is the preferred term.

II. Object Format

Chapter 2. Object Files
LSB-conforming implementations shall support the object file Executable and Linking Format (ELF), which is defined by the following documents: 
•	System V Application Binary Interface, Edition 4.1
•	System V Application Binary Interface - DRAFT - April 29, 1998
•	this document
•	an architecture-specific LSB specification
Conforming implementations may also support other unspecified object file formats.

Chapter 3. Sections
3.1. ELF Section Types
The following sections types are defined in the System V Application Binary Interface, Edition 4.1. 
Table 3-1. ELF Section Types
SHT_DYNAMIC	SHT_DYNSYM	SHT_HASH	SHT_HIPROC	
SHT_HIUSER	SHT_LOPROC	SHT_LOUSER	SHT_NOBITS	
SHT_NOTE	SHT_NULL	SHT_PROGBITS	SHT_REL	
SHT_RELA	SHT_SHLIB	SHT_STRTAB	SHT_SYMTAB	

3.2. Linux Section Types
The following Linux section types are defined here. 
Table 3-2. Linux Section Types
SHT_GNU_verdef	This section contains the symbol versions that are provided.	
SHT_GNU_verneed	This section contains the symbol versions that are required.	
SHT_GNU_versym	This section contains the Symbol Version Table.	

Chapter 4. Special Sections
4.1. ELF Special Sections
The following sections are defined in the ELF reference Specification. 
Table 4-1. ELF Special Sections
.bss	.comment	.data	.data1	
.debug	.dynamic	.dynstr	.dynsym	
.fini	.got	.hash	.init	
.interp	.line	.note	.plt	
.rel.bss	.rel.data	.rel.got	.rel.plt	
.rel.text	.rodata	.rodata1	.shstrtab	
.strtab	.symtab	.text	

4.2. Linux Special Sections
The following Linux specific sections are defined here. 
Table 4-2. Linux Special Sections
.ctors	This section contains a list of global constructor function pointers.	
.dtors	This section contains a list of global destructor function pointers.	
.eh_frame	This section contains information necessary for frame unwinding during exception handling. The is the same as for .debug_frame as described by DWARF2.	
.gnu.version	This section contains the Symbol Version Table.	
.gnu.version_d	This section contains the Version Definitions.	
.gnu.version_r	This section contains the Version Requirments.	
.note.ABI-tag	
	
.stab	This section contains debugging information. The contents are not specified as part of the LSB.	
.stabstr	This section contains strings associated with the debugging infomation contained in the .stab section.	

Chapter 5. Symbol Mapping
This chapter defines how names are mapped from the source symbol to the object symbol.
5.1. C Language
External C symbols have the same names in C and object files' symbol tables.
5.2. C++ Language
Because of the immaturity of the C++ ABI (for name mangling, exception handling, and other such issues), we do not standardize any libraries for C++ in this version of the Linux Standard Base. 1
In a future version of this specification, name mangling rules will be specified so that C++ symbols can be mapped into symbol names in the object file.
Notes
1. 	It seems to be possible, using existing Linux development tools, to write an application in C++ which complies with this rule by linking statically with libstdc++ and all other libraries containing C++. The following command illustrates how this may be accomplished:
g++ example.cc -Wl,-Bdynamic,-lc,-Bstatic 

Chapter 6. Symbol Versioning
This chapter describes the Symbol Versioning mechanism. All ELF objects may provide or depend on versioned symbols. Symbol Versioning is implemented by 3 section types: SHT_GNU_versym, SHT_GNU_verdef, and SHT_GNU_verneed.
The term "Elfxx" means "Elf32" or "Elf64" depending on the architecture.
Versions are described by strings. The structures that are used for symbol versions also contain a member that holds the ELF hashing values of the strings. This allows for more efficient processing.
6.1. Symbol Version Table
The Symbol Version Table is contained in the special section .gnu.version which has a section type of SHT_GNU_versym. This section has the same number of entries as the Dynamic Symbol Table.
This section contains an array of elements of type Elfxx_Half. Each entry specifies the version defined for or required by the corresponding symbol in the Dynamic Symbol Table.
The values in the Symbol Version Table are unique to the object in which they are located. These values are identifiers that are provided by the the vna_other member of the Elfxx_Vernaux structure or the vd_ndx member of the Elfxx_Verdef structure.
The values 0 and 1 are reserved.
0
 	The symbol is local, not available outside the object.
1
 	The symbol is defined in this object and is globally available.
All other values are used to identify version strings located in one of the other Symbol Version sections. The value itself is not the version associated with the symbol. The string identified by the value defines the version of the symbol.
6.2. Version Definitions
Symbol definitions are contained in the special section .gnu.version_d which has a section type of SHT_GNU_verdef. The number of entries in this section is contained in the DT_VERDEFNUM entry of the Dynamic Section. The sh_link member of the section header points to the section that contains the strings referenced by this section.
Figure 6-1. Version Definition Entries
typedef struct {
        Elfxx_Half    vd_version;
        Elfxx_Half    vd_flags;
        Elfxx_Half    vd_ndx;
        Elfxx_Half    vd_cnt;
        Elfxx_Word    vd_hash;
        Elfxx_Word    vd_aux;
        Elfxx_Word    vd_next;
} Elfxx_Verdef;
vd_version
 	Version revision. This value is currently set to 1, and will be reset if the versioning implementation is incompatibly altered.
vd_flags
 	Version information flag bitmask.
vd_ndx
 	Version index numeric value referencing the SHT_GNU_versym section.
vd_cnt
 	Number of associated verdaux array entries.
vd_hash
 	Version name hash value (ELF hash function).
vd_aux
 	Offset to a corresponding entry in the verdaux array, in bytes.
vd_next
 	Offset to the next verdef entry, in bytes.
Figure 6-2. Version Definition Auxiliary Entries
typedef struct {
        Elfxx_Word    vda_name;
        Elfxx_Word    vda_next;
} Elfxx_Verdaux;
vda_name
 	Offset to the version or dependency name string in the section header, in bytes.
vda_next
 	Offset to the next verdaux entry, in bytes.
6.3. Version Requirements
Symbol definitions are contained in the special section .gnu.version_r which has a section type of SHT_GNU_verneed. The number of entries in this section is contained in the DT_VERNEEDNUM entry of the Dynamic Section. The sh_link member of the section header points to the section that contains the strings referenced by this section.
Figure 6-3. Version Needed Entries
typedef struct {
        Elfxx_Half    vn_version;
        Elfxx_Half    vn_cnt;
        Elfxx_Word    vn_file;
        Elfxx_Word    vn_aux;
        Elfxx_Word    vn_next;
} Elfxx_Verneed;
vn_version
 	Version of structure. This value is currently set to 1, and will be reset if the versioning implementation is incompatibly altered.
vn_cnt
 	Number of associated verneed array entries.
vn_file
 	Offset to the file name string in the section header, in bytes.
vn_aux
 	Offset to a corresponding entry in the vernaux array, in bytes.
vn_next
 	Offset to the next verneed entry, in bytes.
Figure 6-4. Version Needed Auxiliary Entries
typedef struct {
        Elfxx_Word    vna_hash;
        Elfxx_Half    vna_flags;
        Elfxx_Half    vna_other;
        Elfxx_Word    vna_name;
        Elfxx_Word    vna_next;
} Elfxx_Vernaux;
vna_hash
 	Dependency name hash value (ELF hash function).
vna_flags
 	Dependency information flag bitmask.
vna_other
 	Object file version identifier used in the .gnu.version symbol version array. Bit number 15 controls whether or not the object is hidden; if this bit is set, the object cannot be used and the static linker will ignore the symbol's presence in the object.
vna_name
 	Offset to the dependency name string in the section header, in bytes.
vna_next
 	Offset to the next vernaux entry, in bytes.
6.4. Startup Sequence
When loading a sharable object, version definition data from the loaded object is analyzed to assure that it meets the version requirements of the calling object. The dynamic loader retrieves the entries in the caller's Elfxx_Verneed array and attempts to find matching definition information in the loaded Elfxx_Verdef table.
Each object and dependency is tested in turn. If a symbol definition is missing, the loader returns an error. A warning is issued instead of a hard error when the vna_flags bit for VER_FLG_WEAK is set in the Elfxx_Vernaux entry.
When the versions referenced by undefined symbols in the loaded object are found, version availability is certified. The test completes without error and the object is made available.
6.5. Symbol Resolution
When symbol versioning is used in an object, relocations extend the performance of definition testing beyond the simple match of symbol name strings: the version of the reference must also equal the name of the definition. The same index that is used in the symbol table can be referenced in the SHT_GNU_versym section, and the value of this index is then used to acquire name data. The corresponding requirement string is retrieved from the Elfxx_Verneed array, and likewise, the corresponding definition string from the Elfxx_Verdef table.
Bit number 15 of the version symbol controls whether or not the object is hidden; if this bit is set, the object cannot be used and the static linker will ignore the symbol's presence in the object.
Results differ in the interaction of objects that variously use symbol versioning. 
•	The object with the reference and the object with the definitions may both use versioning. All described matching is processed in this case. A fatal error is triggered when no matching definition can be found in the object whose name is the one referenced by the vn_name element in the Elfxx_Verneed entry.
•	The object with the reference may not use versioning, while the object with the definitions does. In this instance, only the definition with index numbers 1 and 2 will be used in the reference match, the same identified by the static linker as the base definition. In infrequent cases where the static linker was not used, as in calls to dlopen(), a version that does not have the base definition index is acceptable as long as it is the only version for which the symbol is defined.
•	The object with the reference may use versioning, but the object with the definitions specifies none. A matching symbol is accepted in this case. A fatal error is triggered in the unlikely event that a corruption in the required symbols list obscured an outdated object file and caused a match on the object filename in the Elfxx_Verneed entry.
•	Finally, both the object with the reference and the object with the definitions may not use versioning. The behavior in this instance defaults to pre-existing symbol rules.

III. Dynamic Linking

Chapter 7. Program Loading and Dynamic Linking
LSB-conforming implementations shall support the object file information and system actions that create running programs as specified in the System V Application Binary Interface, Edition 4.1 and the System V Application Binary Interface - DRAFT - April 29, 1998 and as supplemented by this document and an architecture specific LSB specification.
Any shared object that is loaded must contain sufficient DT_NEEDED records to satisfy the symbols on the shared library.

Chapter 8. Dynamic Entries
8.1. ELF Dynamic Entries
The following dynamic entries are defined in the System V Application Binary Interface, Edition 4.1. 
Table 8-1. ELF Dynamic Entries
DT_BIND_NOW	DT_DEBUG	DT_FINI	DT_HASH	
DT_HIPROC	DT_INIT	DT_JMPREL	DT_LOPROC	
DT_NEEDED	DT_NULL	DT_PLTREL	DT_PLTRELSZ	
DT_REL	DT_RELA	DT_RELAENT	DT_RELASZ	
DT_RELENT	DT_RELSZ	DT_RPATH	DT_SONAME	
DT_STRSZ	DT_STRTAB	DT_SYMBOLIC	DT_SYMENT	
DT_SYMTAB	DT_TEXTREL	

8.2. Linux Dynamic Entries
The following dynamic entries are defined here. 
Table 8-2. Linux Dynamic Entries
DT_ADDRRNGLO	
	
DT_AUXILIARY	Shared object to load before self	
DT_FILTER	Shared object to get values from	
DT_FINI_ARRAY	Array with addresses of fini fct	
DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ	Size in bytes of DT_FINI_ARRAY	
DT_FLAGS_1	State flags, see DF_1_* below	
DT_HIOS	End of OS-specific	
DT_INIT_ARRAY	Array with addresses of init fct	
DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ	Size in bytes of DT_INIT_ARRAY	
DT_LOOS	Start of OS-specific	
DT_NUM	Number used	
DT_POSFLAG_1	Flags for DT_* entries, effecting he following DT_* entry	
DT_SYMINENT	Entry size of syminfo	
DT_SYMINFO	syminfo table	
DT_SYMINSZ	Size of syminfo table (in bytes)	
DT_VALRNGHI	
	
DT_VALRNGLO	
	
DT_VERDEF	Address of version definition table	
DT_VERDEFNUM	Number of version definitions	
DT_VERNEED	Address of table with needed versions	
DT_VERNEEDNUM	Number of needed versions	
DT_VERSYM	GNU Symbol versioning	

Chapter 9. Program Interpreter
9.1. 
The Program Interpreter is specified in the appropriate architecture specific LSB specification.

IV. Base Libraries

Chapter 10. Libraries
An LSB-conforming implementation shall support some base libraries which provide interfaces for accessing the operating system, processor and other hardware in the system.1
10.1. Interfaces for libc
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
ISO/IEC 9899: 1999, Programming Languages --C2	
Large File Support3	
Linux Standard Base4	
IEEE Std POSIX.1-1996 [ISO/IEC 9945-1:1996]5	
CAE Specification, February 1997, Networking Services (XNS), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-165-9, C523)6	
CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606)7	

10.1.1. System Calls
Table 10-1. libc - System Calls Function Interfaces
__fxstat(GLIBC_2.0)4	fchown(GLIBC_2.0)7	getwd(GLIBC_2.0)7	putmsg(GLIBC_2.0)7	setrlimit(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__getpgid(GLIBC_2.0)4	fcntl(GLIBC_2.0)7	initgroups(GLIBC_2.0)4	pwrite(GLIBC_2.0)7	setsid(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__lxstat(GLIBC_2.0)4	fdatasync(GLIBC_2.0)7	ioctl(GLIBC_2.0)7	read(GLIBC_2.0)7	setuid(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__xmknod(GLIBC_2.0)4	fdetach(GLIBC_2.0)7	kill(GLIBC_2.0)7	readdir(GLIBC_2.0)7	sleep(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__xstat(GLIBC_2.0)4	flock(GLIBC_2.0)4	killpg(GLIBC_2.0)7	readlink(GLIBC_2.0)7	statfs(GLIBC_2.0)4	
access(GLIBC_2.0)7	fork(GLIBC_2.0)7	lchown(GLIBC_2.0)7	readv(GLIBC_2.0)7	statvfs(GLIBC_2.0)7	
acct(GLIBC_2.0)4	fstatfs(GLIBC_2.0)4	link(GLIBC_2.0)7	rename(GLIBC_2.0)7	stime(GLIBC_2.0)4	
alarm(GLIBC_2.0)7	fsync(GLIBC_2.0)7	lockf(GLIBC_2.0)7	rmdir(GLIBC_2.0)7	symlink(GLIBC_2.0)7	
brk(GLIBC_2.0)7	ftime(GLIBC_2.0)7	lseek(GLIBC_2.0)7	sbrk(GLIBC_2.0)7	sync(GLIBC_2.0)7	
chdir(GLIBC_2.0)7	ftruncate(GLIBC_2.0)7	mkdir(GLIBC_2.0)7	sched_get_priority_max(GLIBC_2.0)7	sysconf(GLIBC_2.0)7	
chmod(GLIBC_2.0)7	getcontext(GLIBC_2.0)7	mkfifo(GLIBC_2.0)4	sched_get_priority_min(GLIBC_2.0)7	time(GLIBC_2.0)7	
chown(GLIBC_2.1)7	getegid(GLIBC_2.1)7	mlock(GLIBC_2.1)7	sched_getparam(GLIBC_2.1)7	times(GLIBC_2.1)7	
chroot(GLIBC_2.0)7	geteuid(GLIBC_2.0)7	mlockall(GLIBC_2.0)7	sched_getscheduler(GLIBC_2.0)7	truncate(GLIBC_2.0)7	
clock(GLIBC_2.0)7	getgid(GLIBC_2.0)7	mmap(GLIBC_2.0)7	sched_rr_get_interval(GLIBC_2.0)7	ulimit(GLIBC_2.0)7	
close(GLIBC_2.0)7	getgroups(GLIBC_2.0)7	mprotect(GLIBC_2.0)7	sched_setparam(GLIBC_2.0)7	umask(GLIBC_2.0)7	
closedir(GLIBC_2.0)7	getitimer(GLIBC_2.0)7	msync(GLIBC_2.0)7	sched_setscheduler(GLIBC_2.0)7	uname(GLIBC_2.0)7	
creat(GLIBC_2.0)7	getloadavg(GLIBC_2.0)4	munlock(GLIBC_2.0)7	sched_yield(GLIBC_2.0)7	unlink(GLIBC_2.0)7	
dup(GLIBC_2.0)7	getmsg(GLIBC_2.0)7	munlockall(GLIBC_2.0)7	select(GLIBC_2.0)6	utime(GLIBC_2.0)7	
dup2(GLIBC_2.0)7	getpagesize(GLIBC_2.0)7	munmap(GLIBC_2.0)7	setcontext(GLIBC_2.0)7	utimes(GLIBC_2.0)7	
execl(GLIBC_2.0)7	getpgid(GLIBC_2.0)7	nanosleep(GLIBC_2.0)7	setegid(GLIBC_2.0)4	vfork(GLIBC_2.0)7	
execle(GLIBC_2.0)7	getpgrp(GLIBC_2.0)7	nice(GLIBC_2.0)7	seteuid(GLIBC_2.0)4	wait(GLIBC_2.0)7	
execlp(GLIBC_2.0)7	getpid(GLIBC_2.0)7	open(GLIBC_2.0)7	setgid(GLIBC_2.0)7	wait3(GLIBC_2.0)7	
execv(GLIBC_2.0)7	getppid(GLIBC_2.0)7	opendir(GLIBC_2.0)7	setitimer(GLIBC_2.0)7	wait4(GLIBC_2.0)4	
execve(GLIBC_2.0)7	getpriority(GLIBC_2.0)7	pathconf(GLIBC_2.0)7	setpgid(GLIBC_2.0)7	waitid(GLIBC_2.0)7	
execvp(GLIBC_2.0)7	getrlimit(GLIBC_2.0)7	pause(GLIBC_2.0)7	setpgrp(GLIBC_2.0)7	waitpid(GLIBC_2.0)7	
exit(GLIBC_2.0)7	getrusage(GLIBC_2.0)7	pipe(GLIBC_2.0)7	setpriority(GLIBC_2.0)7	write(GLIBC_2.0)7	
fchdir(GLIBC_2.0)7	getsid(GLIBC_2.0)7	poll(GLIBC_2.0)7	setregid(GLIBC_2.0)7	writev(GLIBC_2.0)7	
fchmod(GLIBC_2.0)7	getuid(GLIBC_2.0)7	pread(GLIBC_2.0)7	setreuid(GLIBC_2.0)7	

10.1.2. Data Symbols
Table 10-2. libc - System Calls Data Interfaces
errno7	

	

10.1.3. Standard I/O
Table 10-3. libc - Standard I/O Function Interfaces
_IO_feof(GLIBC_2.0)4	fgetpos(GLIBC_2.0)7	fstatvfs(GLIBC_2.0)7	putc_unlocked(GLIBC_2.0)7	sprintf(GLIBC_2.0)7	
_IO_getc(GLIBC_2.0)4	fgets(GLIBC_2.0)7	ftell(GLIBC_2.0)7	putchar(GLIBC_2.0)7	sscanf(GLIBC_2.0)7	
_IO_putc(GLIBC_2.0)4	fileno(GLIBC_2.0)7	ftello(GLIBC_2.0)7	putchar_unlocked(GLIBC_2.0)7	telldir(GLIBC_2.0)7	
_IO_puts(GLIBC_2.0)4	flockfile(GLIBC_2.0)7	fwrite(GLIBC_2.0)7	puts(GLIBC_2.0)7	tempnam(GLIBC_2.0)7	
alphasort(GLIBC_2.0)4	fopen(GLIBC_2.0)7	getc(GLIBC_2.0)7	putw(GLIBC_2.0)7	ungetc(GLIBC_2.0)7	
clearerr(GLIBC_2.0)7	fprintf(GLIBC_2.0)7	getc_unlocked(GLIBC_2.0)7	remove(GLIBC_2.0)7	vasprintf(GLIBC_2.0)4	
ctermid(GLIBC_2.0)7	fputc(GLIBC_2.0)7	getchar(GLIBC_2.0)7	rewind(GLIBC_2.0)7	vdprintf(GLIBC_2.0)4	
fclose(GLIBC_2.1)7	fputs(GLIBC_2.1)7	getchar_unlocked(GLIBC_2.1)7	rewinddir(GLIBC_2.1)7	vfprintf(GLIBC_2.1)7	
fdopen(GLIBC_2.1)7	fread(GLIBC_2.1)7	gets(GLIBC_2.1)7	scanf(GLIBC_2.1)7	vprintf(GLIBC_2.1)7	
feof(GLIBC_2.0)7	freopen(GLIBC_2.0)7	getw(GLIBC_2.0)7	seekdir(GLIBC_2.0)7	vsnprintf(GLIBC_2.0)7	
ferror(GLIBC_2.0)7	fscanf(GLIBC_2.0)7	pclose(GLIBC_2.0)7	setbuf(GLIBC_2.0)7	vsprintf(GLIBC_2.0)7	
fflush(GLIBC_2.0)7	fseek(GLIBC_2.0)7	popen(GLIBC_2.0)7	setbuffer(GLIBC_2.0)4	wprintf(GLIBC_2.0)2	
fflush_unlocked(GLIBC_2.0)7	fseeko(GLIBC_2.0)7	printf(GLIBC_2.0)7	setvbuf(GLIBC_2.0)7	wscanf(GLIBC_2.0)2	
fgetc(GLIBC_2.0)7	fsetpos(GLIBC_2.0)7	putc(GLIBC_2.0)7	snprintf(GLIBC_2.0)7	

10.1.4. Data Symbols
Table 10-4. libc - Standard I/O Data Interfaces
_IO_2_1_stderr_4	_IO_2_1_stdout_4	stdin7	

_IO_2_1_stdin_4	stderr7	stdout7	

10.1.5. Signal Handling
Table 10-5. libc - Signal Handling Function Interfaces
__libc_current_sigrtmax(GLIBC_2.1)4	sigaction(GLIBC_2.1)7	siggetmask(GLIBC_2.1)4	sigorset(GLIBC_2.1)4	sigstack(GLIBC_2.1)7	
__libc_current_sigrtmin(GLIBC_2.1)4	sigaddset(GLIBC_2.1)7	sighold(GLIBC_2.1)7	sigpause(GLIBC_2.1)7	sigsuspend(GLIBC_2.1)7	
__sigpause(GLIBC_2.0)4	sigaltstack(GLIBC_2.0)7	sigignore(GLIBC_2.0)7	sigpending(GLIBC_2.0)7	sigtimedwait(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__sigsetjmp(GLIBC_2.0)4	sigandset(GLIBC_2.0)4	siginterrupt(GLIBC_2.0)7	sigprocmask(GLIBC_2.0)7	sigwait(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__sysv_signal(GLIBC_2.0)4	sigblock(GLIBC_2.0)4	sigisemptyset(GLIBC_2.0)4	sigqueue(GLIBC_2.0)7	sigwaitinfo(GLIBC_2.0)7	
bsd_signal(GLIBC_2.0)7	sigdelset(GLIBC_2.0)7	sigismember(GLIBC_2.0)7	sigrelse(GLIBC_2.0)7	
	
psignal(GLIBC_2.0)4	sigemptyset(GLIBC_2.0)7	siglongjmp(GLIBC_2.0)7	sigreturn(GLIBC_2.0)4	
	
raise(GLIBC_2.0)7	sigfillset(GLIBC_2.0)7	signal(GLIBC_2.0)7	sigset(GLIBC_2.0)7	

10.1.6. Data Symbols
Table 10-6. libc - Signal Handling Data Interfaces
_sys_siglist4	

	

10.1.7. Standard Library
Table 10-7. libc - Standard Library Function Interfaces
_Exit(GLIBC_2.1.1)2	div(GLIBC_2.1.1)7	globfree(GLIBC_2.1.1)7	llabs(GLIBC_2.1.1)2	sethostname(GLIBC_2.1.1)4	
__assert_fail(GLIBC_2.0)4	drand48(GLIBC_2.0)7	globfree64(GLIBC_2.0)4	lldiv(GLIBC_2.0)2	setstate(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__bzero(GLIBC_2.0)4	ecvt(GLIBC_2.0)7	grantpt(GLIBC_2.0)7	longjmp(GLIBC_2.0)7	srand(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__cxa_atexit(GLIBC_2.1.3)4	erand48(GLIBC_2.1.3)7	hcreate(GLIBC_2.1.3)7	lrand48(GLIBC_2.1.3)7	srand48(GLIBC_2.1.3)7	
__errno_location(GLIBC_2.0)4	err(GLIBC_2.0)4	hdestroy(GLIBC_2.0)7	lsearch(GLIBC_2.0)7	srandom(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__fpending(GLIBC_2.2)4	error(GLIBC_2.2)4	hsearch(GLIBC_2.2)7	makecontext(GLIBC_2.2)7	strtod(GLIBC_2.2)7	
__secure_getenv(GLIBC_2.0)4	errx(GLIBC_2.0)4	htonl(GLIBC_2.0)6	malloc(GLIBC_2.0)7	strtol(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__sysconf(GLIBC_2.2)4	fcvt(GLIBC_2.2)7	htons(GLIBC_2.2)6	memmem(GLIBC_2.2)4	strtoul(GLIBC_2.2)7	
_exit(GLIBC_2.0)7	fmtmsg(GLIBC_2.0)7	imaxabs(GLIBC_2.0)2	mkstemp(GLIBC_2.0)7	swapcontext(GLIBC_2.0)7	
_longjmp(GLIBC_2.0)7	fnmatch(GLIBC_2.0)7	imaxdiv(GLIBC_2.0)2	mktemp(GLIBC_2.0)7	syslog(GLIBC_2.0)7	
_setjmp(GLIBC_2.0)7	fpathconf(GLIBC_2.0)7	inet_addr(GLIBC_2.0)6	mrand48(GLIBC_2.0)7	system(GLIBC_2.0)7	
a64l(GLIBC_2.0)7	free(GLIBC_2.0)7	inet_aton(GLIBC_2.0)6	nftw(GLIBC_2.0)7	textdomain(GLIBC_2.0)4	
abort(GLIBC_2.0)7	ftrylockfile(GLIBC_2.0)7	inet_ntoa(GLIBC_2.0)6	nrand48(GLIBC_2.0)7	tfind(GLIBC_2.0)7	
abs(GLIBC_2.0)7	ftw(GLIBC_2.0)7	initstate(GLIBC_2.0)7	ntohl(GLIBC_2.0)6	tmpfile(GLIBC_2.0)7	
atexit(GLIBC_2.0)7	funlockfile(GLIBC_2.0)7	insque(GLIBC_2.0)7	ntohs(GLIBC_2.0)6	tmpnam(GLIBC_2.0)7	
atof(GLIBC_2.0)7	gcvt(GLIBC_2.0)7	isatty(GLIBC_2.0)7	openlog(GLIBC_2.0)7	tsearch(GLIBC_2.0)7	
atoi(GLIBC_2.0)7	getcwd(GLIBC_2.0)7	isblank(GLIBC_2.0)2	perror(GLIBC_2.0)7	ttyname(GLIBC_2.0)7	
atol(GLIBC_2.0)7	getdate(GLIBC_2.0)7	isinf(GLIBC_2.0)2	ptsname(GLIBC_2.0)7	ttyname_r(GLIBC_2.0)7	
basename(GLIBC_2.0)7	getenv(GLIBC_2.0)7	isinfl(GLIBC_2.0)2	putenv(GLIBC_2.0)7	twalk(GLIBC_2.0)7	
bindtextdomain(GLIBC_2.0)4	getlogin(GLIBC_2.0)7	isnan(GLIBC_2.0)2	qsort(GLIBC_2.0)7	unlockpt(GLIBC_2.0)7	
bsearch(GLIBC_2.0)7	getopt(GLIBC_2.0)7	isnanf(GLIBC_2.0)2	rand(GLIBC_2.0)7	usleep(GLIBC_2.0)7	
calloc(GLIBC_2.0)7	getopt_long(GLIBC_2.0)4	isnanl(GLIBC_2.0)2	random(GLIBC_2.0)7	verrx(GLIBC_2.0)4	
closelog(GLIBC_2.0)7	getopt_long_only(GLIBC_2.0)4	jrand48(GLIBC_2.0)7	realloc(GLIBC_2.0)7	warn(GLIBC_2.0)4	
confstr(GLIBC_2.0)7	getsubopt(GLIBC_2.0)7	l64a(GLIBC_2.0)7	realpath(GLIBC_2.0)7	warnx(GLIBC_2.0)4	
cuserid(GLIBC_2.0)7	gettimeofday(GLIBC_2.0)7	labs(GLIBC_2.0)7	remque(GLIBC_2.0)7	wordexp(GLIBC_2.0)7	
daemon(GLIBC_2.0)4	glob(GLIBC_2.0)7	ldiv(GLIBC_2.0)7	seed48(GLIBC_2.0)7	wordfree(GLIBC_2.0)7	
dirname(GLIBC_2.0)7	glob64(GLIBC_2.0)4	lfind(GLIBC_2.0)7	sethostid(GLIBC_2.0)4	

10.1.8. Data Symbols
Table 10-8. libc - Standard Library Data Interfaces
__environ4	_sys_errlist4	getdate_err7	opterr4	optopt4	
_environ4	environ7	optarg7	optind4	

10.1.9. Localization Functions
Table 10-9. libc - Localization Functions Function Interfaces
__dcgettext(GLIBC_2.0)4	catgets(GLIBC_2.0)7	dcgettext(GLIBC_2.0)4	iconv(GLIBC_2.0)7	nl_langinfo(GLIBC_2.0)7	
catclose(GLIBC_2.0)7	catopen(GLIBC_2.0)7	gettext(GLIBC_2.0)4	localeconv(GLIBC_2.0)7	setlocale(GLIBC_2.0)7	

10.1.10. Data Symbols
Table 10-10. libc - Localization Functions Data Interfaces
_nl_msg_cat_cntr4	

	

10.1.11. Socket Interface
Table 10-11. libc - Socket Interface Function Interfaces
_h_errno(GLIBC_2.0)7	gethostid(GLIBC_2.0)7	listen(GLIBC_2.0)6	sendmsg(GLIBC_2.0)6	socketpair(GLIBC_2.0)6	
accept(GLIBC_2.0)6	gethostname(GLIBC_2.0)6	recv(GLIBC_2.0)6	sendto(GLIBC_2.0)6	
	
bind(GLIBC_2.0)6	getpeername(GLIBC_2.0)6	recvfrom(GLIBC_2.0)6	setsockopt(GLIBC_2.0)6	
	
bindresvport(GLIBC_2.0)4	getsockname(GLIBC_2.0)6	recvmsg(GLIBC_2.0)6	shutdown(GLIBC_2.0)6	
	
connect(GLIBC_2.0)6	getsockopt(GLIBC_2.0)6	send(GLIBC_2.0)6	socket(GLIBC_2.0)6	

10.1.12. Data Symbols
Table 10-12. libc - Socket Interface Data Interfaces
h_errno6	

	

10.1.13. Wide Characters
Table 10-13. libc - Wide Characters Function Interfaces
__mbrlen(GLIBC_2.0)4	mbrlen(GLIBC_2.0)7	vwscanf(GLIBC_2.0)2	wcsnlen(GLIBC_2.0)4	wcstoumax(GLIBC_2.0)2	
__wcstod_internal(GLIBC_2.0)4	mbrtowc(GLIBC_2.0)7	wcpcpy(GLIBC_2.0)4	wcsnrtombs(GLIBC_2.0)4	wcstouq(GLIBC_2.0)4	
__wcstof_internal(GLIBC_2.0)4	mbsinit(GLIBC_2.0)7	wcpncpy(GLIBC_2.0)4	wcspbrk(GLIBC_2.0)2	wcswcs(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__wcstol_internal(GLIBC_2.0)4	mbsnrtowcs(GLIBC_2.0)4	wcrtomb(GLIBC_2.0)7	wcsrchr(GLIBC_2.0)7	wcswidth(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__wcstold_internal(GLIBC_2.0)4	mbsrtowcs(GLIBC_2.0)7	wcscasecmp(GLIBC_2.0)4	wcsrtombs(GLIBC_2.0)7	wcsxfrm(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__wcstoll_internal(GLIBC_2.0)4	mbstowcs(GLIBC_2.0)7	wcscat(GLIBC_2.0)7	wcsspn(GLIBC_2.0)7	wctob(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__wcstoul_internal(GLIBC_2.0)4	mbtowc(GLIBC_2.0)7	wcschr(GLIBC_2.0)7	wcsstr(GLIBC_2.0)7	wctomb(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__wcstoull_internal(GLIBC_2.0)4	putwc(GLIBC_2.0)2	wcscmp(GLIBC_2.0)7	wcstod(GLIBC_2.0)7	wctrans(GLIBC_2.0)7	
btowc(GLIBC_2.0)7	putwchar(GLIBC_2.0)2	wcscoll(GLIBC_2.0)7	wcstof(GLIBC_2.0)2	wctype(GLIBC_2.0)7	
fgetws(GLIBC_2.2)2	swprintf(GLIBC_2.2)7	wcscpy(GLIBC_2.2)7	wcstoimax(GLIBC_2.2)2	wcwidth(GLIBC_2.2)7	
fputwc(GLIBC_2.2)2	swscanf(GLIBC_2.2)2	wcscspn(GLIBC_2.2)7	wcstok(GLIBC_2.2)7	wmemchr(GLIBC_2.2)7	
fputws(GLIBC_2.2)2	towctrans(GLIBC_2.2)7	wcsdup(GLIBC_2.2)4	wcstol(GLIBC_2.2)7	wmemcmp(GLIBC_2.2)7	
fwide(GLIBC_2.2)2	towlower(GLIBC_2.2)2	wcsftime(GLIBC_2.2)2	wcstold(GLIBC_2.2)2	wmemcpy(GLIBC_2.2)7	
fwprintf(GLIBC_2.2)2	towupper(GLIBC_2.2)7	wcslen(GLIBC_2.2)7	wcstoll(GLIBC_2.2)2	wmemmove(GLIBC_2.2)7	
fwscanf(GLIBC_2.2)2	ungetwc(GLIBC_2.2)2	wcsncasecmp(GLIBC_2.2)4	wcstombs(GLIBC_2.2)7	wmemset(GLIBC_2.2)7	
iconv_close(GLIBC_2.1)7	vfwprintf(GLIBC_2.1)2	wcsncat(GLIBC_2.1)7	wcstoq(GLIBC_2.1)4	
	
iconv_open(GLIBC_2.1)7	vswscanf(GLIBC_2.1)2	wcsncmp(GLIBC_2.1)7	wcstoul(GLIBC_2.1)7	
	
mblen(GLIBC_2.0)7	vwprintf(GLIBC_2.0)2	wcsncpy(GLIBC_2.0)7	wcstoull(GLIBC_2.0)2	

10.1.14. String Functions
Table 10-14. libc - String Functions Function Interfaces
__mempcpy(GLIBC_2.0)4	bzero(GLIBC_2.0)7	strcasestr(GLIBC_2.0)4	strncasecmp(GLIBC_2.0)7	strtoimax(GLIBC_2.0)2	
__rawmemchr(GLIBC_2.1)4	ffs(GLIBC_2.1)7	strcat(GLIBC_2.1)7	strncat(GLIBC_2.1)7	strtok(GLIBC_2.1)7	
__stpcpy(GLIBC_2.0)4	index(GLIBC_2.0)7	strchr(GLIBC_2.0)7	strncmp(GLIBC_2.0)7	strtok_r(GLIBC_2.0)4	
__strdup(GLIBC_2.0)4	memccpy(GLIBC_2.0)7	strcmp(GLIBC_2.0)7	strncpy(GLIBC_2.0)7	strtold(GLIBC_2.0)2	
__strtod_internal(GLIBC_2.0)4	memchr(GLIBC_2.0)7	strcoll(GLIBC_2.0)7	strndup(GLIBC_2.0)4	strtoll(GLIBC_2.0)2	
__strtof_internal(GLIBC_2.0)4	memcmp(GLIBC_2.0)7	strcpy(GLIBC_2.0)7	strnlen(GLIBC_2.0)4	strtoq(GLIBC_2.0)4	
__strtok_r(GLIBC_2.0)4	memcpy(GLIBC_2.0)7	strcspn(GLIBC_2.0)7	strpbrk(GLIBC_2.0)7	strtoull(GLIBC_2.0)2	
__strtol_internal(GLIBC_2.0)4	memmove(GLIBC_2.0)7	strdup(GLIBC_2.0)7	strptime(GLIBC_2.0)7	strtoumax(GLIBC_2.0)2	
__strtold_internal(GLIBC_2.0)4	memrchr(GLIBC_2.0)4	strerror(GLIBC_2.0)7	strrchr(GLIBC_2.0)7	strtouq(GLIBC_2.0)4	
__strtoll_internal(GLIBC_2.0)4	memset(GLIBC_2.0)7	strerror_r(GLIBC_2.0)4	strsep(GLIBC_2.0)4	strverscmp(GLIBC_2.0)4	
__strtoul_internal(GLIBC_2.0)4	rindex(GLIBC_2.0)7	strfmon(GLIBC_2.0)7	strsignal(GLIBC_2.0)4	strxfrm(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__strtoull_internal(GLIBC_2.0)4	stpcpy(GLIBC_2.0)4	strfry(GLIBC_2.0)4	strspn(GLIBC_2.0)7	swab(GLIBC_2.0)7	
bcmp(GLIBC_2.0)7	stpncpy(GLIBC_2.0)4	strftime(GLIBC_2.0)7	strstr(GLIBC_2.0)7	
	
bcopy(GLIBC_2.0)7	strcasecmp(GLIBC_2.0)7	strlen(GLIBC_2.0)7	strtof(GLIBC_2.0)2	

10.1.15. IPC Functions
Table 10-15. libc - IPC Functions Function Interfaces
ftok(GLIBC_2.0)7	msgrcv(GLIBC_2.0)7	semget(GLIBC_2.0)7	shmctl(GLIBC_2.0)7	
	
msgctl(GLIBC_2.0)7	msgsnd(GLIBC_2.0)7	semop(GLIBC_2.0)7	shmdt(GLIBC_2.0)7	
	
msgget(GLIBC_2.0)7	semctl(GLIBC_2.0)7	shmat(GLIBC_2.0)7	shmget(GLIBC_2.0)7	

10.1.16. Regular Expressions
Table 10-16. libc - Regular Expressions Function Interfaces
advance(GLIBC_2.0)7	re_exec(GLIBC_2.0)7	regerror(GLIBC_2.0)7	regfree(GLIBC_2.0)7	
	
re_comp(GLIBC_2.0)7	regcomp(GLIBC_2.0)7	regexec(GLIBC_2.0)7	step(GLIBC_2.0)7	

10.1.17. Data Symbols
Table 10-17. libc - Regular Expressions Data Interfaces
loc17	loc27	locs7	

10.1.18. Character Type Functions
Table 10-18. libc - Character Type Functions Function Interfaces
__ctype_get_mb_cur_max(GLIBC_2.0)4	isdigit(GLIBC_2.0)7	iswalnum(GLIBC_2.0)7	iswlower(GLIBC_2.0)7	toascii(GLIBC_2.0)7	
_tolower(GLIBC_2.0)7	isgraph(GLIBC_2.0)7	iswalpha(GLIBC_2.0)7	iswprint(GLIBC_2.0)7	tolower(GLIBC_2.0)7	
_toupper(GLIBC_2.0)7	islower(GLIBC_2.0)7	iswblank(GLIBC_2.0)4	iswpunct(GLIBC_2.0)7	toupper(GLIBC_2.0)7	
isalnum(GLIBC_2.0)7	isprint(GLIBC_2.0)7	iswcntrl(GLIBC_2.0)7	iswspace(GLIBC_2.0)7	
	
isalpha(GLIBC_2.0)7	ispunct(GLIBC_2.0)7	iswctype(GLIBC_2.0)4	iswupper(GLIBC_2.0)7	
	
isascii(GLIBC_2.0)7	isspace(GLIBC_2.0)7	iswdigit(GLIBC_2.0)7	iswxdigit(GLIBC_2.0)7	
	
iscntrl(GLIBC_2.0)7	isupper(GLIBC_2.0)7	iswgraph(GLIBC_2.0)7	isxdigit(GLIBC_2.0)7	

10.1.19. Data Symbols
Table 10-19. libc - Character Type Functions Data Interfaces
__ctype_b4	__ctype_tolower4	__ctype_toupper4	

10.1.20. Time Manipulation
Table 10-20. libc - Time Manipulation Function Interfaces
adjtime(GLIBC_2.0)4	ctime(GLIBC_2.0)7	gmtime(GLIBC_2.0)7	tzname(GLIBC_2.0)7	
	
adjtimex(GLIBC_2.0)4	daylight(GLIBC_2.0)7	localtime(GLIBC_2.0)7	tzset(GLIBC_2.0)7	
	
asctime(GLIBC_2.0)7	difftime(GLIBC_2.0)7	mktime(GLIBC_2.0)7	ualarm(GLIBC_2.0)7	

10.1.21. Data Symbols
Table 10-21. libc - Time Manipulation Data Interfaces
timezone7	

	

10.1.22. Terminal Interface Functions
Table 10-22. libc - Terminal Interface Functions Function Interfaces
cfgetispeed(GLIBC_2.0)7	cfsetispeed(GLIBC_2.0)7	tcdrain(GLIBC_2.0)7	tcgetattr(GLIBC_2.0)7	tcsendbreak(GLIBC_2.0)7	
cfgetospeed(GLIBC_2.0)7	cfsetospeed(GLIBC_2.0)7	tcflow(GLIBC_2.0)7	tcgetpgrp(GLIBC_2.0)7	tcsetattr(GLIBC_2.0)7	
cfmakeraw(GLIBC_2.0)4	cfsetspeed(GLIBC_2.0)4	tcflush(GLIBC_2.0)7	tcgetsid(GLIBC_2.0)7	tcsetpgrp(GLIBC_2.0)7	

10.1.23. System Database Interface
Table 10-23. libc - System Database Interface Function Interfaces
endgrent(GLIBC_2.0)7	getgrent(GLIBC_2.0)7	getprotoent(GLIBC_2.0)4	getutxent(GLIBC_2.0)7	setnetent(GLIBC_2.0)6	
endhostent(GLIBC_2.0)6	getgrgid(GLIBC_2.0)7	getpwent(GLIBC_2.0)7	getutxid(GLIBC_2.0)7	setprotoent(GLIBC_2.0)6	
endnetent(GLIBC_2.0)6	getgrnam(GLIBC_2.0)7	getpwnam(GLIBC_2.0)7	getutxline(GLIBC_2.0)7	setpwent(GLIBC_2.0)7	
endprotoent(GLIBC_2.0)6	gethostbyaddr(GLIBC_2.0)6	getpwuid(GLIBC_2.0)7	pututxline(GLIBC_2.0)7	setservent(GLIBC_2.0)6	
endpwent(GLIBC_2.0)7	gethostbyname(GLIBC_2.0)4	getservbyname(GLIBC_2.0)4	setgrent(GLIBC_2.0)7	setutent(GLIBC_2.0)4	
endservent(GLIBC_2.0)6	getnetbyaddr(GLIBC_2.0)6	getservbyport(GLIBC_2.0)6	setgroups(GLIBC_2.0)4	setutxent(GLIBC_2.0)7	
endutent(GLIBC_2.0)7	getprotobyname(GLIBC_2.0)4	getservent(GLIBC_2.0)4	sethostent(GLIBC_2.0)6	
	
endutxent(GLIBC_2.1)7	getprotobynumber(GLIBC_2.1)6	getutent(GLIBC_2.1)4	setmntent(GLIBC_2.1)4	

10.1.24. Language Support
Table 10-24. libc - Language Support Function Interfaces
_obstack_begin(GLIBC_2.0)4	_obstack_newchunk(GLIBC_2.0)4	obstack_free(GLIBC_2.0)4	

10.1.25. Large File Support
Table 10-25. libc - Large File Support Function Interfaces
__fxstat64(GLIBC_2.2)4	fopen64(GLIBC_2.2)3	ftello64(GLIBC_2.2)3	mkstemp64(GLIBC_2.2)3	tmpfile64(GLIBC_2.2)3	
__lxstat64(GLIBC_2.2)4	freopen64(GLIBC_2.2)3	ftruncate64(GLIBC_2.2)3	mmap64(GLIBC_2.2)3	truncate64(GLIBC_2.2)3	
__xstat64(GLIBC_2.2)4	fseeko64(GLIBC_2.2)3	ftw64(GLIBC_2.2)3	nftw64(GLIBC_2.2)3	
	
alphasort64(GLIBC_2.1)4	fsetpos64(GLIBC_2.1)3	getrlimit64(GLIBC_2.1)3	open64(GLIBC_2.1)3	
	
creat64(GLIBC_2.1)3	fstatfs64(GLIBC_2.1)3	lockf64(GLIBC_2.1)3	pwrite64(GLIBC_2.1)3	
	
fgetpos64(GLIBC_2.1)3	fstatvfs64(GLIBC_2.1)3	lseek64(GLIBC_2.1)3	readdir64(GLIBC_2.1)3	

10.2. Data Definitions for libc
10.2.1. dirent.h
typedef struct __dirstream DIR;
10.2.2. ftw.h
typedef int (*__ftw_func_t) (char *__filename, struct stat * __status,
                             int __flag);

typedef int (*__ftw64_func_t) (char *__filename, struct stat64 * __status,
                               int __flag);

typedef int (*__nftw_func_t) (char *__filename, struct stat * __status,
                              int __flag, struct FTW * __info);

typedef int (*__nftw64_func_t) (char *__filename, struct stat64 * __status,
                                int __flag, struct FTW * __info);
10.2.3. glob.h
typedef struct
{
  __size_t gl_pathc;
  char **gl_pathv;
  __size_t gl_offs;
  int gl_flags;
  void (*gl_closedir) ();
  struct dirent64 *(*gl_readdir) ();
  void *(*gl_opendir) ();
  int (*gl_lstat) ();
  int (*gl_stat) ();
}
glob_t;

typedef struct
{
  __size_t gl_pathc;
  char **gl_pathv;
  __size_t gl_offs;
  int gl_flags;
  void (*gl_closedir) ();
  struct dirent64 *(*gl_readdir) ();
  void *(*gl_opendir) ();
  int (*gl_lstat) ();
  int (*gl_stat) ();
}
glob64_t;
10.2.4. grp.h
struct group
{
  char *gr_name;
  char *gr_passwd;
  __gid_t gr_gid;
  char **gr_mem;
}
 ;
10.2.5. iconv.h
typedef void *iconv_t;
10.2.6. inttypes.h
typedef lldiv_t imaxdiv_t;

typedef long long intmax_t;

typedef unsigned long long uintmax_t;
10.2.7. locale.h
struct lconv
{
  char *decimal_point;
  char *thousands_sep;
  char *grouping;
  char *int_curr_symbol;
  char *currency_symbol;
  char *mon_decimal_point;
  char *mon_thousands_sep;
  char *mon_grouping;
  char *positive_sign;
  char *negative_sign;
  char int_frac_digits;
  char frac_digits;
  char p_cs_precedes;
  char p_sep_by_space;
  char n_cs_precedes;
  char n_sep_by_space;
  char p_sign_posn;
  char n_sign_posn;
}
 ;
10.2.8. nl_types.h
typedef void *nl_catd;

typedef int nl_item;
10.2.9. pwd.h
struct passwd
{
  char *pw_name;
  char *pw_passwd;
  __uid_t pw_uid;
  __gid_t pw_gid;
  char *pw_gecos;
  char *pw_dir;
  char *pw_shell;
}
 ;
10.2.10. regex.h
typedef unsigned long reg_syntax_t;

typedef struct re_pattern_buffer
{
  unsigned char *buffer;
  unsigned long allocated;
  unsigned long used;
  reg_syntax_t syntax;
  char *fastmap;
  char *translate;
  size_t re_nsub;
  unsigned int can_be_null;
  unsigned int regs_allocated;
  unsigned int fastmap_accurate;
  unsigned int no_sub;
  unsigned int not_bol;
  unsigned int not_eol;
  unsigned int newline_anchor;
}
regex_t;

typedef int regoff_t;

typedef struct
{
  regoff_t rm_so;
  regoff_t rm_eo;
}
regmatch_t;
10.2.11. search.h
typedef enum
{
  FIND,
  ENTER
}
ACTION;

typedef enum
{
  preorder,
  postorder,
  endorder,
  leaf
}
VISIT;

typedef struct entry
{
  char *key;
  void *data;
}
ENTRY;

typedef void (*__action_fn_t) (void *__nodep, VISIT __value, int __level);
10.2.12. setjmp.h
typedef int __jmp_buf;

typedef struct __jmp_buf_tag
{
  __jmp_buf __jmpbuf;
  int __mask_was_saved;
  __sigset_t __saved_mask;
}
jmp_buf;

typedef jmp_buf sigjmp_buf;
10.2.13. signal.h
typedef union sigval
{
  int sival_int;
  void *sival_ptr;
}
sigval_t;

typedef void (*__sighandler_t) ();

struct sigevent
{
  sigval_t sigev_value;
  int sigev_signo;
  int sigev_notify;
}
 ;

typedef struct
{
  unsigned long __val[1];
}
__sigset_t;

typedef __sigset_t sigset_t;

struct sigaction;

typedef struct
{
  int si_band;
  int si_fd;
  struct _sifields;
  struct _sigpoll;
}
siginfo_t;

struct sigaltstack
{
  void *ss_sp;
  int ss_flags;
  size_t ss_size;
}
 ;

struct sigstack
{
  void *ss_sp;
  int ss_onstack;
}
 ;
10.2.14. stdio.h
typedef struct _IO_FILE FILE;

typedef __off_t fpos_t;

typedef __off64_t fpos64_t;
10.2.15. stdlib.h
typedef struct
{
  long long quot;
  long long rem;
}
lldiv_t;

typedef struct
{
  int quot;
  int rem;
}
div_t;

typedef struct
{
  long quot;
  long rem;
}
ldiv_t;

typedef int (*__compar_fn_t) ();
10.2.16. sys/sem.h
struct sembuf
{
  short sem_num;
  short sem_op;
  short sem_flg;
}
 ;
10.2.17. sys/socket.h
typedef unsigned short sa_family_t;

typedef unsigned int socklen_t;

struct sockaddr
{
  sa_family_t sa_family;
  char sa_data[1];
}
 ;

struct msghdr
{
  void *msg_name;
  socklen_t msg_namelen;
  struct iovec *msg_iov;
  size_t msg_iovlen;
  void *msg_control;
  size_t msg_controllen;
  int msg_flags;
}
 ;
10.2.18. sys/times.h
struct tms
{
  clock_t tms_utime;
  clock_t tms_stime;
  clock_t tms_cutime;
  clock_t tms_cstime;
}
 ;
10.2.19. sys/utsname.h
struct utsname
{
  char sysname[1];
  char nodename[1];
  char release[1];
  char version[1];
  char machine[1];
  char __domainname[1];
}
 ;
10.2.20. sys/wait.h
typedef enum
{
  P_ALL,
  P_PID,
  P_PGID
}
idtype_t;
10.2.21. time.h
typedef long __clock_t;

struct timespec
{
  long tv_sec;
  long tv_nsec;
}
 ;

struct tm
{
  int tm_sec;
  int tm_min;
  int tm_hour;
  int tm_mday;
  int tm_mon;
  int tm_year;
  int tm_wday;
  int tm_yday;
  int tm_isdst;
  long __tm_gmtoff;
  char *__tm_zone;
}
 ;

typedef __clock_t clock_t;

typedef __time_t time_t;
10.2.22. unistd.h
typedef __ssize_t ssize_t;

typedef __pid_t pid_t;

typedef __off_t off_t;
10.2.23. utime.h
struct utimbuf
{
  __time_t actime;
  __time_t modtime;
}
 ;
10.2.24. wchar.h
typedef long wchar_t;

typedef unsigned int wint_t;

typedef struct
{
  int count;
  wint_t value;
}
mbstate_t;
10.2.25. wctype.h
typedef unsigned long wctype_t;

typedef __int32_t *wctrans_t;
10.2.26. wordexp.h
typedef struct
{
  int we_wordc;
  char **we_wordv;
  int we_offs;
}
wordexp_t;
10.3. Interface Definitions for libc
acct
Name
acct — switch process accounting on or off
Synopsis
#include <dirent.h>

int acct(const char *filename);
Description
When called with the name of an existing file as argument, accounting is turned on, records for each terminating process are appended to filename as it terminates. An argument of NULL causes accounting to be turned off.
Return Value
On success, zero is returned. On error, -1 is returned, and errno is set appropriately.
Errors
ENOSYS 
 	BSD process accounting has not been enabled when the operating system kernel was compiled. The kernel configuration parameter controlling this feature is CONFIG_BSD_PROCESS_ACCT.
ENOMEM 
 	Out of memory.
EPERM 
 	The calling process has no permission to enable process accounting.
EACCES 
 	The argument filename is not a regular file.
EIO 
 	Error writing to the file filename.
EUSERS 
 	There are no more free file structures or we run out of memory.
adjtime
Name
adjtime — correct the time to allow synchronization of the system clock
Synopsis
#include <time.h>

int adjtime(const struct timeval *delta, struct timeval *olddelta);
Description
Adjtime() makes small adjustments to the system time, as returned by gettimeofday(2), advancing or retarding it by the time specified by the timeval delta. If delta is negative, the clock is slowed down by incrementing it more slowly than normal until the correction is complete. If delta is positive, a larger increment than normal is used. The skew used to perform the correction is generally a fraction of one percent. Thus, the time is always a monotonically increasing function. A time correction from an earlier call to adjtime() may not be finished when adjtime() is called again. If olddelta is non-nil, the structure pointed to will contain, upon return, the number of microseconds still to be corrected from the earlier call.
This call may be used by time servers that synchronize the clocks of computers in a local area network. Such time servers would slow down the clocks of some machines and speed up the clocks of others to bring them to the average network time.
The call adjtime() is restricted to the super-user.
Return Value
On success, zero is returned. On error, -1 is returned, and errno is set appropriately.
ERRORS
EFAULT
 	An argument points outside the process's allocated address space.
EPERM
 	The process's effective user ID is not that of the super-user.
adjtimex
Name
adjtimex — tune kernel clock
Synopsis
#include <sys/timex.h>

int adjtimex(struct timex *buf);
Description
Linux uses David L. Mills' clock adjustment algorithm (see RFC 1305). The system call adjtimex reads and optionally sets adjustment parameters for this algorithm. It takes a pointer to a timex structure, updates kernel parameters from field values, and returns the same structure with current kernel values. This structure is declared as follows:
 struct timex {
 	 int modes; /* mode selector */
 long offset; /* time offset (usec) */
 long freq; /* frequency offset (scaled ppm) */
 long maxerror; /* maximum error (usec) */
 long esterror; /* estimated error (usec) */
 int status; /* clock command/status */
 long constant; /* pll time constant */
 long precision; /* clock precision (usec) (read only) */
 long tolerance; /* clock frequency tolerance (ppm) (read only) */
 struct timeval time; /* current time (read only) */
 long tick; /* usecs between clock ticks */
 };
The modes field determines which parameters, if any, to set. It may contain a bitwise-or combination of zero or more of the following bits:
 #define ADJ_OFFSET 0x0001 /* time offset */
 #define ADJ_FREQUENCY 0x0002 /* frequency offset */
 #define ADJ_MAXERROR 0x0004 /* maximum time error */
 #define ADJ_ESTERROR 0x0008 /* estimated time error */
 #define ADJ_STATUS 0x0010 /* clock status */
 #define ADJ_TIMECONST 0x0020 /* pll time constant */
 #define ADJ_TICK 0x4000 /* tick value */
 #define ADJ_OFFSET_SINGLESHOT 0x8001 /* old-fashioned adjtime */
Ordinary users are restricted to a zero value for mode. Only the superuser may set any parameters.
Return Value
On success, adjtimex returns the clock state:
 #define TIME_OK 0 /* clock synchronized */
 #define TIME_INS 1 /* insert leap second */
 #define TIME_DEL 2 /* delete leap second */
 #define TIME_OOP 3 /* leap second in progress */
 #define TIME_WAIT 4 /* leap second has occurred */
 #define TIME_BAD 5 /* clock not synchronized */
 On error, -1 is returned, and errno is set appropriately.
Errors
EFAULT 
 	buf does not point to writable memory.
EPERM 
 	buf.mode is non-zero and the user is not super-user.
EINVAL 
 	An attempt is made to set buf.offset to a value outside the range -131071 to +131071, or to set buf.status to a value other than those listed above, or to set buf.tick to a value outside the range 900000/HZ to 1100000/HZ, where HZ is the system timer interrupt frequency.
alphasort
Name
alphasort — scan a directory for matching entries
Synopsis
#include <dirent.h>

int alphasort(const struct dirent **a, const struct dirent **b);
Description
The alphasort() function can be used as the comparison function for the scandir() function to sort the directory entries into alphabetical order. Its parameters are the two directory entries, a and b, to compare.
Return Value
The alphasort() function returns an integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero if the first argument is considered to be respectively less than, equal to, or greater than the second.
Errors
ENOMEM
 	Insufficient memory to complete the operation.
alphasort64
Name
alphasort64 — compare two struct dirents alphabetically
Synopsis
#include <dirent.h>

int alphasort64(const struct dirent **a, const struct dirent **b);
Description
Function to compare two struct dirents alphabetically. This function is like alphasort but it uses the 64bit dirent structure.
__assert_fail
Name
__assert_fail — abort the program after false assertion
Synopsis
void
__assert_fail(const char *assertion,
              const char *file,
              unsigned int line,
              const char *function);
Description
This function, when passed a string containing an asserted expression, a filename, and a line number, prints a message on the standard error stream such as: 
a.c:10: foobar: Assertion a == b failed.
It then aborts program execution via a call to abort. The exact form of the message is up to the implementation.
If FUNCTION is NULL, then omit information about the function.
FILE, LINE, and ASSERTION must be non-NULL.
__assert_fail is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
bindtextdomain
Name
bindtextdomain — specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base
Synopsis
#include <unistd.h>

extern char *bindtextdomain(const char *domainname,
                            const char *dirname);
Description
Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base.
cfmakeraw
Name
cfmakeraw — get and set terminal attributes
Synopsis
#include <termios.h>

int cfmakeraw(struct termios *termios_p);
Description
cfmakeraw sets the terminal attributes as follows:
 	 termios_p->c_iflag &= ~(IGNBRK|BRKINT|PARMRK|ISTRIP |INLCR|IGNCR|ICRNL|IXON);
 termios_p->c_oflag &= ~OPOST;
 termios_p->c_lflag &= ~(ECHO|ECHONL|ICANON|ISIG|IEXTEN);
 termios_p->c_cflag &= ~(CSIZE|PARENB);
 termios_p->c_cflag |= CS8;
termios_p is a pointer to a termios structure. This structure contains the following members:
 tcflag_t c_iflag; /* input modes */
 tcflag_t c_oflag; /* output modes */
 tcflag_t c_cflag; /* control modes */
 tcflag_t c_lflag; /* local modes */
 cc_t c_cc[NCCS]; /* control chars */
Return Value
On success, zero is returned. On failure, -1 is returned, and errno is set appropriately.
cfsetspeed
Name
cfsetspeed — manipulate the termios structure
Synopsis
#include <termios.h>

int cfsetspeed(struct termios *t, speedt speed);
Description
The cfsetspeed function is provided for setting the baud rate values in the termios structure. The effects of the function on the terminal as described below do not become effective, nor are all errors detected, until the tcsetattr function is called. Certain values for baud rates set in the termios structure and passed to tcsetattr have special meanings.
Getting and Setting the Baud Rate
The input and output baud rates are found in the termios structure. The unsigned integer speed_t is typdef'd in the include file <termios.h>. The value of the integer corresponds directly to the baud rate being represented, however, the following symbolic values are defined.
 #define B0 0
 #define B50 50
 #define B75 75
 #define B110 110
 #define B134 134
 #define B150 150
 #define B200 200
 #define B300 300
 #define B600 600
 #define B1200 1200
 #define B1800 1800
 #define B2400 2400
 #define B4800 4800
 #define B9600 9600
 #define B19200 19200
 #define B38400 38400
 #ifndef _POSIX_SOURCE
 #define EXTA 19200
 #define EXTB 38400
 #endif /*_POSIX_SOURCE */
The cfsetspeed function sets both the input and output baud rate in the termios structure referenced by tp to speed.
Return Value
On success, zero is returned. On error, -1 is returned, and errno is set appropriately.
__ctype_b
Name
__ctype_c — array index for ctype functions
Synopsis
#include <ctype.h>

extern const unsigned short int *ctype_b;
Description
Array index for ctype functions.
__ctype_b is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__ctype_tolower
Name
__ctype_tolower — convert uppercase letter to lowercase letter
Synopsis
#include <ctype.h>

int __ctype_tolower(int c);
Description
The __ctype_tolower() function converts an uppercase letter to the corresponding lowercase letter. If the argument is an uppercase letter, the __ctype_tolower() function returns the corresponding lowercase letter if there is one; otherwise, the argument is returned unchanged.
__ctype_tolower is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__ctype_toupper
Name
__ctype_toupper — convert lowercase letter to uppercase letter
Synopsis
#include <ctype.h>

int __ctype_toupper(int c);
Description
The __ctype_toupper() function converts a lowercase letter to the corresponding uppercase letter. If the argument is a lowercase letter, the __ctype_toupper() function returns the corresponding uppercase letter if there is one; otherwise, the argument is returned unchanged.
__ctype_toupper is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__cxa_atexit
Name
__cxa_atexit — register a function to be called by exit or when a shared library is unloaded
Synopsis
int __cxa_atexit(void (*func) (void *), void *arg, void *d);
Description
Register a function to be called by exit or when a shared library is unloaded. This function is only called from code generated by the C++ compiler. 
__cxa_atexit() has the same specification as atexit().
__cxa_atexit is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
daemon
Name
daemon — run in the background
Synopsis
#include <unistd.h>

int daemon(int nochdir, int noclose);
Description
The daemon() function is for programs wishing to detach themselves from the controlling terminal and run in the background as system daemons. Unless the argument nochdir is non-zero, daemon() changes the current working directory to the root (`/'). Unless the argument noclose is non-zero, daemon() will redirect standard input, standard output and standard error to /dev/null.
Errors
On error occurs, -1 is returned, and errno is set to any of the errors specified for the library functions fork(2) and setsid(2).
dcgettext
Name
dcgettext — look up the MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY locale
Synopsis
#include <libintl.h>

extern char *dcgettext(const char *domainname,
                       const char *msgid, int category);
Description
Used to look up the MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY locale. 
__dcgettext
Name
__dcgettext — used by dcgettext in the translation to look up the MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current locale
Synopsis
#include <libintl.h>

extern char *__dcgettext(const char *domainname,
                         const char *msgid, int category);
Description
Used by dcgettext in the translation to look up the MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current locale. CATEGORY locale.
__dcgettext() has the same specification as dcgettext().
__dcgettext is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__divdi3
Name
__divdi3 — mathematic operation
Synopsis
DItype
__divdi3(DItype u, DItype v);
Description
__divdi3() divides two DItypes(unsigned ints).
__divdi3 is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
endutent
Name
endutent — access utmp file entries
Synopsis
#include <utmp.h>

void endutent(void);
Description
endutent() closes the utmp file. It should be called when the user code is done accessing the file with the other functions.
_environ
Name
_environ — alias for environ - user environment 
Synopsis
extern char **_environ;
Description
Alias for environ - user environment.
__environ
Name
__environ — alias for environ - user environment 
Synopsis
extern char **__environ;
Description
Alias for environ - user environment.
__environ has the same specification as environ.
__environ is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
err
Name
err — display formatted error messages
Synopsis
#include <err.h>

void err(int eval, const char *fmt, ...);
Description
The err() function displays a formatted error message on the standard error output. The last component of the program name, a colon character, and a space are output. If the fmt argument is not NULL, the formatted error message, a colon character, and a space are output. The error message string affiliated with the current value of the global variable errno is output. The output is followed by a newline character.
The err() function does not return, but exits with the value of the argument eval.
__errno_location
Name
__errno_location — address of errno variable
Synopsis
int *__errno_location(void);
Description
__errno_location is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
error
Name
error — analyze and disperse compiler error messages
Synopsis
error [-n] [-s] [-q] [-v] [-t suffixlist] [-I ignorefile] [name]
Description
Error analyzes and optionally disperses the diagnostic error messages produced by a number of compilers and language processors to the source file and line where the errors occurred. It can replace the painful, traditional methods of scribbling abbreviations of errors on paper, and permits error messages and source code to be viewed simultaneously without machinations of multiple windows in a screen editor.
Options are:
-n
 	 Do not touch any files; all error messages are sent to the standard output
-q
 	The user is queried whether s/he wants to touch the file. A `y' or `n' to the question is necessary to continue. Absence of the -q option implies that all referenced files (except those referring to discarded error messages) are to be touched. 
-v 
 	After all files have been touched, overlay the visual editor vi(1) with it set up to edit all files touched, and positioned in the first touched file at the first error. If vi(1) can't be found, try ex(1) or ed(1) from standard places.
-t 
 	Take the following argument as a suffix list. Files whose suffixes do not appear in the suffix list are not touched. The suffix list is dot separated, and `*' wildcards work. Thus the suffix list:
.c.y.foo*.h
allows error to touch files ending with `.c', `.y', `.foo*' and `.y'.
-s 
 	Print out statistics regarding the error categorization. Not too useful.
Error looks at the error messages, either from the specified file name or from the standard input, and attempts to determine which language processor produced each error message, determines the source file and line number to which the error message refers, determines if the error message is to be ignored or not, and inserts the (possibly slightly modified) error message into the source file as a comment on the line preceding to which the line the error message refers. Error messages which can't be categorized by language processor or content are not inserted into any file, but are sent to the standard output. Error touches source files only after all input has been read.
Error is intended to be run with its standard input connected via a pipe to the error message source. Some language processors put error messages on their standard error file; others put their messages on the standard output. Hence, both error sources should be piped together into error. For example, when using the csh(1) syntax,
 make -s lint | error -q -v
will analyze all the error messages produced by whatever programs make(1) runs when making lint.
Error knows about the error messages produced by: make(1), cc(1), cpp(1), ccom(1), as(1), ld(1), lint(1), pi(1), pc(1), f77(1), and DEC Western Research Modula-2. Error knows a standard for error messages produced by the language processors, so is sensitive to changes in these formats. For all languages except Pascal, error messages are restricted to be on one line. Some error messages refer to more than one line in more than one files; error will duplicate the error message and insert it at all of the places referenced.
Error will do one of six things with error messages.
synchronize
 	 Some language processors produce short errors describing which file it is processing. Error uses these to determine the file name for languages that don't include the file name in each error message. These synchronization messages are consumed entirely by error.
discard 
 	Error messages from lint(1) that refer to one of the two lint(1) libraries, /usr/libdata/lint/llib-lc and /usr/libdata/lint/llib-port are discarded, to prevent accidently touching these libraries. Again, these error messages are consumed entirely by error.
nullify 
 	Error messages from lint(1) can be nullified if they refer to a specific function, which is known to generate diagnostics which are not interesting. Nullified error messages are not inserted into the source file, but are written to the standard output. The names of functions to ignore are taken from either the file named .errorrc in the users's home directory, or from the file named by the -I option. If the file does not exist, no error messages are nullified. If the file does exist, there must be one function name per line.
not file specific
 	Error messages that can't be intuited are grouped together, and written to the standard output before any files are touched. They will not be inserted into any source file.
file specific
 	Error message that refer to a specific file, but to no specific line, are written to the standard output when that file is touched.
true errors
 	Error messages that can be intuited are candidates for insertion into the file to which they refer.
Only true error messages are candidates for inserting into the file they refer to. Other error messages are consumed entirely by error or are written to the standard output. Error inserts the error messages into the source file on the line preceding the line the language processor found in error. Each error message is turned into a one line comment for the language, and is internally flagged with the string `###' at the beginning of the error, and `%%%' at the end of the error. This makes pattern searching for errors easier with an editor, and allows the messages to be easily removed. In addition, each error message contains the source line number for the line the message refers to. A reasonably formatted source program can be recompiled with the error messages still in it, without having the error messages themselves cause future errors. For poorly formatted source programs in free languages, such as C or Pascal, it is possible to insert a comment into another comment, which can wreak havoc with a future compilation. To avoid this, programs with comments and source on the same line should be formatted so that language statements appear before comments.
Error catches interrupt and terminate signals, and if in the insertion phase, will orderly terminate what it is doing.
Files
~/.errorrc function names to ignore for lint(1) error messages
/dev/tty user's teletype
Bugs
Opens the teletype directly to do user querying.
 Source files with links make a new copy of the file with only one link to it.
 Changing a language processor's of error messages may cause error to not understand the error message.
 Error, since it is purely mechanical, will not filter out subsequent er- rors caused by floodgating initiated by one syntactically trivial er- ror. Humans are still much better at discarding these related errors.
 Pascal error messages belong after the lines affected (error puts them before). The alignment of the \ marking the point of error is also disturbed by error.
 Error was designed for work on CRT's at reasonably high speed. It is less pleasant on slow speed terminals, and has never been used on hard- copy terminals.
errx
Name
errx — error messages
Synopsis
#include <err.h>

void errx(int eval, const char *fmt, ...);
Description
The errx() function displays a formatted error message on the standard error output. The last component of the program name, a colon character, and a space are output. If the fmt argument is not NULL, the formatted error message, a colon character, and a space are output. The output is followed by a newline character.
The errx() function does not return, but exits with the value of the argument eval.
flock
Name
flock — apply or remove an advisory lock on an open file
Synopsis
int flock(int fd, int operation);
Description
Apply or remove an advisory lock on an open file. The file is specified by fd. Valid operations are given below:
LOCK_SH
 	Shared lock. More than one process may hold a shared lock for a given file at a given time.
LOCK_EX
 	Exclusive lock. Only one process may hold an exclusive lock for a given file at a given time.
LOCK_UN
 	Unlock.
LOCK_NB
 	Don't block when locking. May be specified (by or'ing) along with one of the other operations.
A single file may not simultaneously have both shared and exclusive locks.
Return Value
On success, zero is returned. On error, -1 is returned, and errno is set appropriately.
Errors
EWOULDBLOCK
 	The file is locked and the LOCK_NB flag was selected.
__fpending
Name
__fpending — returns in bytes the amount of output pending on a stream
Synopsis
#include <stdio_ext.h>

size_t __fpending(FILE *stream);
Description
The __fpending function returns the amount of output in bytes pending on a stream.
__fpending is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
fstatfs
Name
fstatfs — get file system statistics
Synopsis
#include <sys/vfs.h>

int fstatfs(int fd, struct statfs *buf);
Description
fstatfs returns information about a mounted file system. fd is the open file descriptor of any file within the mounted filesystem. buf is a pointer to a statfs structure defined as follows:
struct statfs {
 	 long f_type; /* type of filesystem (see below) */
 long f_bsize; /* optimal transfer block size */
 long f_blocks; /* total data blocks in file system */
 long f_bfree; /* free blocks in fs */
 long f_bavail; /* free blocks avail to non-superuser */
 long f_files; /* total file nodes in file system */
 long f_ffree; /* free file nodes in fs */
 fsid_t f_fsid; /* file system id */
 long f_namelen; /* maximum length of filenames */
 long f_spare[6]; /* spare for later */
 };
Fields that are undefined for a particular file system are set to 0.
Return Value
On success, zero is returned. On error, -1 is returned, and errno is set appropriately.
Errors
EBADF
 	fd is not a valid open file descriptor.
EFAULT
 	buf points to an invalid address.
EIO
 	An I/O error occurred while reading from or writing to the file system.
ENOSYS
 	The filesystem fd is open on does not support statfs.
fwprintf
Name
fwprintf — formatted wide character output conversion
Synopsis
int fwprintf(FILE* stream, const wchar_t* , ...);
Description
The specification for "fwprintf" is as specified in the SUSv2 but with the following differences as listed below.
Wide-character Conversion:
The following wide-character are not specified in GNU:
d,i, o, u, x, X, f, e,E , g,G , c, s, p, n, C, S, %
Errors
The following error types are not specified in GNU:
EILSEQ
EINVAL
ENOMEM
gethostbyname
Name
gethostbyname — get network host entry
Synopsis
#include <netdb.h>
extern int h_errno;

struct hostent *gethostbyname(const char *name);
Description
The gethostbyname() function returns a structure of type hostent for the given host name. Here name is either a host name, or an IPv4 address in standard dot notation, or an IPv6 address in colon (and possibly dot) notation. (See RFC 1884 for the description of IPv6 addresses.) If name is an IPv4 or IPv6 address, no lookup is performed and gethostbyname() simply copies name into the h_name field and its struct in_addr equivalent into the h_addr_list[0] field of the returned hostent structure. If name doesn't end in a dot and the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, the alias file pointed to by HOSTALIASES will first be searched for name (see hostname(7) for the file ). The current domain and its parents are searched unless name ends in a dot.
The domain name queries carried out by gethostbyname() use a combination of any or all of the name server named(8), a broken out line from /etc/hosts, and the Network Information Service (NIS or YP), depending upon the contents of the order line in /etc/host.conf. (See resolv+(8)). The default action is to query named(8), followed by /etc/hosts.
The hostent structure is defined in <netdb.h> as follows:
struct hostent {
 	 char *h_name; /* official name of host */
 char **h_aliases; /* alias list */
 int h_addrtype; /* host address type */
 int h_length; /* length of address */
 char **h_addr_list; /* list of addresses */
 }
#define h_addr h_addr_list[0] /* for backward compatibility */
Return Value
The gethostbyname()) functions return the hostent structure or a NULL pointer if an error occurs. On error, the h_errno variable holds an error number.
Errors
ENOMEM
 	Insufficient memory to complete the operation. 
getloadavg
Name
getloadavg — get system load averages
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>

int getloadavg(double loadavg[], int nelem);
Description
The getloadavg() function returns the number of processes in the system run queue averaged over various periods of time. Up to nelem samples are retrieved and assigned to successive elements of loadavg[]. The system imposes a maximum of 3 samples, representing averages over the last 1, 5, and 15 minutes, respectively.
getopt_long
Name
getopt_long — parse command line options
Synopsis
#define _GNU_SOURCE
#include <getopt.h>

int getopt_long(int argc, char * const argv[],
           const char *optstring,
           const struct option *longopts, int *longindex);

Description
The getopt_long() function works like getopt() except that it also accepts long options, started out by two dashes. Long option names may be abbreviated if the abbreviation is unique or is an exact match for some defined option. A long option may take a parameter, of the form --arg=param or --arg param.
longopts is a pointer to the first element of an array of struct option declared in <getopt.h> as
 struct option {
 	 const char *name;
 int *flag;
 int has_arg;
 int val;
 };
Return Value
The getopt_long() function returns the option character if the option was found successfully, : if there was a missing parameter for one of the options, ? for an unknown option character, or -1 for the end of the option list.
getopt_long() also returns the option character when a short option is recognized. For a long option, they return val if flag is NULL, and 0 otherwise. Error and -1 returns are the same as for getopt(), plus ? for an ambiguous match or an extraneous parameter.
getopt_long_only
Name
getopt_long_only — parse command line options
Synopsis
#define _GNU_SOURCE
#include <getopt.h>

int getopt_long_only(int argc, char * const argv[],
           const char *optstring,
           const struct option *longopts, int *longindex);

Description
getopt_long_only() is like getopt_long(), but - as well as -- can indicate a long option. If an option that starts with - (not --) doesn't match a long option, but does match a short option, it is parsed as a short option instead.
Return Value
The function getopt_long_only() returns the option character if the option was found successfully, : if there was a missing parameter for one of the options, ? for an unknown option character, or -1 for the end of the option list. getopt_long_only() also returns the option character when a short option is recognized. For a long option, they return val if flag is NULL, and 0 otherwise. Error and -1 returns are the same as for getopt(), plus ? for an ambiguous match or an extraneous parameter.
__getpgid
Name
__getpgid — get the process group id
Synopsis
pid_t __getpgid(pid_t pid);
Description
__getpgid(pid) has the same specification as getpgid(pid).
__getpgid is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
getprotobyname
Name
getprotobyname — get protocol entry
Synopsis
struct protoent *getprotobynumber(int proto);
Description
The getprotobyname() function returns a protoent structure for the line from /etc/protocols that matches the protocol name name.
The protoent structure is defined in <netdb.h> as follows:
 struct protoent {
 	 char *p_name; /* official protocol name */
 char **p_aliases; /* alias list */
 int p_proto; /* protocol number */
 }
Return Value
The getprotobyname() function returns the protoent structure, or a NULL pointer if an error occurs or the end of the file is reached.
Files
/etc/protocols protocol database file
getprotoent
Name
getprotoent — get protocol entry
Synopsis
struct protoent *getprotoent(void);
Description
The getprotoent() function reads the next line from the file /etc/protocols and returns a structure protoent containing the broken out fields from the line. The /etc/protocols file is opened if necessary.
The protoent structure is defined in <netdb.h> as follows:
 struct protoent {
 	 char *p_name; /* official protocol name */
 char **p_aliases; /* alias list */
 int p_proto; /* protocol number */
 }
RETURN VALUE
The getprotoent() function returns the protoent structure, or a NULL pointer if an error occurs or the end of the file is reached.
FILES
/etc/protocols protocol database file
getservbyname
Name
getservbyname — get service entry
Synopsis
#include <netdb.h>

struct servent *getservbyname(const char *name, const char *proto);
Description
The getservbyname() function returns a servent structure for the line from /etc/services that matches the service name using protocol proto.
The servent structure is defined in <netdb.h> as follows:
 struct servent {
 	 char *s_name; /* official service name */
 char **s_aliases; /* alias list */
 int s_port; /* port number */
 char *s_proto; /* protocol to use */
 }
Return Value
getservbyname() returns the servent structure, or a NULL pointer if an error occurs or the end of the file is reached.
FILES
/etc/services services database file
getservent
Name
getservent — get service entry
Synopsis
#include <netdb.h>

struct servent *getservent(void);
Description
The getservent() function reads the next line from the file /etc/services and returns a structure servent containing the broken out fields from the line. The /etc/services file is opened if necessary.
The servent structure is defined in <netdb.h> as follows:
 struct servent {
 	 char *s_name; /* official service name */
 char **s_aliases; /* alias list */
 int s_port; /* port number */
 char *s_proto; /* protocol to use */
 }
Return Value
getservent() returns the servent structure, or a NULL pointer if an error occurs or the end of the file is reached.
FILES
/etc/services services database file
gettext
Name
gettext — look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current LC_MESSAGES locale
Synopsis
#include <libintl.h>

extern char *gettext((const char *msgid));
Description
Used to look up the MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default text). 
getutent
Name
getutent — access utmp file entries 
Synopsis
#include <utmp.h>

struct utmp *getutent(void);
Description
getutent() reads a line from the current file position in the utmp file. It returns a pointer to a structure containing the fields of the line.
Return Value
getutent() returns a pointer to a static struct utmp.
Errors
On error, (struct utmp*)0 will be returned.
Files
/var/run/utmp database of currently logged-in users
/var/log/wtmp database of past user logins
htons
Name
htons — converts host byte order to network byte order
Synopsis
#include <netinet/in.h>

unsigned short int htons(unsigned short int hostshort);
Description
The htons() function converts the short integer hostshort from host byte order to network byte order.
inet_aton
Name
inet_aton — Internet address manipulation routine
Synopsis
#include <sys/socket.h>
#include <netinet/in.h>
#include <arpa/inet.h>

int inet_aton(const char *cp, struct in_addr *inp);
Description
inet_aton() converts the Internet host address cp from the standard numbers-and-dots notation into binary data and stores it in the structure that inp points to. inet_aton returns nonzero if the address is valid, zero if not.
The structure in_addr is defined in netinet/in.h as:
 struct in_addr {
 	 unsigned long int s_addr;
 }
Note that on the i80x86 the host byte order is Least Significant Byte first, whereas the network byte order, as used on the Internet, is Most Significant Byte first.
inet_ntoa
Name
inet_ntoa — Internet address manipulation routine
Synopsis
#include <sys/socket.h>
#include <netinet/in.h>
#include <arpa/inet.h>

char *inet_ntoa(struct in_addr in);
Description
The inet_ntoa() function converts the Internet host address in given in network byte order to a string in standard numbers-and-dots notation. The string is returned in a statically allocated buffer, which subsequent calls will overwrite.
The structure in_addr is defined in netinet/in.h as:
 struct in_addr {
 	 unsigned long int s_addr;
 }
Note that on the i80x86 the host byte order is Least Significant Byte first, whereas the network byte order, as used on the Internet, is Most Significant Byte first.
initgroups
Name
initgroups — initialize the supplementary group access list
Synopsis
#include <grp.h>
#include <sys/types.h>

int initgroups(const char *user, gid_t group);
Description
The initgroups() function initializes the group access list by reading the group database /etc/group and using all groups of which user is a member. The additional group group is also added to the list.
Return Value
On success, zero is returned. On error, -1 is returned, and errno is set appropriately.
Errors
EPERM 
 	The calling process does not have sufficient privileges.
ENOMEM 
 	Insufficient memory to allocate group information structure.
Files
/etc/group group database file
_IO_2_1_stderr_
Name
_IO_2_1_stderr_ — standard I/O stream
Synopsis
#include <libio.h>

extern struct _IO_FILE_plus _IO_2_1_stderr_;
Description
_IO_2_1_stderr is an object whose address becomes stderr.
_IO_2_1_stdin_
Name
_IO_2_1_stdin_ — standard I/O stream
Synopsis
#include <libio.h>

extern struct _IO_FILE_plus _IO_2_1_stdin_;
Description
_IO_2_1_stdin is an object whose address becomes stdin.
_IO_2_1_stdout_
Name
_IO_2_1_stdout_ — standard I/O stream
Synopsis
#include <libio.h>

extern struct _IO_FILE_plus _IO_2_1_stdout_;
Description
_IO_2_1_stdout is an object whose address becomes stdout.
_IO_feof
Name
_IO_feof — alias for feof
Synopsis
int _IO_feof(_IO_FILE *__fp);
Description
The function _IO_feof() tests the end-of-file indicator for the stream pointed to by __fp, returning non-zero if it is set. 
_IO_getc
Name
_IO_getc — alias for getc
Synopsis
int _IO_getc(_IO_FILE *__fp);
Description
_IO_getc() reads the next character from __fp and returns it as an unsigned char cast to an int, or EOF on end of file or error.
_IO_putc
Name
_IO_putc — alias for putc
Synopsis
int _IO_putc(int __c, _IO_FILE *__fp);
Description
_IO_putc() writes the character __c, cast to an unsigned char, to __fp.
_IO_puts
Name
_IO_puts — alias for puts
Synopsis
int _IO_puts(const char *__c);
Description
_IO_puts() writes the string __s and a trailing newline to stdout.
isblank
Name
isblank — character classification routine
Synopsis
#include <ctype.h>

int isblank(int c);
Description
This functions checks whether c, which must have the value of an unsigned char or EOF, falls into a certain character class according to the current locale.
isblank() checks for a blank character; that is, a space or a tab. This function is a GNU extension.
Return Value
The values returned are nonzero if the character c falls into the tested class, and a zero value if not.
Notes
The details of what characters belong into which class depend on the current locale. For example, isupper() will not recognize an A - umlaut as an uppercase letter in the default C locale.
isinf
Name
isinf — test for infinity or not-a-number (NaN)
Synopsis
#include <math.h>

int isinf(double value);
Description
The isinf() function returns -1 if value represents negative infinity, 1 if value represents positive infinity, and 0 otherwise.
iswblank
Name
iswblank — test for whitespace wide character
Synopsis
#include <wctype.h>

int iswblank(wint_t wc);
Description
The iswblank function is the wide-character equivalent of the isblank function. It tests whether wc is a wide character belonging to the wide character class "blank".
The wide character class "blank" is a subclass of the wide character class "space".
Being a subclass of the wide character class "space", the wide character class "blank" is disjoint from the wide character class "graph" and therefore also disjoint from its subclasses "alnum", "alpha", "upper", "lower", "digit", "xdigit", "punct".
The wide character class "blank" always contains at least the space character and the control character '\t'.
Return Value
The iswblank function returns non-zero if wc is a wide character belonging to the wide character class "blank". Otherwise it returns zero.
Notes
The behaviour of iswblank depends on the LC_CTYPE category of the current locale.
iswctype
Name
iswctype — wide character classification
Synopsis
#include <wctype.h>

int iswctype(wint_t wc, wctype_t desc);
Description
If wc is a wide character having the character property designated by desc (or in other words: belongs to the character class designated by desc), the iswctype function returns non-zero. Otherwise it returns zero. If wc is WEOF, zero is returned.
desc must be a character property descriptor returned by the wctype function.
Return Value
iswctype returns non-zero if the wc has the designated property. Otherwise it returns 0.
Notes
The behavior of iswctype depends on the LC_CTYPE category of the current locale.
__libc_start_main
Name
__libc_start_main — initialization routine
Synopsis
BP_SYM __libc_start_main (int (*main) (int, char**, char**),
    int argc, char *__unbounded *__unbounded ubp_av,
    void (*init) (void), void (*fini) (void),
    void (*rtld_fini) (void), void (*__unbounded stack_end);
Description
Initialize glibc.
__libc_start_main is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
llabs
Name
llabs — compute the absolute value of an integer
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
       
long long int llabs(long long int j);
Description
llabs() computes the absolute value of the argument j of the appropriate integer type for the function.
Return Value
Returns the absolute value of the integer argument, of the appropriate integer type for the function.
Notes
Trying to take the absolute value of the most negative integer is not defined.
The llabs() function is included in glibc since version 2.0, but is not in libc5 or libc4.
For llabs() to be declared, it may be necessary to define _ISOC99_SOURCE or _ISOC9X_SOURCE (depending on the version of glibc) before including any standard headers.
GCC 3.0 also handles llabs() as builtin.
logwtmp
Name
logwtmp — append an entry to the wtmp file
Synopsis
#include <utmp.h>

void logwtmp(const char *line, const char *name, const char *host);
Description
logwtmp() constructs an utmp structure using line, name, host, current time and current process id. Then it calls updwtmp() to append the structure to the utmp file.
Availability
Both functions are available under glibc2, but not under libc5. However, logwtmp occurs in the old libbsd.
Files
/var/log/wtmp database of past user logins
__lxstat
Name
__lxstat — inline wrapper around call to lxstat
Synopsis
#include <ctype.h>

int __lxstat(int version, char *__path, struct stat *__statbuf);
Description
Inline wrapper around call to lxstat.
__lxstat is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
mbsnrtowcs
Name
mbsnrtowcs — convert a multibyte string to a wide character string
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>

size_t mbsnrtowcs(wchar_t *dest, const char **src,
                  size_t nms, size_t len, mbstate_t *ps);
Description
The mbsnrtowcs function is like the mbsrtowcs function, except that the number of bytes to be converted, starting at *src, is limited to nms.
If dest is not a NULL pointer, the mbsnrtowcs function converts at most nms bytes from the multibyte string *src to a wide-character string starting at dest. At most len wide characters are written to dest. The state *ps is updated. The conversion is effectively performed by repeatedly calling mbrtowc(dest,*src,n,ps) where n is some positive number, as long as this call succeeds, and then incrementing dest by one and *src by the number of bytes consumed. The conversion can stop for three reasons:
1. An invalid multibyte sequence has been encountered. In this case *src is left pointing to the invalid multibyte sequence, (size_t)(-1) is returned, and errno is set to EILSEQ.
2. The nms limit forces a stop, or len non-L'\0' wide characters have been stored at dest. In this case *src is left pointing to the next multibyte sequence to be converted, and the number of wide characters written to dest is returned.
3. The multibyte string has been completely converted, including the terminating '\0' (which has the side effect of bringing back *ps to the initial state). In this case *src is set to NULL, and the number of wide characters written to dest, excluding the terminating L'\0' character, is returned.
If dest is NULL, len is ignored, and the conversion proceeds as above, except that the converted wide characters are not written out to memory, and that no destination length limit exists.
In both of the above cases, if ps is a NULL pointer, a static anonymous state only known to the mbsnrtowcs function is used instead.
The programmer must ensure that there is room for at least len wide characters at dest.
Return Value
The mbsnrtowcs function returns the number of wide characters that make up the converted part of the wide character string, not including the terminating null wide character. If an invalid multibyte sequence was encountered, (size_t)(-1) is returned, and errno set to EILSEQ.
Notes
The behavior of mbsnrtowcs depends on the LC_CTYPE category of the current locale.
Passing NULL as ps is not multi-thread safe.
memmem
Name
memmem — locate a substring
Synopsis
#define _GNU_SOURCE
#include <string.h>

void *memmem(const void *haystack, size_t haystacklen,
             const void *needle, size_t needlelen);
Description
The memmem() function finds the start of the first occurrence of the substring needle of length needlelen in the memory area haystack of length haystacklen.
Return Value
The memmem() function returns a pointer to the beginning of the substring, or NULL if the substring is not found.
Notes
This function was broken in Linux libraries up to and including libc 5.0.9; there the needle and haystack arguments were interchanged, and a pointer to the end of the first occurrence of needle was returned. Since libc 5.0.9 is still widely used, this is a dangerous function to use.
Both old and new libc's have the bug that if needle is empty haystack-1 (instead of haystack) is returned. And glibc 2.0 makes it worse, and returns a pointer to the last byte of haystack. This is fixed in glibc 2.1.
__mempcpy
Name
__mempcpy — copy N bytes of SRC to DEST
Synopsis
#include <string.h>

extern ptr_t __mempcpy(ptr_t restrict dest,
                       const ptr_t restrict src, size_t n));
Description
Copy N bytes of SRC to DEST, return pointer to bytes after the last written byte.
__mempcpy is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
memrchr
Name
memrchr — scan memory for a character
Synopsis
#include <string.h>

void *memrchr(const void *s, int c, size_t n);
Description
The memrchr() function returns a pointer to the last occurrence of the character "c" in the first "n" characters of string "s".
mkstemp64
Name
mkstemp64 — Create a unique temporary file (Large File Support)
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>

int mkstemp64(char *template);
Description
The mkstemp64() function generates a unique temporary file name from template. The last six characters of template must be XXXXXX and these are replaced with a string that makes the filename unique.
The mkstemp64() function is a 64-bit version of mkstemp.
RETURN VALUE
The mkstemp64() function returns the file descriptor fd of the temporary file or -1 on error.
_nl_msg_cat_cntr
Name
_nl_msg_cat_cntr — variable defined in loadmsgcat.c which gets incremented every time a new catalog is loaded
Synopsis
#include <libintl.h>

extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
Description
Used by Message catalogs for internationalization. A variable defined which gets incremented every time a new catalog is loaded. 
ntohs
Name
ntohs — convert values between host and network byte order
Synopsis
#include <netinet/in.h>

unsigned short int ntohs(unsigned short int netshort);
Description
The ntohs() function converts the short integer netshort from network byte order to host byte order.
_obstack_begin
Name
_obstack_begin — initialize an obstack for use
Synopsis
#include <obstack.h>

extern int _obstack_begin(struct obstack *, int, int,
                          void *(*) (long), void (*) (void *));
Description
Initialize an obstack for use.
obstack_free
Name
obstack_free — free an object in the obstack
Synopsis
#include <obstack.h>

void obstack_free(struct obstack *obstack, void *block);
Description
Free an object in the obstack.
_obstack_newchunk
Name
_obstack_newchunk — allocate a new current chunk of memory for the obstack
Synopsis
#include <obstack.h>

extern void _obstack_newchunk(struct obstack *, int);
Description
Allocate a new current chunk of memory for the obstack. 
opterr
Name
opterr — external variable used in getopt()
Synopsis
extern int opterr;
Description
opterr is used as a flag to suppress error message generated by getopt(). When opterr is set to 0; it suppresses the error message generated by getopt() when getopt() does not recognize an option character.
optind
Name
optind — external variable used in getopt()
Synopsis
extern int optind;
Description
optind holds the current index of the array argr[] which contains the command line options being parsed by getopt().
optopt
Name
optopt — external variable used in getopt()
Synopsis
extern int optopt;
Description
optopt holds the unknown option character when that option character is not recognized by getopt() 
psignal
Name
psignal — print signal message
Synopsis
#include <signal.h>

void psignal(int sig, const char *s);

extern const char *const sys_siglist[]
Description
The psignal() function displays a message on stderr consisting of the string s, a colon, a space, and a string describing the signal number sig. If sig is invalid, the message displayed will indicate an unknown signal.
The array sys_siglist holds the signal description strings indexed by signal number.
Return Value
psignal() returns no value.
putwchar
Name
putwchar — write a wide character to standard output
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>

wint_t putwchar(wchar_t wc);
Description
The putwchar function is the wide-character equivalent of the putchar function. It writes the wide character wc to stdout. If ferror(stdout) becomes true, it returns WEOF. If a wide character conversion error occurs, it sets errno to EILSEQ and returns WEOF. Otherwise it returns wc.
Return Value
The putwchar function returns wc if no error occurred, or WEOF to indicate an error.
Notes
The behavior of putwchar depends on the LC_CTYPE category of the current locale.
It is reasonable to expect that putwchar will actually write the multibyte sequence corresponding to the wide character wc.
pwrite64
Name
pwrite64 — (Large File Support)
Synopsis
#include <unistd.h>

ssize_t pwrite64(int fd, const void *buf, size_t nbytes, off64_t offset);
Description
The pwrite64() function writes NBYTES of BUF to FD at given position OFFSET without changing the file position.
The pwrite64() function is a 64-bit version of pwrite.
RETURN VALUE
The pwrite64() function returns the number written, or -1.
__rawmemchr
Name
__rawmemchr — scan memory
Synopsis
#include <string.h>

extern ptr_t __rawmemchr(const ptr_t s, int c);
Description
This is a weak alias to rawmemchr. Search in S for C.
Similar to memchr, but there is no length limit. 
__rawmemchr is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
sem_timedwait
Name
sem_timedwait — operation on semaphore
Synopsis
#include <semaphore.h>
int sem_timedwait(sem_t *__restrict __sem, 
                  __const struct timespec *__restrict __abstime);
Description
sem_timedwait() waits for semaphore object SEM being posted. It is a new function from IEEE Std. 1003.1-200x that is similar to sem_wait but waits only until ABSTIME.
setbuffer
Name
setbuffer — stream buffering operation
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>

void setbuffer(FILE *stream, char *buf, size_tsize);
Description
setbuffer is an alias for call to setvbuf. It works the same, except that the size of the buffer is up to the caller, rather than being determined by the default BUFSIZ. 
setegid
Name
setegid — set real and / or effective group ID
Synopsis
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <unistd.h>

int setegid(gid_t egid);
Description
 setegid sets real and effective group ID's of the current process. Un-privileged users may change the real group ID to the effective group ID and vice-versa. 
Prior to Linux 1.1.38, the saved ID paradigm, when used with setegid was broken. Starting at 1.1.38, it is also possible to set the effective group ID from the saved group ID.
Only the super-user may make other changes.
Supplying a value of -1 for either the real or effective group ID forces the system to leave that ID unchanged.
Currently (libc-4.x.x), setegid(egid) is functionally equivalent to setregid(-1, egid).
If the real group ID is changed or the effective group ID is set to a value not equal to the previous real group ID, the saved group ID will be set to the new effective group ID.
Return Value
On success, zero is returned. On error, -1 is returned, and errno is set appropriately.
Errors
EPERM 
The current process is not the super-user and changes other than (i) swapping the effective group ID with the real group ID or (ii) setting one to the value of the other or (iii) setting the effective group ID to the value of the saved group ID was specified.
setgroups
Name
setgroups — set list of supplementary group IDs
Synopsis
#define __USE_BSD
#include <grp.h>

int setgroups(size_t size, const gid_t *list);
Description
Sets the supplementary groups for the process. Only the super-user may use this function.
RETURN VALUE
On success, zero is returned. On error, -1 is returned, and errno is set appropriately.
ERRORS
EFAULT list has an invalid address.
EPERM The user is not the super-user.
EINVA Size is greater than NGROUPS (32 for Linux 2.0.32).
BUGS
The __USE_BSD flag probably shouldn't be required for setgroups.
sethostid
Name
sethostid — set the unique identifier of the current host
Synopsis
#include <unistd.h>

int sethostid(long int hostid);
Description
Set a unique 32-bit identifier for the current machine. The 32-bit identifier is intended to be unique among all UNIX systems in existence. This normally resembles the Internet address for the local machine, as returned by gethostbyname(3), and thus usually never needs to be set.
The sethostid call is restricted to the superuser.
The hostid argument is stored in the file /etc/hostid.
Return Value
gethostid returns the 32-bit identifier for the current host as set by sethostid(2).
Files
/etc/hostid
sethostname
Name
sethostname — set host name
Synopsis
#include <unistd.h>

int sethostname(const char *name, size_t len);
Description
This function is used to change the host name of the current processor.
Return Value
On success, zero is returned. On error, -1 is returned, and errno is set appropriately.
Errors
EINVAL 
 	len is negative or len is larger than the maximum allowed size.
EPERM 
 	the caller was not the superuser.
EFAULT 
 	name is an invalid address.
Notes
SUSv2 guarantees that Host names are limited to 255 bytes.
setmntent
Name
setmntent — get file system descriptor file entry
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
#include <mntent.h>

FILE *setmntent(const char *filename, const char *type);
Description
This routine is used to access the file system description file /etc/fstab and the mounted file system description file /etc/mtab.
The setmntent() function opens the file system description file filep and returns a file pointer which can be used by getmntent(). The argument type is the type of access required and can take the same values as the mode argument of fopen(3).
The mntent structure is defined in <mntent.h> as follows:
 struct mntent {
 	 char *mnt_fsname; /* name of mounted file system */
 char *mnt_dir; /* file system path prefix */
 char *mnt_type; /* mount type (see mntent.h) */
 char *mnt_opts; /* mount options (see mntent.h) */
 int mnt_freq; /* dump frequency in days */
 int mnt_passno; /* pass number on parallel fsck */
 };
Files
/etc/fstab file system description file /etc/mtab mounted file system description file
setutent
Name
setutent — access utmp file entries
Synopsis
#include <utmp.h>

void setutent(void);
Description
setutent() rewinds the file pointer to the beginning of the utmp file. It is generally a Good Idea to call it before any of the other functions.
Errors
On error, (struct utmp*)0 will be returned.
Files
/var/run/utmp database of currently logged-in users /var/log/wtmp database of past user logins
sigandset
Name
sigandset — build a new signal set by combining the two input sets using logical AND
Synopsis
#include <signal.h>

extern int sigandset(sigset_t *set, const sigset_t *left,
                     const sigset_t *right);
Description
A signal function that builds a new signal set by combining the two input sets using logical AND.
sigblock
Name
sigblock — manipulate the signal mask
Synopsis
#include <signal.h>

int sigblock(int mask);
Description
This interface is made obsolete by sigprocmask(2).
The sigblock system call adds the signals specified in mask to the set of signals currently being blocked from delivery.
Notes
Prototype for this function is only available if _BSD_SOURCE is defined before the inclusion of any system.
siggetmask
Name
siggetmask — manipulate the signal mask
Synopsis
#include <signal.h>

int siggetmask(void);
Description
This interface is made obsolete by sigprocmask(2).
siggetmask returns the current set of masked signals.
Notes
Prototype for this function is only available if _BSD_SOURCE is defined before the inclusion of any system header file.
sigisemptyset
Name
sigisemptyset — signal function - check for empty SET
Synopsis
#include <signal.h>

extern int sigisemptyset(const sigset_t *set);
Description
Signal function - Check for empty SET. Returns non-empty value if SET is not empty.
sigorset
Name
sigorset — build a new signal set by combining the two input sets using logical OR
Synopsis
#include <:signal.h>

extern int sigorset((sigset_t *set, const sigset_t *left,
                     const sigset_t *right));

Description
A signal function that builds a new signal set by combining the two input sets using logical OR.
sigreturn
Name
sigreturn — return from signal handler and cleanup stack frame
Synopsis
int sigreturn(unsigned long __unused);
Description
When the Linux kernel creates the stack frame for a signal handler, a call to sigreturn is inserted into the stack frame so that the the signal handler will call sigreturn upon return. This inserted call to sigreturn cleans up the stack so that the process can restart from where it was interrupted by the signal.
Return Value
sigreturn never returns.
Warning
sigreturn call is used by the kernel to implement signal handlers. It should never be called directly. Better yet, the specific use of the __unused argument varies depending on the architecture.
Files
/usr/src/linux/arch/i386/kernel/signal.c
/usr/src/linux/arch/alpha/kernel/entry.s
sigsetmask
Name
sigsetmask — manipulate the signal mask
Synopsis
int sigsetmask(int mask);
Description
This interface is made obsolete by sigprocmask(2).
The sigsetmask system call replaces the set of blocked signals totally with a new set specified in mask. Signals are blocked if the corresponding bit in mask is a 1.
Return Value
sigsetmask returns the previous set of masked signals.
Notes
Prototype for this function is only available if _BSD_SOURCE is defined before the inclusion of any system header file.
sigvec
Name
sigvec — BSD software signal facilities
Synopsis
#include <bsd/signal.h>
int sigvec(int sig, struct sigvec *vec, struct sigvec *ovec);
Description
This interface is made obsolete by sigaction(2).
Under Linux sigvec is #define'd to sigaction, and provides at best a rough approximation of the BSD sigvec interface.
statfs
Name
statfs — get file system statistics
Synopsis
#include <sys/vfs.h>

int statfs(const char *path, struct statfs *buf);
Description
statfs returns information about a mounted file system. path is the path name of any file within the mounted filesystem.
buf is a pointer to a statfs structure defined as follow:
struct statfs {
 	 long f_type; /* type of filesystem (see below) */
 long f_bsize; /* optimal transfer block size */
 long f_blocks; /* total data blocks in file system */
 long f_bfree; /* free blocks in fs */
 long f_bavail; /* free blocks avail to non-superuser */
 long f_files; /* total file nodes in file system */
 long f_ffree; /* free file nodes in fs */
 long f_ffree; /* free file nodes in fs */
 fsid_t f_fsid; /* file system id */
 long f_namelen; /* maximum length of filenames */
 long f_spare[6]; /* spare for later */
 };
Fields that are undefined for a particular file system are set to 0.
Return Value
On success, zero is returned. On error, -1 is returned, and errno is set appropriately.
Errors
ENOTDIR
 	A component of the path prefix of path is not a directory.
ENAMETOOLONG
 	path is too long.
ENOENT 
 	The file referred to by path does not exist.
EACCES 
 	Search permission is denied for a component of the path prefix of path.
ELOOP
 	Too many symbolic links were encountered in translating path.
EFAULT 
 	Buf or path points to an invalid address.
EIO 
 	An I/O error occurred while reading from or writing to the file system.
ENOMEM 
 	Insufficient kernel memory was available.
ENOSYS 
 	The filesystem path is on does not support statfs.
fstatfs64
Name
fstatfs64 — Get file system statistics (Large File Support)
Synopsis
#include <errno.h>
#include <sys/statfs.h>

int fstatfs64(int fd, struct statfs64 *buf);
Description
fstatfs64 returns information about a mounted file system. fd is the open file descriptor of any file within the mounted filesystem.
The fstatfs64() function is the 64-bit version of fstatfs().
Return Value
On success, zero is returned. On error, -1 is returned, and errno is set appropriately.
stime
Name
stime — set time
Synopsis
#define _SVID_SOURCE /* glibc2 needs this */
#include <time.h>

int stime(time_t *t);
Description
stime sets the system's idea of the time and date. Time, pointed to by t, is measured in seconds from 00:00:00 GMT January 1, 1970. stime() may only be executed by the super user.
Return Value
On success, zero is returned. On error, -1 is returned, and errno is set appropriately.
Errors
EPERM
 	The caller is not the super-user.
Notes
Under glibc2, <time.h> only provides a prototype when _SVID_SOURCE is defined.
stpcpy
Name
stpcpy — copy a string returning a pointer to its end
Synopsis
#include <string.h>

char *stpcpy(char *dest, const char *src);
Description
The stpcpy() function copies the string pointed to by src (including the terminating \0 character) to the array pointed to by dest. The strings may not overlap, and the destination string dest must be large enough to receive the copy.
Return Value
stpcpy() returns a pointer to the end of the string dest (that is, the address of the terminating null character) rather than the beginning.
Example
For example, this program uses stpcpy to concatenate foo and bar to produce foobar, which it then prints.
#include <string.h>
int main (void) { char *to = buffer; to = stpcpy (to, "foo"); to = stpcpy (to, "bar"); printf ("%s\n", buffer); }
__stpcpy
Name
__stpcpy — copy a string returning a pointer to its end
Synopsis
#include <string.h>

char * __stpcpy(char *dest, const char *src);
Description
The __stpcpy() function copies the string pointed to by src (including the terminating /0 character) to the array pointed to by dest. The strings may not overlap, and the destination string dest must be large enough to receive the copy.
Return Value
__stpcpy() returns a pointer to the end of the string dest (that is, the address of the terminating null character) rather than the beginning.
__stpcpy() has the same specification as stpcpy().
__stpcpy is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
stpncpy
Name
stpncpy — copy a fixed-size string, returning a pointer to its end
Synopsis
#include <string.h>

char *stpncpy (char *dest, const char *src, size_t n);
Description
The stpncpy function copies at most n characters from the string pointed to by src, including the terminating '\0' character, to the array pointed to by dest. Exactly n characters are written at dest. If the length strlen(src) is smaller than n, the remaining characters in the array pointed to by dest are filled with '\0' characters. If the length strlen(src) is greater or equal to n, the string pointed to by dest will not be '\0' terminated. The strings may not overlap. The programmer must ensure that there is room for at least n characters at dest.
RETURN VALUE
stpncpy returns a pointer to the terminating null in dest, or, if dest is not null-terminated, dest + n.
strcasestr
Name
strcasestr — locate a substring - ignores the case of both strings
Synopsis
#include <string.h>

char *strcasestr(const char *haystack, const char *needle);
Description
Similar to strstr but this function ignores the case of both strings.
strerror_r
Name
strerror_r — reentrant version of strerror
Synopsis
#include <string.h>

extern char *strerror_r(int errnum, char *buf, size_t buflen);
Description
Reentrant version of strerror. If a temporary buffer is required, at most BUFLEN bytes of BUF will be used.
strfry
Name
strfry — randomize a string
Synopsis
#include <string.h>

char *strfry(char *string);
Description
The strfry() function randomizes the contents of string by using rand(3) to randomly swap characters in the string. The result is an anagram of string.
Return Value
The strfry() functions returns a pointer to the randomized string.
strndup
Name
strndup — return a malloc'd copy of at most N bytes of STRING
Synopsis
#include <string.h>

extern char *strndup(const char *string, size_t n);
Description
Return a malloc'd copy of at most N bytes of STRING. The resultant string is terminated even if no null terminator appears before STRING[N].
strnlen
Name
strnlen — determine the length of a fixed-size string
Synopsis
#include <string.h>

size_t strnlen(const char *s, size_t maxlen);
Description
The strnlen function returns the number of characters in the string pointed to by s, not including the terminating '\0' character, but at most maxlen. In doing this, strnlen looks only at the first maxlen characters at s and never beyond s+maxlen.
Return Value
The strnlen function returns strlen(s), if that is less than maxlen, or maxlen if there is no '\0' character among the first maxlen characters pointed to by s.
strsep
Name
strsep — extract token from string
Synopsis
#include <string.h>

char *strsep(char **stringp, const char *delim);
Description
If *stringp is NULL, the strsep() function returns NULL and does nothing else. Otherwise, this function finds the first token in the string *stringp, where tokens are delimited by symbols in the string delim. This token is terminated with a \0 character (by overwriting the delimiter) and *stringp is updated to point past the token. In case no delimiter was found, the token is taken to be the entire string *stringp, and *stringp is made NULL.
Return Value
The strsep() function returns a pointer to the token, that is, it returns the original value of *stringp.
Notes
The strsep() function was introduced as a replacement for strtok(), since the latter cannot handle empty fields. However, strtok() conforms to ANSI-C and hence is more portable.
Bugs
This function suffers from the same problems as strtok(). In particular, it modifies the original string. Avoid it.
strsignal
Name
strsignal — return string describing signal
Synopsis
#define _GNU_SOURCE
#include <string.h>

char *strsignal(int sig);

extern const char * const sys_siglist[];
Description
The strsignal() function returns a string describing the signal number passed in the argument sig. The string can only be used until the next call to strsignal().
The array sys_siglist holds the signal description strings indexed by signal number. The strsignal() function should be used if possible instead of this array.
Return Value
The strsignal() function returns the appropriate description string, or an unknown signal message if the signal number is invalid. On some systems (but not on Linux), a NULL pointer may be returned instead for an invalid signal number.
__strtod_internal
Name
__strtod_internal — alias for strtod
Synopsis
double __strtod_internal(const char *__nptr,
                         char **__endptr,
                         int __group);
Description
The __GROUP argument must be 0 or the behavior is undefined. 
__strtod_internal(__nptr, __endptr, __group) has the same specification as strtod(__nptr, __endptr).
__strtod_internal is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
strtok_r
Name
strtok_r — extract tokens from strings
Synopsis
#include <string.h>

char *strtok_r(char *s, const char *delim, char **ptrptr);
Description
A token is a nonempty string of characters not occurring in the string delim, followed by \0 or by a character occurring in delim.
 The strtok_r() function can be used to parse the string s into tokens. The first call to strtok_r() should have s as its first argument. Subsequent calls should have the first argument set to NULL. Each call returns a pointer to the next token, or NULL when no more tokens are found.
If a token ends with a delimiter, this delimiting character is overwritten with a \0 and a pointer to the next character is saved for the next call to strtok_r(). The delimiter string delim may be different for each call.
ptrptr is a user allocated char* pointer. It must be the same while parsing the same string.
Bugs
Never use this function. If you do, note that:
It modifies its first argument.
The identity of the delimiting character is lost.
This function cannot be used on constant strings.
Return Value
The strtok_r() function returns a pointer to the next token, or NULL if there are no more tokens.
__strtol_internal
Name
__strtol_internal — alias for strtol
Synopsis
long int __strtol_internal(const char *__nptr, char **__endptr,
                           int __base, int __group);
Description
__GROUP must be 0 or the behavior is undefined. 
__strtol_internal(__nptr, __endptr, __base, __group) has the same specification as strtol(__nptr, __endptr, __base).
__strtol_internal is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
strtoq
Name
strtoq — convert string value to a long or quad_t integer
Synopsis
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <limits.h>

quadt strtoq(const char *nptr, char **endptr, int base);
Description
The strtoq() function converts the string in nptr to a quadt value. The conversion is done according to the given base, which must be between 2 and 36 inclusive, or be the special value 0.
The string may begin with an arbitrary amount of white space (as determine by isspace(3)) followed by a single optional + or - sign. If base is zero or 16, the string may then include a 0x prefix, and the number will be read in base 16; otherwise, a zero base is taken as 10 (decimal) unless the next character is 0, in which case it is taken as 8 (octal).
The remainder of the string is converted to a long value in the obvious manner, stopping at the first character which is not a valid digit in the given base. (In bases above 10, the letter A in either upper or lower case represents 10, B represents 11, and so forth, with Z representing 35.)
Return Value
strtoq() function returns the result of the conversion, unless the value would underflow or overflow. If an underflow occurs, strtoq() returns QUAD_MIN. If an overflow occurs, strtoq() returns QUAD_MAX. In both cases, errno is set to ERANGE.
Errors
ERANGE
 	The given string was out of range; the value converted has been clamped.
strtouq
Name
strtouq — convert a string to an uquad_t
Synopsis
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <limits.h>

uquadt strtouq(const char *nptr, char **endptr, int base);
Description
The strtouq() function converts the string in nptr to a uquadt value. The conversion is done according to the given base, which must be between 2 and 36 inclusive, or be the special value 0.
The string may begin with an arbitrary amount of white space (as determined by isspace(3)) followed by a single optional + or - sign. If base is zero or 16, the string may then include a 0x prefix, and the number will be read in base 16; otherwise, a zero base is taken as 10 (decimal) unless the next character is 0, in which case it is taken as 8 (octal).
The remainder of the string is converted to an unsigned long value in the obvious manner, stopping at the end of the string or at the first character that does not produce a valid digit in the given base. (In bases above 10, the letter A in either upper or lower case represents 10, B represents 11, and so forth, with Z representing 35.)
Return Value
Upon success the strtouq() function returns either the result of the conversion or, if there was a leading minus sign, the negation of the result of the conversion, unless the original (non-negated) value would overflow. In the case of an overflow the function returns UQUAD_MAX and the global variable errno is set to ERANGE.
Errors
ERANGE
 	The given string was out of range; the value converted has been clamped.
strverscmp
Name
strverscmp — compare S1 and S2 as strings holding name and indices/version numbers
Synopsis
#include <string.h>

extern int strverscmp(const char *s1, const char *s2);
Description
Compare S1 and S2 as strings holding name and indices/version numbers.
__sysconf
Name
__sysconf — get configuration information at runtime
Synopsis
#include <unistd.h>

long __sysconf(int name);
Description
Get configuration information at runtime.
This is weak alias to sysconf.
__sysconf(name) has the same specification as sysconf(name).
__sysconf is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
system
Name
system — execute a shell command
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>

int system (const char * string);
Description
system() executes a command specified in string by calling /bin/sh -c string, and returns after the command has been completed. During execution of the command, SIGCHLD will be blocked, and SIGINT and SIGQUIT will be ignored.
Return Value
The value returned is 127 if the execve() call for /bin/sh fails, -1 if there was another error and the return code of the command otherwise.
If the value of string is NULL, system() returns nonzero if the shell is available, and zero if not.
system() does not affect the wait status of any other children.
Bugs
It is extremely unfortunate that the libc version of system() ignores interrupts. This makes programs that call it from a loop uninterruptable. This means that for such purposes one should not use system() but a private version like (warning: untested code!)
Do not use system() from a program with suid or sgid privileges, because strange values for some environment variables might be used to subvert system integrity. Use the exec(3) family of functions instead, but not execlp(3) or execvp(3). system() will not, in fact, work properly from programs with suid or sgid privileges on systems on which /bin/sh is bash version 2, since bash 2 drops privileges on startup. (Debian uses a modified bash which does not do this when invoked as sh.)
The check for the availability of /bin/sh is not actually performed; it is always assumed to be available. ISO C specifies the check, but POSIX.2 specifies that the return shall always be non-zero, since a system without the shell is not conforming, and it is this that is implemented.
It is possible for the shell command to return 127, so that code is not a sure indication that the execve() call failed; check errno to make sure.
_sys_errlist
Name
_sys_errlist — array containing the "C" locale strings used by strerror()
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>

extern const char *const _sys_errlist[];
Description
An array containing the "C" locale strings used by strerror(). This normally should not be used directly. The strerror function provides all the needed functionality.
_sys_siglist
Name
_sys_siglist — array containing the names of the signal names
Synopsis
#include <signal.h>

extern const char *const _sys_siglist[NSIG];
Description
An array containing the names of the signal names.
This exists only for compatibility. Use strsignal instead (see <string.h>).
textdomain
Name
textdomain — set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME
Synopsis
#include <libintl.h>

extern char *textdomain(const char *domainname);
Description
Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". 
vasprintf
Name
vasprintf — write formatted output to a string dynamically allocated with malloc and store the address of the string in *PTR
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>

extern int vasprintf(char **restrict ptr, const char *restrict f,
                     G_va_list arg);
Description
Write formatted output to a string dynamically allocated with malloc.
Store the address of the string in *PTR.
vdprintf
Name
vdprintf — write formatted output to a file descriptor
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>

extern int vdprintf(int fd, const char *restrict fmt,
                    G_va_list arg);
Description
Write formatted output to a file descriptor.
verrx
Name
verrx — display formatted error messages
Synopsis
#include <err.h>

void verrx(int eval, const char *fmt, valist args);
Description
The verrx() function displays a formatted error message on the standard error output. The last component of the program name, a colon character, and a space are output. If the fmt argument is not NULL, the formatted error message, a colon character, and a space are output. The output is followed by a newline character.
The verrx() function does not return, but exits with the value of the argument eval.
wait4
Name
wait4 — wait for process termination, BSD style
Synopsis
#define _USE_BSD
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/resource.h>
#include <sys/wait.h>

pid_t wait4(pid_t pid, int *status, int options,
            struct rusage *rusage);
Description
The wait4 function suspends execution of the current process until a child as specified by the pid argument has exited, or until a signal is delivered whose action is to terminate the current process or to call a signal handling function. If a child as requested by pid has already exited by the time of the call (a so-called "zombie" process), the function returns immediately. Any system resources used by the child are freed.
The value of pid can be one of:
< -1 
 	wait for any child process whose process group ID is equal to the absolute value of pid.
-1 
 	wait for any child process; this is equivalent to calling wait3.
0 
 	wait for any child process whose process group ID is equal to that of the calling process.
> 0 
 	wait for the child whose process ID is equal to the value of pid.
The value of options is a bitwise OR of zero or more of the following constants:
WNOHANG
 	return immediately if no child is there to be waited for.
WUNTRACED
 	return for children which are stopped, and whose status has not been reported.
If status is not NULL, wait4 stores status information in the location pointed to by status.
This status can be evaluated with the following macros (these macros take the stat buffer (an int) as an argument -- not a pointer to the buffer!):
WIFEXITED(status)
 	is non-zero if the child exited normally.
WEXITSTATUS(status)
 	evaluates to the least significant eight bits of the return code of the child which terminated, which may have been set as the argument to a call to exit() or as the argument for a return statement in the main program. This macro can only be evaluated if WIFEXITED returned non-zero.
WIFSIGNALED(status)
 	returns true if the child process exited because of a signal which was not caught.
WTERMSIG(status)
 	returns the number of the signal that caused the child process to terminate. This macro can only be evaluated if WIFSIGNALED returned non-zero.
WIFSTOPPED(status)
 	returns true if the child process which caused the return is currently stopped; this is only possible if the call was done using WUNTRACED.
WSTOPSIG(status)
 	returns the number of the signal which caused the child to stop. This macro can only be evaluated if WIFSTOPPED returned non-zero.
If rusage is not NULL, the struct rusage as defined in <sys/resource.h> it points to will be filled with accounting information. See getrusage(2) for details.
Return Value
The process ID of the child which exited, -1 on error (in particular, when no unwaited-for child processes of the specified kind exist) or zero if WNOHANG was used and no child was available yet. In the latter two cases errno will be set appropriately.
Errors
ECHILD 
 	No unwaited-for child process as specified does exist.
ERESTARTSYS
 	If WNOHANG was not set and an unblocked signal or a SIGCHLD was caught. This error is returned by the system call. The library interface is not allowed to return ERESTARTSYS, but will return EINTR.
warn
Name
warn — formatted error messages
Synopsis
#include <err.h>

void warn(const char *fmt, ...);
Description
The warn() function displays a formatted error message on the standard error output. The last component of the program name, a colon character, and a space are output. If the fmt argument is not NULL, the formatted error message, a colon character, and a space are output. The error message string affiliated with the current value of the global variable errno is output. The output is followed by a newline character.
warnx
Name
warnx — formatted error messages
Synopsis
#include <err.h>

void warnx(const char *fmt, ...);
Description
The warnx() function displays a formatted error message on the standard error output. The last component of the program name, a colon character, and a space are output. If the fmt argument is not NULL, the formatted error message, a colon character, and a space are output. The output is followed by a newline character.
wcpcpy
Name
wcpcpy — copy a wide character string, returning a pointer to its end
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>

wchar_t *wcpcpy(wchar_t *dest, const wchar_t *src);
Description
The wcpcpy function is the wide-character equivalent of the stpcpy function. It copies the wide character string pointed to by src, including the terminating L'\0' character, to the array pointed to by dest.
The strings may not overlap.
The programmer must ensure that there is room for at least wcslen(src)+1 wide characters at dest.
Return Value
wcpcpy returns a pointer to the end of the wide-character string dest, that is, a pointer to the terminating L'\0' character.
wcpncpy
Name
wcpncpy — copy a fixed-size string of wide characters, returning a pointer to its end
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>

wchar_t *wcpncpy(wchar_t *dest, const wchar_t *src, size_t n);
Description
The wcpncpy function is the wide-character equivalent of the stpncpy function. It copies at most n wide characters from the wide-character string pointed to by src, including the terminating L'\0' character, to the array pointed to by dest. Exactly n wide characters are written at dest. If the length wcslen(src) is smaller than n, the remaining wide characters in the array pointed to by dest are filled with L'\0' characters. If the length wcslen(src) is greater or equal to n, the string pointed to by dest will not be L'\0' terminated.
The strings may not overlap.
The programmer must ensure that there is room for at least n wide characters at dest.
Return Value
wcpncpy returns a pointer to the last wide character written, i.e. dest + n - 1.
wcscasecmp
Name
wcscasecmp — compare two wide-character strings, ignoring case
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>

int wcscasecmp(const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2);
Description
The wcscasecmp function is the wide-character equivalent of the strcasecmp function. It compares the wide-character string pointed to by s1 and the wide-character string pointed to by s2, ignoring case differences (towupper, towlower).
Return Value
The wcscasecmp function returns zero if the wide-character strings at s1 and s2 are equal except for case distinctions. It returns a positive integer if s1 is greater than s2, ignoring case. It returns a negative integer if s1 is smaller than s2, ignoring case.
Notes
The behavior of wcscasecmp depends on the LC_CTYPE category of the current locale.
wcsdup
Name
wcsdup — duplicate a wide-character string
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>

wchar_t *wcsdup(const wchar_t *s);
Description
The wcsdup function is the wide-character equivalent of the strdup function. It allocates and returns a new wide-character string whose initial contents is a duplicate of the wide-character string pointed to by s.
Memory for the new wide-character string is obtained with malloc(3), and can be freed with free(3).
Return Value
The wcsdup function returns a pointer to the new wide-character string, or NULL if sufficient memory was not available.
wcsncasecmp
Name
wcsncasecmp — compare two fixed-size wide-character strings, ignoring case
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>

int wcsncasecmp(const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2, size_t n);
Description
The wcsncasecmp function is the wide-character equivalent of the strncasecmp function. It compares the wide-character string pointed to by s1 and the wide-character string pointed to by s2, but at most n wide characters from each string, ignoring case differences (towupper, towlower).
Return Value
The wcsncasecmp function returns zero if the wide-character strings at s1 and s2, truncated to at most length n, are equal except for case distinctions. It returns a positive integer if truncated s1 is greater than truncated s2, ignoring case. It returns a negative integer if truncated s1 is smaller than truncated s2, ignoring case.
Notes
The behavior of wcsncasecmp depends on the LC_CTYPE category of the current locale.
wcsnlen
Name
wcsnlen — determine the length of a fixed-size wide-character string
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>

size_t wcsnlen(const wchar_t *s, size_t maxlen);
Description
The wcsnlen function is the wide-character equivalent of the strnlen function. It returns the number of wide-characters in the string pointed to by s, not including the terminating L'\0' character, but at most maxlen. In doing this, wcsnlen looks only at the first maxlen wide-characters at s and never beyond s+maxlen.
Return Value
The wcsnlen function returns wcslen(s), if that is less than maxlen, or maxlen if there is no L'\0' character among the first maxlen wide characters pointed to by s.
Notes
The behavior of wcsncasecmp depends on the LC_CTYPE category of the current locale.
wcsnrtombs
Name
wcsnrtombs — convert a wide character string to a multi-byte string
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>

size_t wcsnrtombs(char *dest, const wchar_t **src, size_t nwc,
                  size_t len, mbstate_t *ps);
Description
The wcsnrtombs function is like the wcsrtombs function, except that the number of wide characters to be converted, starting at *src, is limited to nwc.
If dest is not a NULL pointer, the wcsnrtombs function converts at most nwc wide characters from the wide-character string *src to a multibyte string starting at dest. At most len bytes are written to dest. The state *ps is updated. The conversion is effectively performed by repeatedly calling wcrtomb(dest,*src,ps), as long as this call succeeds, and then incrementing dest by the number of bytes written and *src by one. The conversion can stop for three reasons:
1. A wide character has been encountered that can not be represented as a multibyte sequence (according to the current locale). In this case *src is left pointing to the invalid wide character, (size_t)(-1) is returned, and errno is set to EILSEQ.
2. nwc wide characters have been converted without encountering a L'\0', or the length limit forces a stop. In this case *src is left pointing to the next wide character to be converted, and the number of bytes written to dest is returned.
3. The wide-character string has been completely converted, including the terminating L'\0' (which has the side effect of bringing back *ps to the initial state). In this case *src is set to NULL, and the number of bytes written to dest, excluding the terminating '\0' byte, is returned.
If dest is NULL, len is ignored, and the conversion proceeds as above, except that the converted bytes are not written out to memory, and that no destination length limit exists.
In both of the above cases, if ps is a NULL pointer, a static anonymous state only known to the wcsnrtombs function is used instead.
The programmer must ensure that there is room for at least len bytes at dest.
Return Value
The wcsnrtombs function returns the number of bytes that make up the converted part of multibyte sequence, not including the terminating null byte. If a wide character was encountered which could not be converted, (size_t)(-1) is returned, and errno set to EILSEQ.
Notes
The behavior of wcsnrtombs depends on the LC_CTYPE category of the current locale.
Passing NULL as ps is not multi-thread safe.
wcstoq
Name
wcstoq — convert initial portion of wide string NPTR to long int representation
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>

extern long long int wcstoq(const wchar_t *restrict nptr,
                            wchar_t **restrict endptr, int base);
Description
Convert initial portion of wide string NPTR to long int representation.
wcstouq
Name
wcstouq — convert initial portion of wide string NPTR to unsigned long long int representation
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>

extern unsigned long long int wcstouq(const wchar_t *restrict nptr,
                           wchar_t **restrict endptr,int base);
Description
Convert initial portion of wide string NPTR to unsigned long long int representation.
__xmknod
Name
__xmknod — make block or character special file
Synopsis
int __xmknod(int ver,
            __const char *path,
            __mode_t mode,
            __dev_t *dev);
Description
ver must be 1 or the behavior is undefined.
__xmknod(1, path, mode, dev) has the same specification as mknod(path, mode, dev).
Note that the of dev_t is not the same as the argument that the kernel syscall uses (TODO: need to document what dev_t is).
__xmknod is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
10.4. Interfaces for libm
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
ISO/IEC 9899: 1999, Programming Languages --C8	
CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606)9	

10.4.1. Math
Table 10-26. libm - Math Function Interfaces
acos(GLIBC_2.0)9	ceilf(GLIBC_2.0)8	erfl(GLIBC_2.0)8	j1l(GLIBC_2.0)8	remquof(GLIBC_2.0)8	
acosf(GLIBC_2.0)8	ceill(GLIBC_2.0)8	exp(GLIBC_2.0)9	jn(GLIBC_2.0)9	remquol(GLIBC_2.0)8	
acosh(GLIBC_2.0)9	cexp(GLIBC_2.0)8	expm1(GLIBC_2.0)9	jnf(GLIBC_2.0)8	rint(GLIBC_2.0)9	
acoshf(GLIBC_2.0)8	cexpf(GLIBC_2.0)8	fabs(GLIBC_2.0)9	jnl(GLIBC_2.0)8	rintf(GLIBC_2.0)8	
acoshl(GLIBC_2.0)8	cexpl(GLIBC_2.0)8	fabsf(GLIBC_2.0)8	ldexp(GLIBC_2.0)9	rintl(GLIBC_2.0)8	
acosl(GLIBC_2.0)8	cimag(GLIBC_2.0)8	fabsl(GLIBC_2.0)8	ldexpf(GLIBC_2.0)8	round(GLIBC_2.0)8	
asin(GLIBC_2.0)9	cimagf(GLIBC_2.0)8	fdim(GLIBC_2.0)8	ldexpl(GLIBC_2.0)8	roundf(GLIBC_2.0)8	
asinf(GLIBC_2.0)8	cimagl(GLIBC_2.0)8	fdimf(GLIBC_2.0)8	lgamma(GLIBC_2.0)9	roundl(GLIBC_2.0)8	
asinh(GLIBC_2.0)9	clog10(GLIBC_2.0)8	fdiml(GLIBC_2.0)8	lgamma_r(GLIBC_2.0)8	scalb(GLIBC_2.0)9	
asinhf(GLIBC_2.0)8	clog10f(GLIBC_2.0)8	feclearexcept(GLIBC_2.0)8	lgammaf(GLIBC_2.0)8	scalbf(GLIBC_2.0)8	
asinhl(GLIBC_2.0)8	clog10l(GLIBC_2.0)8	fegetenv(GLIBC_2.0)8	lgammaf_r(GLIBC_2.0)8	scalbl(GLIBC_2.0)8	
asinl(GLIBC_2.0)8	clogf(GLIBC_2.0)8	fegetexceptflag(GLIBC_2.0)8	lgammal(GLIBC_2.0)8	scalbln(GLIBC_2.0)8	
atan(GLIBC_2.0)9	clogl(GLIBC_2.0)8	fegetround(GLIBC_2.0)8	lgammal_r(GLIBC_2.0)8	scalblnf(GLIBC_2.0)8	
atan2(GLIBC_2.0)9	conj(GLIBC_2.0)8	feholdexcept(GLIBC_2.0)8	llrint(GLIBC_2.0)8	scalblnl(GLIBC_2.0)8	
atan2f(GLIBC_2.0)8	conjf(GLIBC_2.0)8	feraiseexcept(GLIBC_2.0)8	llrintf(GLIBC_2.0)8	scalbn(GLIBC_2.0)8	
atan2l(GLIBC_2.0)8	conjl(GLIBC_2.0)8	fesetenv(GLIBC_2.0)8	llrintl(GLIBC_2.0)8	scalbnf(GLIBC_2.0)8	
atanf(GLIBC_2.0)8	copysign(GLIBC_2.0)8	fesetexceptflag(GLIBC_2.0)8	llround(GLIBC_2.0)8	scalbnl(GLIBC_2.0)8	
atanh(GLIBC_2.0)9	copysignf(GLIBC_2.0)8	fesetround(GLIBC_2.0)8	llroundf(GLIBC_2.0)8	significand(GLIBC_2.0)8	
atanhf(GLIBC_2.0)8	copysignl(GLIBC_2.0)8	fetestexcept(GLIBC_2.0)8	llroundl(GLIBC_2.0)8	significandf(GLIBC_2.0)8	
atanhl(GLIBC_2.0)8	cos(GLIBC_2.0)9	feupdateenv(GLIBC_2.0)8	log(GLIBC_2.0)9	significandl(GLIBC_2.0)8	
atanl(GLIBC_2.0)8	cosf(GLIBC_2.0)8	finite(GLIBC_2.0)9	log10(GLIBC_2.0)9	sin(GLIBC_2.0)9	
cabs(GLIBC_2.1)9	cosh(GLIBC_2.1)9	finitef(GLIBC_2.1)8	log1p(GLIBC_2.1)9	sincos(GLIBC_2.1)8	
cabsf(GLIBC_2.1)8	coshf(GLIBC_2.1)8	finitel(GLIBC_2.1)8	logb(GLIBC_2.1)9	sincosf(GLIBC_2.1)8	
cabsl(GLIBC_2.1)8	coshl(GLIBC_2.1)8	floor(GLIBC_2.1)9	lrint(GLIBC_2.1)8	sincosl(GLIBC_2.1)8	
cacos(GLIBC_2.1)8	cosl(GLIBC_2.1)8	floorf(GLIBC_2.1)8	lrintf(GLIBC_2.1)8	sinf(GLIBC_2.1)8	
cacosf(GLIBC_2.1)8	cpow(GLIBC_2.1)8	floorl(GLIBC_2.1)8	lrintl(GLIBC_2.1)8	sinh(GLIBC_2.1)9	
cacosh(GLIBC_2.1)8	cpowf(GLIBC_2.1)8	fma(GLIBC_2.1)8	lround(GLIBC_2.1)8	sinhf(GLIBC_2.1)8	
cacoshf(GLIBC_2.1)8	cpowl(GLIBC_2.1)8	fmaf(GLIBC_2.1)8	lroundf(GLIBC_2.1)8	sinhl(GLIBC_2.1)8	
cacoshl(GLIBC_2.1)8	cproj(GLIBC_2.1)8	fmal(GLIBC_2.1)8	lroundl(GLIBC_2.1)8	sinl(GLIBC_2.1)8	
cacosl(GLIBC_2.1)8	cprojf(GLIBC_2.1)8	fmax(GLIBC_2.1)8	matherr(GLIBC_2.1)8	sqrt(GLIBC_2.1)9	
carg(GLIBC_2.1)8	cprojl(GLIBC_2.1)8	fmaxf(GLIBC_2.1)8	modf(GLIBC_2.1)9	sqrtf(GLIBC_2.1)8	
cargf(GLIBC_2.1)8	creal(GLIBC_2.1)8	fmaxl(GLIBC_2.1)8	modff(GLIBC_2.1)8	sqrtl(GLIBC_2.1)8	
cargl(GLIBC_2.1)8	creall(GLIBC_2.1)8	fmin(GLIBC_2.1)8	modfl(GLIBC_2.1)8	tan(GLIBC_2.1)9	
casin(GLIBC_2.1)8	csin(GLIBC_2.1)8	fminf(GLIBC_2.1)8	nan(GLIBC_2.1)8	tanf(GLIBC_2.1)8	
casinf(GLIBC_2.1)8	csinf(GLIBC_2.1)8	fminl(GLIBC_2.1)8	nanf(GLIBC_2.1)8	tanh(GLIBC_2.1)9	
casinh(GLIBC_2.1)8	csinh(GLIBC_2.1)8	fmod(GLIBC_2.1)9	nanl(GLIBC_2.1)8	tanhf(GLIBC_2.1)8	
casinhf(GLIBC_2.1)8	csinhf(GLIBC_2.1)8	fmodf(GLIBC_2.1)8	nearbyint(GLIBC_2.1)8	tanhl(GLIBC_2.1)8	
casinhl(GLIBC_2.1)8	csinhl(GLIBC_2.1)8	fmodl(GLIBC_2.1)8	nearbyintf(GLIBC_2.1)8	tanl(GLIBC_2.1)8	
casinl(GLIBC_2.1)8	csinl(GLIBC_2.1)8	frexp(GLIBC_2.1)9	nearbyintl(GLIBC_2.1)8	tgamma(GLIBC_2.1)8	
catan(GLIBC_2.1)8	csqrt(GLIBC_2.1)8	frexpf(GLIBC_2.1)8	nextafter(GLIBC_2.1)9	tgammaf(GLIBC_2.1)8	
catanf(GLIBC_2.1)8	csqrtf(GLIBC_2.1)8	frexpl(GLIBC_2.1)8	nextafterf(GLIBC_2.1)8	tgammal(GLIBC_2.1)8	
catanh(GLIBC_2.1)8	csqrtl(GLIBC_2.1)8	gamma(GLIBC_2.1)9	nextafterl(GLIBC_2.1)8	trunc(GLIBC_2.1)8	
catanhf(GLIBC_2.1)8	ctan(GLIBC_2.1)8	gammaf(GLIBC_2.1)8	nexttoward(GLIBC_2.1)8	truncf(GLIBC_2.1)8	
catanhl(GLIBC_2.1)8	ctanf(GLIBC_2.1)8	gammal(GLIBC_2.1)8	nexttowardf(GLIBC_2.1)8	truncl(GLIBC_2.1)8	
catanl(GLIBC_2.1)8	ctanh(GLIBC_2.1)8	hypot(GLIBC_2.1)9	nexttowardl(GLIBC_2.1)8	y0(GLIBC_2.1)9	
cbrt(GLIBC_2.0)9	ctanhf(GLIBC_2.0)8	hypotf(GLIBC_2.0)8	pow(GLIBC_2.0)9	y0f(GLIBC_2.0)8	
cbrtf(GLIBC_2.0)8	ctanhl(GLIBC_2.0)8	hypotl(GLIBC_2.0)8	pow10(GLIBC_2.0)8	y0l(GLIBC_2.0)8	
cbrtl(GLIBC_2.0)8	ctanl(GLIBC_2.0)8	ilogb(GLIBC_2.0)9	pow10f(GLIBC_2.0)8	y1(GLIBC_2.0)9	
ccos(GLIBC_2.1)8	dremf(GLIBC_2.1)8	ilogbf(GLIBC_2.1)8	pow10l(GLIBC_2.1)8	y1f(GLIBC_2.1)8	
ccosf(GLIBC_2.1)8	dreml(GLIBC_2.1)8	ilogbl(GLIBC_2.1)8	powf(GLIBC_2.1)8	y1l(GLIBC_2.1)8	
ccosh(GLIBC_2.1)8	erf(GLIBC_2.1)9	j0(GLIBC_2.1)9	powl(GLIBC_2.1)8	yn(GLIBC_2.1)9	
ccoshf(GLIBC_2.1)8	erfc(GLIBC_2.1)9	j0f(GLIBC_2.1)8	remainder(GLIBC_2.1)9	ynf(GLIBC_2.1)8	
ccoshl(GLIBC_2.1)8	erfcf(GLIBC_2.1)8	j0l(GLIBC_2.1)8	remainderf(GLIBC_2.1)8	ynl(GLIBC_2.1)8	
ccosl(GLIBC_2.1)8	erfcl(GLIBC_2.1)8	j1(GLIBC_2.1)9	remainderl(GLIBC_2.1)8	
	
ceil(GLIBC_2.0)9	erff(GLIBC_2.0)8	j1f(GLIBC_2.0)8	remquo(GLIBC_2.0)8	

10.4.2. Data Symbols
Table 10-27. libm - Math Data Interfaces
clog8	signgam9	

	

10.5. Data Definitions for libm
10.6. Interfaces for libpthread
LSB systems support POSIX threads with the following exceptions. This list is intended to match the behavior of historical Linux implementations. Applications should be written to deal with either POSIX threads or the thread behaviors described here.
POSIX specifies a concept of per-process rather than per-thread signals. The LSB does not require this behavior; traditional Linux implementations have had per-thread signals only. A related issue is that applications cannot (using legacy Linux implementations, at least) rely on getpid() returning the same value in different threads.
Note: one implication of per-thread signals is that a core dump (for example) may not stop all threads in a given process. This may be an issue when designing ways to stop/start applications.
Applications which create child processes (using fork() and the like) must then wait for them (using waitpid() family of functions) in the same thread as they created them. Note that coding applications this way will work both with full POSIX threads and legacy Linux thread implementations.
POSIX specifies that changing the user or group id instantly affects the behavior of all threads. This behavior is not specified; applications must use their own lock if they need this behavior. Rationale: it seems unnecessary and it is a performance hit (an SMP kernel must lock the user id). (FIXME: is this our current understanding? It was discussed on lsb-spec on January 2000 but I'm not sure we reached a consensus).
Although this standard doesn't have a way to list processes (/proc or "ps" command line isn't in, right?), it is our intention to not specify one way or the other whether multiple threads appear as separate processes or as a single process.
Applications cannot rely on resource limits (getrusage and setrusage) being maintained per-process rather than per-thread.
Applications must disconnect from the controlling tty before pthread_create (FIXME: have I summarized this correctly?).
times() doesn't account for all threads, just the caller.
Applications must not call pthread_cancel if they call any system libraries (most notably X windows), as system libraries are not guaranteed to be thread safe. Likewise, for such libraries, only one thread per process may call them.
Applications cannot rely on fcntl/lockf locks being visible per-process rather than per-thread. Likewise for mandatory file locks.
Threaded applications cannot use SIGUSR1 or SIGUSR2.
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
Linux Standard Base10	
CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606)11	

10.6.1. Posix Threads
Table 10-28. libpthread - Posix Threads Function Interfaces
pthread_attr_destroy(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_attr_setscope(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_exit(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_mutexattr_settype(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_setcanceltype(GLIBC_2.0)11	
pthread_attr_getdetachstate(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_attr_setstackaddr(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_getschedparam(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_once(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_setschedparam(GLIBC_2.0)11	
pthread_attr_getguardsize(GLIBC_2.1)11	pthread_attr_setstacksize(GLIBC_2.1)11	pthread_getspecific(GLIBC_2.1)11	pthread_rwlock_destroy(GLIBC_2.1)11	pthread_setspecific(GLIBC_2.1)11	
pthread_attr_getinheritsched(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_cancel(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_join(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_rwlock_init(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_sigmask(GLIBC_2.0)11	
pthread_attr_getschedparam(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_cond_broadcast(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_key_create(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_rwlock_rdlock(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_testcancel(GLIBC_2.0)11	
pthread_attr_getschedpolicy(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_cond_destroy(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_key_delete(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_rwlock_tryrdlock(GLIBC_2.0)11	sem_close(GLIBC_2.0)11	
pthread_attr_getscope(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_cond_init(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_kill(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_rwlock_trywrlock(GLIBC_2.0)11	sem_destroy(GLIBC_2.0)11	
pthread_attr_getstackaddr(GLIBC_2.1)11	pthread_cond_signal(GLIBC_2.1)11	pthread_mutex_destroy(GLIBC_2.1)11	pthread_rwlock_unlock(GLIBC_2.1)11	sem_getvalue(GLIBC_2.1)11	
pthread_attr_getstacksize(GLIBC_2.1)11	pthread_cond_timedwait(GLIBC_2.1)11	pthread_mutex_init(GLIBC_2.1)11	pthread_rwlock_wrlock(GLIBC_2.1)11	sem_init(GLIBC_2.1)11	
pthread_attr_init(GLIBC_2.1)11	pthread_cond_wait(GLIBC_2.1)11	pthread_mutex_lock(GLIBC_2.1)11	pthread_rwlockattr_destroy(GLIBC_2.1)11	sem_open(GLIBC_2.1)11	
pthread_attr_setdetachstate(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_condattr_destroy(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_mutex_trylock(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_rwlockattr_getpshared(GLIBC_2.0)11	sem_post(GLIBC_2.0)11	
pthread_attr_setguardsize(GLIBC_2.1)11	pthread_condattr_init(GLIBC_2.1)11	pthread_mutex_unlock(GLIBC_2.1)11	pthread_rwlockattr_init(GLIBC_2.1)11	sem_timedwait(GLIBC_2.1)10	
pthread_attr_setinheritsched(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_create(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_mutexattr_destroy(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_rwlockattr_setpshared(GLIBC_2.0)11	sem_trywait(GLIBC_2.0)11	
pthread_attr_setschedparam(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_detach(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_mutexattr_gettype(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_self(GLIBC_2.0)11	sem_unlink(GLIBC_2.0)11	
pthread_attr_setschedpolicy(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_equal(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_mutexattr_init(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_setcancelstate(GLIBC_2.0)11	sem_wait(GLIBC_2.0)11	

10.7. Data Definitions for libpthread
10.7.1. semaphore.h
typedef struct
{
  struct __sem_lock;
  long status;
  int __sem_value;
  int spinlock;
  Unknown Type:".." __sem_waiting;
}
sem_t;
10.8. Interfaces for libdl
Table 10-29. libdl Definition
Library:	libdl	
SONAME:	libdl.so.2	

The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
Linux Standard Base12	
CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606)13	

10.8.1. Dynamic Loader
Table 10-30. libdl - Dynamic Loader Function Interfaces
dladdr(GLIBC_2.0)12	dlclose(GLIBC_2.0)13	dlerror(GLIBC_2.0)13	dlopen(GLIBC_2.0)13	dlsym(GLIBC_2.0)13	

10.9. Data Definitions for libdl
10.10. Interface Definitions for libdl
dladdr
Name
dladdr — library routine for dynamic linking of object files
Synopsis
cc ... -ldl ...

#include <dlfcn.h>

typedef struct {
             const char      *dli_fname;
             void            *dli_fbase;
             const char      *dli_sname;
             void            *dli_saddr;
} Dl_info;

int dladdr(void *address, Dlinfo *dlip);
Description
This function implements the System V dynamic linking routines.
The dladdr() function is the inverse of the dlsym() function. If the given address is successfully located inside a module, dladdr() returns nonzero, otherwise 0. On a successful return, the fields of dlip are filled in as follows:
dlifname
 	the pathname of the module
dlifbase 
 	the base address of the module
dlisname 
 	the name of the highest addressed symbol whose address precedes the given address 
dlifaddr 
 	the address of that symbol
Shared objects must be linked using the -shared option to the linker ld(1). The linker flag -rpath may be used to add a directory to the default search path for shared objects and shared libraries. The linker flag -E or the C compiler flag -rdynamic should be used to cause the application to export its symbols to the shared objects.
Environment
LD_LIBRARY_PATH
 	directory search-path for object files
10.11. Interfaces for libcrypt
Table 10-31. libcrypt Definition
Library:	libcrypt	
SONAME:	libcrypt.so.1	

The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606)14	

10.11.1. Encryption
Table 10-32. libcrypt - Encryption Function Interfaces
crypt(GLIBC_2.0)14	encrypt(GLIBC_2.0)14	setkey(GLIBC_2.0)14	

10.12. Data Definitions for libcrypt
10.12.1. stdlib.h
typedef struct
{
  long long quot;
  long long rem;
}
lldiv_t;

typedef struct
{
  int quot;
  int rem;
}
div_t;

typedef struct
{
  long quot;
  long rem;
}
ldiv_t;

typedef int (*__compar_fn_t) ();
10.12.2. unistd.h
typedef __ssize_t ssize_t;

typedef __pid_t pid_t;

typedef __off_t off_t;
10.13. Interfaces for librt
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
Large File Support15	
CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606)16	

10.13.1. Asynchronous I/O
Table 10-33. librt - Asynchronous I/O Function Interfaces
aio_cancel(GLIBC_2.1)16	aio_fsync64(GLIBC_2.1)15	aio_suspend(GLIBC_2.1)16	clock_getres(GLIBC_2.1)16	lio_listio64(GLIBC_2.1)15	
aio_cancel64(GLIBC_2.1)15	aio_read(GLIBC_2.1)16	aio_suspend64(GLIBC_2.1)15	clock_gettime(GLIBC_2.1)16	shm_open(GLIBC_2.1)16	
aio_error(GLIBC_2.1)16	aio_read64(GLIBC_2.1)15	aio_write(GLIBC_2.1)16	clock_nanosleep(GLIBC_2.1)16	shm_unlink(GLIBC_2.1)16	
aio_error64(GLIBC_2.1)15	aio_return(GLIBC_2.1)16	aio_write64(GLIBC_2.1)15	clock_settime(GLIBC_2.1)16	
	
aio_fsync(GLIBC_2.1)16	aio_return64(GLIBC_2.1)15	clock_getcpuclockid(GLIBC_2.1)16	lio_listio(GLIBC_2.1)16	

10.14. Data Definitions for librt
10.14.1. aio.h
struct aiocb
{
  int aio_fildes;
  int aio_lio_opcode;
  int aio_reqprio;
  void *aio_buf;
  size_t aio_nbytes;
  struct sigevent aio_sigevent;
  struct aiocb *__next_prio;
  int __abs_prio;
  int __policy;
  int __error_code;
  __ssize_t __return_value;
  __off_t aio_offset;
  char __pad[1];
  char __unused[1];
}
 ;

struct aiocb64
{
  int aio_fildes;
  int aio_lio_opcode;
  int aio_reqprio;
  void *aio_buf;
  size_t aio_nbytes;
  struct sigevent aio_sigevent;
  struct aiocb *__next_prio;
  int __abs_prio;
  int __policy;
  int __error_code;
  __ssize_t __return_value;
  __off64_t aio_offset;
  char __unused[1];
}
 ;
Notes
1. 	Symbol versions are unique for each architecture. In release 1.0 of this specification, the versions for only the IA32 architecture are specified. Versions will be correctly specified on a per achitecture basis in future releases of the specification.
2. 	ISO/IEC 9899: 1999, Programming Languages --C
3. 	Large File Support
4. 	Linux Standard Base
5. 	IEEE Std POSIX.1-1996 [ISO/IEC 9945-1:1996]
6. 	CAE Specification, February 1997, Networking Services (XNS), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-165-9, C523)
7. 	CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606)
8. 	ISO/IEC 9899: 1999, Programming Languages --C
9. 	CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606)
10. 	Linux Standard Base
11. 	CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606)
12. 	Linux Standard Base
13. 	CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606)
14. 	CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606)
15. 	Large File Support
16. 	CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606)

V. Utility Libraries

Chapter 11. Libraries
An LSB-conforming implementation may also support some utility libraries which are built on top of the interfaces provided by the base libraries. These libraries implement common functionality, and hide additional system dependent information such as file formats and device names.
11.1. Interfaces for libz
Table 11-1. libz Definition
Library:	libz	
SONAME:	libz.so.1	

The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
zlib 1.1.3 Manual1	

11.1.1. Compression Library
Table 11-2. libz - Compression Library Function Interfaces
adler321	deflateInit_1	gzerror1	gzread1	inflateInit2_1	
compress1	deflateParams1	gzflush1	gzrewind1	inflateInit_1	
compress21	deflateReset1	gzgetc1	gzseek1	inflateReset1	
crc321	deflateSetDictionary1	gzgets1	gzsetparams1	inflateSetDictionary1	
deflate1	get_crc_table1	gzopen1	gztell1	inflateSync1	
deflateCopy1	gzclose1	gzprintf1	gzwrite1	inflateSyncPoint1	
deflateEnd1	gzdopen1	gzputc1	inflate1	uncompress1	
deflateInit2_1	gzeof1	gzputs1	inflateEnd1	zError1	

11.2. Interfaces for libncurses
Table 11-3. libncurses Definition
Library:	libncurses	
SONAME:	libncurses.so.5	

The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
 CAE Specification, May 1996, X/Open Curses, Issue 4, Version 2 (ISBN: 1-85912-171-3, C610), plus Corrigendum U0182	

11.2.1. Curses
Table 11-4. libncurses - Curses Function Interfaces
addch2	has_ic2	mvwaddch2	scr_dump2	waddchstr2	
addchnstr2	has_il2	mvwaddchnstr2	scr_init2	waddnstr2	
addchstr2	hline2	mvwaddchstr2	scr_restore2	waddstr2	
addnstr2	idcok2	mvwaddnstr2	scr_set2	wattr_get2	
addstr2	idlok2	mvwaddstr2	scrl2	wattr_off2	
attr_get2	immedok2	mvwchgat2	scroll2	wattr_on2	
attr_off2	inch2	mvwdelch2	scrollok2	wattr_set2	
attr_on2	inchnstr2	mvwgetch2	set_term2	wattroff2	
attr_set2	inchstr2	mvwgetnstr2	setscrreg2	wattron2	
attroff2	init_color2	mvwgetstr2	slk_attr_set2	wattrset2	
attron2	init_pair2	mvwhline2	slk_attroff2	wbkgd2	
attrset2	initscr2	mvwin2	slk_attron2	wbkgdset2	
baudrate2	innstr2	mvwinch2	slk_attrset2	wborder2	
beep2	insch2	mvwinchnstr2	slk_clear2	wchgat2	
bkgd2	insdelln2	mvwinchstr2	slk_color2	wclear2	
bkgdset2	insertln2	mvwinnstr2	slk_init2	wclrtobot2	
border2	insnstr2	mvwinsch2	slk_label2	wclrtoeol2	
box2	insstr2	mvwinsnstr2	slk_noutrefresh2	wcolor_set2	
can_change_color2	instr2	mvwinsstr2	slk_refresh2	wcursyncup2	
cbreak2	intrflush2	mvwinstr2	slk_restore2	wdelch2	
chgat2	is_linetouched2	mvwprintw2	slk_set2	wdeleteln2	
clear2	is_wintouched2	mvwscanw2	slk_touch2	wechochar2	
clearok2	isendwin2	mvwvline2	standend2	werase2	
clrtobot2	keyname2	napms2	standout2	wgetch2	
clrtoeol2	keypad2	newpad2	start_color2	wgetnstr2	
color_content2	killchar2	newterm2	subpad2	wgetstr2	
color_set2	leaveok2	newwin2	subwin2	whline2	
copywin2	longname2	nl2	syncok2	winch2	
curs_set2	meta2	nocbreak2	termattrs2	winchnstr2	
def_prog_mode2	move2	nodelay2	termname2	winchstr2	
def_shell_mode2	mvaddch2	noecho2	tgetent2	winnstr2	
delay_output2	mvaddchnstr2	nonl2	tgetflag2	winsch2	
delch2	mvaddchstr2	noqiflush2	tgetnum2	winsdelln2	
deleteln2	mvaddnstr2	noraw2	tgetstr2	winsertln2	
delscreen2	mvaddstr2	notimeout2	tgoto2	winsnstr2	
delwin2	mvchgat2	overlay2	tigetflag2	winsstr2	
derwin2	mvcur2	overwrite2	tigetnum2	winstr2	
doupdate2	mvdelch2	pair_content2	tigetstr2	wmove2	
dupwin2	mvderwin2	pechochar2	timeout2	wnoutrefresh2	
echo2	mvgetch2	pnoutrefresh2	tparm2	wprintw2	
echochar2	mvgetnstr2	prefresh2	tputs2	wredrawln2	
endwin2	mvgetstr2	printw2	typeahead2	wrefresh2	
erase2	mvhline2	putp2	ungetch2	wscanw2	
erasechar2	mvinch2	putwin2	untouchwin2	wscrl2	
filter2	mvinchnstr2	qiflush2	use_env2	wsetscrreg2	
flash2	mvinchstr2	raw2	vidattr2	wstandend2	
flushinp2	mvinnstr2	redrawwin2	vidputs2	wstandout2	
getbkgd2	mvinsch2	refresh2	vline2	wsyncdown2	
getch2	mvinsnstr2	reset_prog_mode2	vw_printw2	wsyncup2	
getnstr2	mvinsstr2	reset_shell_mode2	vw_scanw2	wtimeout2	
getstr2	mvinstr2	resetty2	vwprintw2	wtouchln2	
getwin2	mvprintw2	ripoffline2	vwscanw2	wvline2	
halfdelay2	mvscanw2	savetty2	waddch2	
	
has_colors2	mvvline2	scanw2	waddchnstr2	

11.2.2. Data Symbols
Table 11-5. libncurses - Curses Data Interfaces
curscr2	stdscr2	

	

11.3. Data Definitions for libncurses
11.3.1. curses.h
typedef unsigned long chtype;

typedef char bool;

typedef chtype attr_t;

typedef struct screen SCREEN;

typedef struct _win_st
{
  short _cury;
  short _curx;
  short _maxy;
  short _maxx;
  short _begy;
  short _begx;
  short _flags;
  attr_t _attrs;
  chtype _bkgd;
  bool _notimeout;
  bool _clear;
  bool _leaveok;
  bool _scroll;
  bool _idlok;
  bool _idcok;
  bool _immed;
  bool _sync;
  bool _use_keypad;
  int _delay;
  struct ldat *_line;
  short _regtop;
  short _regbottom;
  int _parx;
  int _pary;
  struct _win_st *_parent;
}
WINDOW;
11.4. Interfaces for libutil
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
Linux Standard Base3	

11.4.1. Utility Functions
Table 11-6. libutil - Utility Functions Function Interfaces
forkpty3	login_tty3	logwtmp3	

login3	logout3	openpty3	

11.5. Interface Definitions for libutil
forkpty
Name
forkpty — find and open an available pseudo-tty
Synopsis
int forkpty(int *amaster, 
        char *name,
        struct termios *termp,
        struct winsize *winp);
Description
The forkpty() function joins openpty(), fork(), and login_tty() to create a new process operating on a pseudo-tty. The file descriptor of the master side of the pseudo-tty is returned in amaster, and null or the filename of the slave in name. If non-null, the termp and winp parameters will determine the terminal attributes and window size of the slave side of the pseudo-tty.
Return Value
On success of the child process, zero is returned. When the parent process receives the PID of its child process, pid is returned. On error, -1 is returned, and errno is set appropriately.
getopt
Name
getopt — parse command line options
Synopsis
int getopt(int argc, char * const argv[], const char *optstring);
extern char *optarg;
extern int optind, opterr, optopt;
GNU supports the following extensions of getopt:
int getopt_long(int argc, char * const argv[],
               const char *optstring,
               const struct option *longopts, int *longindex);

int getopt_long_only(int argc, char * const argv[],
                    const char *optstring,
                    const struct option *longopts, int *longindex);
Description
The getopt() function parses command line arguments. GNU and POSIX specifications for this function vary in the following areas.
Option Characteristics
GNU specifies that: 
•	an element of argv that starts with "-" (and is not exactly "-" or "--") is an option element.
•	characters of an option element, aside from the initial "-", are option characters.
POSIX specifies that: 
•	applications using getopt() must obey the following syntax guidelines:
(1) option name is a single alphanumeric character from the portable character set
(2) option is preceded by the "-" delimiter character
(3) options without option-arguments should be accepted when grouped behind one "-" delimiter
(4) each option and option-argument is a separate argument
(5) option-arguments are not optional
(6) all options should precede operands on the command line
(7) the argument "--" is accepted as a delimiter indicating the end of options and the consideration of subsequent arguments, if any, as operands
•	historical implementations of getopt() support other characters as options as an allowed extension, but applications that use extensions are not maximally portable.
•	support for multi-byte option characters is only possible when such characters can be represented as type int.
•	applications that call any utility with a first operand starting with "-" should usually specify "--" to mark the end of the options. Standard utilities that do not support this guideline indicate that fact in the OPTIONS section of the utility description.
Extensions
GNU specifies that: 
•	if a character is followed by two colons, the option takes an optional arg; if there is text in the current argv-element, it is returned in optarg, otherwise optarg is set to zero.
•	if optstring contains W followed by a semi-colon, then -W foo is treated as the long option --foo. (Not available with libraries before GNU libc 2.)
•	getopt_long() works like getopt() except that it also accepts "long options", or, options that are preface with two dashes instead of one.
•	long option names may be abbreviated if the abbreviation is unique or an exact match for some defined option.
•	a long option may take a parameter, of the form --arg=param or --arg param.
•	getopt_long_only() works like getopt_long(), except that both "-" and "--" indicate long option. If an option that starts with "-" (not "--") doesn't match a long option, but does match a short option, it is parsed instead as a short option.
POSIX specifies that: 
•	the -W option is reserved for implementation extensions.
Return Values
GNU specifies the following getopt() return values: 
•	the next option character is returned, if found successfully.
•	colon character (":") is returned if a parameter is missing for one of the options.
•	question mark ("?") is returned if an unknown option character is encountered.
•	"-1" is returned for the end of the option list.
GNU specifies the following getopt_long() and getopt_long_only() return values: 
•	when short option is recognized, the option character is returned.
•	when long option is recognized, val is returned if flag is NULL, otherwise, 0 is returned.
•	error and -1 returns are the same as for getopt().
•	question mark ("?") is returned for an ambiguous match or an extraneous parameter.
POSIX specifies the following getopt() return values: 
•	the next option character is returned, if found successfully.
•	colon character (":") is returned if a parameter is missing for one of the options and the first character of opstring is ":".
•	question mark ("?") is returned if an unknown option character not in optstring is encountered, or if getopt() detects a missing argument and the first character of optstring is not ":".
•	"-1" is returned for the end of the option list.
Environmental Variables
GNU specifies that: 
•	if the variable POSIXLY_CORRECT is set, option processing stops as soon as a non-option argument is encountered.
•	if POSIXLY_CORRECT is set, GNU getopt() conforms to POSIX.2.
•	the variable _[PID]_GNU_nonoption_argv_flags_ was used by bash 2.0 to communicate to GNU libc which arguments resulted from wildcard expansion and so should not be considered as options. This behavior was removed in bash version 2.01, but the support remains in GNU libc.
Environmental Variables
POSIX.2 Interpretation 150 reports a technical error in the function of getopt(). GNU implements the correct behavior of getopt().
getutent_r
Name
getutent_r — find and open an available pseudo-tty
Synopsis
int getutent_r(
struct utmp *buffer, 
struct utmp **result);
Description
Same at described in getutent(3), but storing information in a user provided buffer.
getutid_r
Name
getutid_r — find and open an available pseudo-tty
Synopsis
int getutid_r(
const struct utmp *id,
struct utmp *buffer, 
struct utmp **result);
Description
Same at described in getutent(3), but storing information in a user provided buffer.
getutline_r
Name
getutline_r — find and open an available pseudo-tty
Synopsis
int getutline_r(
const struct utmp *id,
struct utmp *buffer, 
struct utmp **result);
Description
Same at described in getutent(3), but storing information in a user provided buffer.
login_tty
Name
login_tty — find and open an available pseudo-tty
Synopsis
int login_tty(int fdr);
Description
The login_tty() function sets up for a login on the tty referenced by the file descriptor fd: create a new session, make the tty for the current process the controlling terminal, set the standard input, output, and error streams of the current process, and closing fd.
Return Value
On success, zero is returned. On error, -1 is returned, and errno is set appropriately.
login
Name
login — login utility function
Synopsis
void login(struct utmp *ut);
Description
The login() function updates the /var/run/utmp and /var/log/wtmp files with user information contained in ut.
logout
Name
logout — logout utility function
Synopsis
int logout(const char *line);
Description
Given the device line, the logout() function removes the entry from the corresponding /var/run/utmp system file.
Return Value
Zero is returned if there was no entry to remove. A non-zero return value indicates success.
mkfifo
Name
mkfifo — make a FIFO special file
Synopsis
int mkfifo(const char *path, mode_t mode);
Description
The mkfifo() function attempts to create a FIFO special file named by the pathname to which the argument path points. GNU and POSIX specifications for this function vary in the following areas.
Node Permissions
Permissions are specified in the mode argument.
GNU specifies that: 
•	permissions are modified by the process umask in the usual way: the permissions of the created node are (mode & ~umask).
POSIX specifies that: 
•	file permission bits of the new FIFO are initialized from mode. The file permission bits of the mode argument are modified by the process file creation mask. When bits in mode other than the file permission bits are set, the effect is implementation-dependent.
•	upon successful completion, mkfifo() marks for update the st_atime, st_ctime and st_mtime fields of the file. Also, the st_ctime and st_mtime fields of the directory that contains the new entry are marked for update.
Errors
POSIX specifies the following error conditions that are not reflected in GNU: 
•	ELOOP too many symbolic links were encountered in resolving path
mknod
Name
mknod — make a directory, a special or regular file
Synopsis
int mknod(const char *path, mode_t mode, dev_t dev);
Description
The mknod() function attempts to create a filesystem node named by the pathname to which the argument path points. GNU and POSIX specifications for this function vary in the following areas.
Node Type
Node type is specified in the mode argument (using the bitwise OR) from the symb olic constants S_IFREG, S_IFCHR, S_IFBLK, and S_IFIFO.
GNU specifies that: 
•	a node type specified as zero behaves as S_IFREG.
•	for the node types S_IFCHR and S_IFBLK, dev specifies the major and minor numbers of the newly created device special file.
POSIX specifies that: 
•	S_IFDIR may additionally be used to create a directory file.
•	S_IFIFO is the only portable use of mknod().
•	if mode is not S_IFIFO or dev is not 0, the behavior of mknod() is unspecified.
Node Permissions
Permissions are specified in the mode argument.
GNU specifies that: 
•	permissions are modified by the process umask in the usual way: the permissions of the created node are (mode & ~umask).
POSIX specifies that: 
•	the mode argument specifies node permissions (using the bitwise OR) from the following symbolic constants: S_ISUID set user ID on execution S_ISGID set group ID on execution S_IRWXU read, write or execute (search) by owner S_IRUSR read by owner S_IWUSR write by owner S_IXUSR execute (search) by owner S_IRWXG read, write or execute (search) by group S_IRGRP read by group S_IWGRP write by group S_IXGRP execute (search) by group S_IRWXO read, write or execute (search) by others S_IROTH read by others S_IWOTH write by others S_IXOTH execute (search) by others S_ISVTX on directories, restricted deletion flag
•	owner, group, and other permission bits of mode are modified by the file mode creation mask of the process. The mknod() function clears each bit whose corresponding bit in the file mode creation mask of the process is set.
•	upon successful completion, mknod() marks for update the st_atime, st_ctime and st_mtime fields of the file. Also, the st_ctime and st_mtime fields of the directory that contains the new entry are marked for update.
Errors
GNU specifies the following error conditions that are not reflected in POSIX: 
•	EFAULT pathname points outside your accessible address space
•	ENOMEM insufficient kernel memory was available
POSIX specifies the following error conditions that are not reflected in GNU: 
•	EIO an I/O error occurred while accessing the file system
openpty
Name
openpty — find and open an available pseudo-tty
Synopsis
int openpty(int *amaster, 
        int *aslave, 
        char *name,
        struct termios *termp,
        struct winsize *winp);
Description
The openpty() function finds an available pseudo-tty and returns file descriptors for the amaster and aslave. The filename of the slave is returned in name, otherwise a null. The terminal parameters of the slave will be set to the values in termp, otherwise a null. The window size of the slave will be set to the values in winp, otherwise a null.
Return Value
On success, zero is returned. On error, -1 is returned, and errno is set appropriately.
Errors
ENOENT
 	There are no available ttys.
Notes
1. 	zlib 1.1.3 Manual
2. 	CAE Specification, May 1996, X/Open Curses, Issue 4, Version 2 (ISBN: 1-85912-171-3, C610), plus Corrigendum U018
3. 	Linux Standard Base

VI. Graphic Libraries

Chapter 12. Libraries
The X Libraries should be built thread-safe.
12.1. Interfaces for libX11
Table 12-1. libX11 Definition
Library:	libX11	
SONAME:	libX11.so.6	

The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
X11R6.4 Xlib - C library1	

12.1.1. X Windows Interface
Table 12-2. libX11 - X Windows Interface Function Interfaces
XActivateScreenSaver1	XEmptyRegion1	XOpenDisplay1	XTextWidth161	XkbFreeCompatMap1	
XAddConnectionWatch1	XEnableAccessControl1	XOpenIM1	XTranslateCoordinates1	XkbFreeComponentList1	
XAddExtension1	XEqualRegion1	XOpenOM1	XUndefineCursor1	XkbFreeControls1	
XAddHost1	XEventMaskOfScreen1	XParseColor1	XUngrabButton1	XkbFreeGeomColors1	
XAddHosts1	XEventsQueued1	XParseGeometry1	XUngrabKey1	XkbFreeGeomDoodads1	
XAddPixel1	XExtendedMaxRequestSize1	XPeekEvent1	XUngrabKeyboard1	XkbFreeGeomKeyAliases1	
XAddToExtensionList1	XExtentsOfFontSet1	XPeekIfEvent1	XUngrabPointer1	XkbFreeGeomKeys1	
XAddToSaveSet1	XFetchBuffer1	XPending1	XUngrabServer1	XkbFreeGeomOutlines1	
XAllPlanes1	XFetchBytes1	XPlanesOfScreen1	XUninstallColormap1	XkbFreeGeomOverlayKeys1	
XAllocClassHint1	XFetchName1	XPointInRegion1	XUnionRectWithRegion1	XkbFreeGeomOverlayRows1	
XAllocColor1	XFillArc1	XPolygonRegion1	XUnionRegion1	XkbFreeGeomOverlays1	
XAllocColorCells1	XFillArcs1	XProcessInternalConnection1	XUnloadFont1	XkbFreeGeomPoints1	
XAllocColorPlanes1	XFillPolygon1	XProtocolRevision1	XUnlockDisplay1	XkbFreeGeomProperties1	
XAllocIconSize1	XFillRectangle1	XProtocolVersion1	XUnmapSubwindows1	XkbFreeGeomRows1	
XAllocNamedColor1	XFillRectangles1	XPutBackEvent1	XUnmapWindow1	XkbFreeGeomSections1	
XAllocSizeHints1	XFilterEvent1	XPutImage1	XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback1	XkbFreeGeomShapes1	
XAllocStandardColormap1	XFindContext1	XPutPixel1	XUnsetICFocus1	XkbFreeGeometry1	
XAllocWMHints1	XFindOnExtensionList1	XQLength1	XVaCreateNestedList1	XkbFreeIndicatorMaps1	
XAllowEvents1	XFlush1	XQueryBestCursor1	XVendorRelease1	XkbFreeKeyboard1	
XAutoRepeatOff1	XFlushGC1	XQueryBestSize1	XVisualIDFromVisual1	XkbFreeNames1	
XAutoRepeatOn1	XFontsOfFontSet1	XQueryBestStipple1	XWMGeometry1	XkbFreeServerMap1	
XBaseFontNameListOfFontSet1	XForceScreenSaver1	XQueryBestTile1	XWarpPointer1	XkbGetAutoRepeatRate1	
XBell1	XFree1	XQueryColor1	XWhitePixel1	XkbGetCompatMap1	
XBitmapBitOrder1	XFreeColormap1	XQueryColors1	XWhitePixelOfScreen1	XkbGetControls1	
XBitmapPad1	XFreeColors1	XQueryExtension1	XWidthMMOfScreen1	XkbGetGeometry1	
XBitmapUnit1	XFreeCursor1	XQueryFont1	XWidthOfScreen1	XkbGetIndicatorMap1	
XBlackPixel1	XFreeExtensionList1	XQueryKeymap1	XWindowEvent1	XkbGetIndicatorState1	
XBlackPixelOfScreen1	XFreeFont1	XQueryPointer1	XWithdrawWindow1	XkbGetKeyActions1	
XCellsOfScreen1	XFreeFontInfo1	XQueryTextExtents1	XWriteBitmapFile1	XkbGetKeyBehaviors1	
XChangeActivePointerGrab1	XFreeFontNames1	XQueryTextExtents161	XXorRegion1	XkbGetKeyExplicitComponents1	
XChangeGC1	XFreeFontPath1	XQueryTree1	XauDisposeAuth1	XkbGetKeyModifierMap1	
XChangeKeyboardControl1	XFreeFontSet1	XRaiseWindow1	XauFileName1	XkbGetKeySyms1	
XChangeKeyboardMapping1	XFreeGC1	XReadBitmapFile1	XauGetBestAuthByAddr1	XkbGetKeyTypes1	
XChangePointerControl1	XFreeModifiermap1	XReadBitmapFileData1	XauReadAuth1	XkbGetKeyVirtualModMap1	
XChangeProperty1	XFreePixmap1	XRebindKeysym1	XcmsAddColorSpace1	XkbGetKeyboard1	
XChangeSaveSet1	XFreeStringList1	XRecolorCursor1	XcmsAddFunctionSet1	XkbGetKeyboardByName1	
XChangeWindowAttributes1	XGContextFromGC1	XReconfigureWMWindow1	XcmsAllocColor1	XkbGetMap1	
XCheckIfEvent1	XGeometry1	XRectInRegion1	XcmsAllocNamedColor1	XkbGetMapChanges1	
XCheckMaskEvent1	XGetAtomName1	XRefreshKeyboardMapping1	XcmsCCCOfColormap1	XkbGetNamedGeometry1	
XCheckTypedEvent1	XGetAtomNames1	XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback1	XcmsCIELabClipL1	XkbGetNamedIndicator1	
XCheckTypedWindowEvent1	XGetClassHint1	XRemoveConnectionWatch1	XcmsCIELabClipLab1	XkbGetNames1	
XCheckWindowEvent1	XGetCommand1	XRemoveFromSaveSet1	XcmsCIELabClipab1	XkbGetState1	
XCirculateSubwindows1	XGetDefault1	XRemoveHost1	XcmsCIELabQueryMaxC1	XkbGetUpdatedMap1	
XCirculateSubwindowsDown1	XGetErrorDatabaseText1	XRemoveHosts1	XcmsCIELabQueryMaxL1	XkbGetVirtualMods1	
XCirculateSubwindowsUp1	XGetErrorText1	XReparentWindow1	XcmsCIELabQueryMaxLC1	XkbGetXlibControls1	
XClearArea1	XGetFontPath1	XResetScreenSaver1	XcmsCIELabQueryMinL1	XkbIgnoreExtension1	
XClearWindow1	XGetFontProperty1	XResizeWindow1	XcmsCIELabToCIEXYZ1	XkbInitCanonicalKeyTypes1	
XClipBox1	XGetGCValues1	XResourceManagerString1	XcmsCIELabWhiteShiftColors1	XkbKeyTypesForCoreSymbols1	
XCloseDisplay1	XGetGeometry1	XRestackWindows1	XcmsCIELuvClipL1	XkbKeycodeToKeysym1	
XCloseIM1	XGetICValues1	XRootWindow1	XcmsCIELuvClipLuv1	XkbKeysymToModifiers1	
XCloseOM1	XGetIMValues1	XRootWindowOfScreen1	XcmsCIELuvClipuv1	XkbLatchGroup1	
XConfigureWindow1	XGetIconName1	XRotateBuffers1	XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxC1	XkbLatchModifiers1	
XConnectionNumber1	XGetIconSizes1	XRotateWindowProperties1	XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxL1	XkbLibraryVersion1	
XContextDependentDrawing1	XGetImage1	XSaveContext1	XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxLC1	XkbListComponents1	
XContextualDrawing1	XGetInputFocus1	XScreenCount1	XcmsCIELuvQueryMinL1	XkbLockGroup1	
XConvertCase1	XGetKeyboardControl1	XScreenNumberOfScreen1	XcmsCIELuvToCIEuvY1	XkbLockModifiers1	
XConvertSelection1	XGetKeyboardMapping1	XScreenOfDisplay1	XcmsCIELuvWhiteShiftColors1	XkbLookupKeyBinding1	
XCopyArea1	XGetModifierMapping1	XScreenResourceString1	XcmsCIEXYZToCIELab1	XkbLookupKeySym1	
XCopyColormapAndFree1	XGetMotionEvents1	XSelectInput1	XcmsCIEXYZToCIEuvY1	XkbNoteControlsChanges1	
XCopyGC1	XGetNormalHints1	XSendEvent1	XcmsCIEXYZToCIExyY1	XkbNoteMapChanges1	
XCopyPlane1	XGetOCValues1	XServerVendor1	XcmsCIEXYZToRGBi1	XkbNoteNameChanges1	
XCreateBitmapFromData1	XGetOMValues1	XSetAccessControl1	XcmsCIEuvYToCIELuv1	XkbOpenDisplay1	
XCreateColormap1	XGetPixel1	XSetAfterFunction1	XcmsCIEuvYToCIEXYZ1	XkbQueryExtension1	
XCreateFontCursor1	XGetPointerControl1	XSetArcMode1	XcmsCIEuvYToTekHVC1	XkbRefreshKeyboardMapping1	
XCreateFontSet1	XGetPointerMapping1	XSetAuthorization1	XcmsCIExyYToCIEXYZ1	XkbResizeKeyActions1	
XCreateGC1	XGetRGBColormaps1	XSetBackground1	XcmsClientWhitePointOfCCC1	XkbResizeKeySyms1	
XCreateGlyphCursor1	XGetScreenSaver1	XSetClassHint1	XcmsConvertColors1	XkbResizeKeyType1	
XCreateIC1	XGetSelectionOwner1	XSetClipMask1	XcmsCreateCCC1	XkbSelectEventDetails1	
XCreateImage1	XGetSizeHints1	XSetClipOrigin1	XcmsDefaultCCC1	XkbSelectEvents1	
XCreateOC1	XGetStandardColormap1	XSetClipRectangles1	XcmsDisplayOfCCC1	XkbSetAtomFuncs1	
XCreatePixmap1	XGetSubImage1	XSetCloseDownMode1	XcmsFormatOfPrefix1	XkbSetAutoRepeatRate1	
XCreatePixmapCursor1	XGetTextProperty1	XSetCommand1	XcmsFreeCCC1	XkbSetAutoResetControls1	
XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData1	XGetTransientForHint1	XSetDashes1	XcmsLookupColor1	XkbSetCompatMap1	
XCreateRegion1	XGetVisualInfo1	XSetErrorHandler1	XcmsPrefixOfFormat1	XkbSetControls1	
XCreateSimpleWindow1	XGetWMClientMachine1	XSetFillRule1	XcmsQueryBlack1	XkbSetDebuggingFlags1	
XCreateWindow1	XGetWMColormapWindows1	XSetFillStyle1	XcmsQueryBlue1	XkbSetDetectableAutoRepeat1	
XDefaultColormap1	XGetWMHints1	XSetFont1	XcmsQueryColor1	XkbSetGeometry1	
XDefaultColormapOfScreen1	XGetWMIconName1	XSetFontPath1	XcmsQueryColors1	XkbSetIgnoreLockMods1	
XDefaultDepth1	XGetWMName1	XSetForeground1	XcmsQueryGreen1	XkbSetIndicatorMap1	
XDefaultDepthOfScreen1	XGetWMNormalHints1	XSetFunction1	XcmsQueryRed1	XkbSetMap1	
XDefaultGC1	XGetWMProtocols1	XSetGraphicsExposures1	XcmsQueryWhite1	XkbSetNamedIndicator1	
XDefaultGCOfScreen1	XGetWMSizeHints1	XSetICFocus1	XcmsRGBToRGBi1	XkbSetNames1	
XDefaultRootWindow1	XGetWindowAttributes1	XSetICValues1	XcmsRGBiToCIEXYZ1	XkbSetServerInternalMods1	
XDefaultScreen1	XGetWindowProperty1	XSetIMValues1	XcmsRGBiToRGB1	XkbSetXlibControls1	
XDefaultScreenOfDisplay1	XGetZoomHints1	XSetIOErrorHandler1	XcmsScreenNumberOfCCC1	XkbToControl1	
XDefaultString1	XGrabButton1	XSetIconName1	XcmsScreenWhitePointOfCCC1	XkbTranslateKey1	
XDefaultVisual1	XGrabKey1	XSetIconSizes1	XcmsSetCCCOfColormap1	XkbTranslateKeyCode1	
XDefaultVisualOfScreen1	XGrabKeyboard1	XSetInputFocus1	XcmsSetCompressionProc1	XkbTranslateKeySym1	
XDefineCursor1	XGrabPointer1	XSetLineAttributes1	XcmsSetWhiteAdjustProc1	XkbUpdateActionVirtualMods1	
XDeleteContext1	XGrabServer1	XSetLocaleModifiers1	XcmsSetWhitePoint1	XkbUpdateKeyTypeVirtualMods1	
XDeleteModifiermapEntry1	XHeightMMOfScreen1	XSetModifierMapping1	XcmsStoreColor1	XkbUpdateMapFromCore1	
XDeleteProperty1	XHeightOfScreen1	XSetNormalHints1	XcmsStoreColors1	XkbUseExtension1	
XDestroyIC1	XIMOfIC1	XSetOCValues1	XcmsTekHVCClipC1	XkbVirtualModsToReal1	
XDestroyImage1	XIconifyWindow1	XSetOMValues1	XcmsTekHVCClipV1	XkbXlibControlsImplemented1	
XDestroyOC1	XIfEvent1	XSetPlaneMask1	XcmsTekHVCClipVC1	XmbDrawImageString1	
XDestroyRegion1	XImageByteOrder1	XSetPointerMapping1	XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxC1	XmbDrawString1	
XDestroySubwindows1	XInitExtension1	XSetRGBColormaps1	XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxV1	XmbDrawText1	
XDestroyWindow1	XInitImage1	XSetRegion1	XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxVC1	XmbLookupString1	
XDirectionalDependentDrawing1	XInitThreads1	XSetScreenSaver1	XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxVSamples1	XmbResetIC1	
XDisableAccessControl1	XInsertModifiermapEntry1	XSetSelectionOwner1	XcmsTekHVCQueryMinV1	XmbSetWMProperties1	
XDisplayCells1	XInstallColormap1	XSetSizeHints1	XcmsTekHVCToCIEuvY1	XmbTextEscapement1	
XDisplayHeight1	XInternAtom1	XSetStandardColormap1	XcmsTekHVCWhiteShiftColors1	XmbTextExtents1	
XDisplayHeightMM1	XInternAtoms1	XSetStandardProperties1	XcmsVisualOfCCC1	XmbTextListToTextProperty1	
XDisplayKeycodes1	XInternalConnectionNumbers1	XSetState1	XkbAllocClientMap1	XmbTextPerCharExtents1	
XDisplayMotionBufferSize1	XIntersectRegion1	XSetStipple1	XkbAllocCompatMap1	XmbTextPropertyToTextList1	
XDisplayName1	XKeycodeToKeysym1	XSetSubwindowMode1	XkbAllocControls1	XrmCombineDatabase1	
XDisplayOfIM1	XKeysymToKeycode1	XSetTSOrigin1	XkbAllocGeomColors1	XrmCombineFileDatabase1	
XDisplayOfOM1	XKeysymToString1	XSetTextProperty1	XkbAllocGeomDoodads1	XrmDestroyDatabase1	
XDisplayOfScreen1	XKillClient1	XSetTile1	XkbAllocGeomKeyAliases1	XrmEnumerateDatabase1	
XDisplayPlanes1	XLastKnownRequestProcessed1	XSetTransientForHint1	XkbAllocGeomKeys1	XrmGetDatabase1	
XDisplayString1	XListDepths1	XSetWMClientMachine1	XkbAllocGeomOutlines1	XrmGetFileDatabase1	
XDisplayWidth1	XListExtensions1	XSetWMColormapWindows1	XkbAllocGeomOverlayKeys1	XrmGetResource1	
XDisplayWidthMM1	XListFonts1	XSetWMHints1	XkbAllocGeomOverlayRows1	XrmGetStringDatabase1	
XDoesBackingStore1	XListFontsWithInfo1	XSetWMIconName1	XkbAllocGeomOverlays1	XrmInitialize1	
XDoesSaveUnders1	XListHosts1	XSetWMName1	XkbAllocGeomPoints1	XrmLocaleOfDatabase1	
XDrawArc1	XListInstalledColormaps1	XSetWMNormalHints1	XkbAllocGeomProps1	XrmMergeDatabases1	
XDrawArcs1	XListPixmapFormats1	XSetWMProperties1	XkbAllocGeomRows1	XrmParseCommand1	
XDrawImageString1	XListProperties1	XSetWMProtocols1	XkbAllocGeomSectionDoodads1	XrmPermStringToQuark1	
XDrawImageString161	XLoadFont1	XSetWMSizeHints1	XkbAllocGeomSections1	XrmPutFileDatabase1	
XDrawLine1	XLoadQueryFont1	XSetWindowBackground1	XkbAllocGeomShapes1	XrmPutLineResource1	
XDrawLines1	XLocaleOfFontSet1	XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap1	XkbAllocGeometry1	XrmPutResource1	
XDrawPoint1	XLocaleOfIM1	XSetWindowBorder1	XkbAllocIndicatorMaps1	XrmPutStringResource1	
XDrawPoints1	XLocaleOfOM1	XSetWindowBorderPixmap1	XkbAllocKeyboard1	XrmQGetResource1	
XDrawRectangle1	XLockDisplay1	XSetWindowBorderWidth1	XkbAllocNames1	XrmQGetSearchList1	
XDrawRectangles1	XLookupColor1	XSetWindowColormap1	XkbAllocServerMap1	XrmQGetSearchResource1	
XDrawSegments1	XLookupKeysym1	XSetZoomHints1	XkbApplyCompatMapToKey1	XrmQPutResource1	
XDrawString1	XLookupString1	XShrinkRegion1	XkbApplyVirtualModChanges1	XrmQPutStringResource1	
XDrawString161	XLowerWindow1	XStoreBuffer1	XkbBell1	XrmQuarkToString1	
XDrawText1	XMapRaised1	XStoreBytes1	XkbBellEvent1	XrmSetDatabase1	
XDrawText161	XMapSubwindows1	XStoreColor1	XkbChangeEnabledControls1	XrmStringToBindingQuarkList1	
XEHeadOfExtensionList1	XMapWindow1	XStoreColors1	XkbChangeKeycodeRange1	XrmStringToQuark1	
XESetBeforeFlush1	XMaskEvent1	XStoreName1	XkbChangeMap1	XrmStringToQuarkList1	
XESetCloseDisplay1	XMatchVisualInfo1	XStoreNamedColor1	XkbChangeNames1	XrmUniqueQuark1	
XESetCopyGC1	XMaxCmapsOfScreen1	XStringListToTextProperty1	XkbChangeTypesOfKey1	XwcDrawImageString1	
XESetCreateFont1	XMaxRequestSize1	XStringToKeysym1	XkbComputeEffectiveMap1	XwcDrawString1	
XESetCreateGC1	XMinCmapsOfScreen1	XSubImage1	XkbComputeRowBounds1	XwcDrawText1	
XESetError1	XMoveResizeWindow1	XSubtractRegion1	XkbComputeSectionBounds1	XwcFreeStringList1	
XESetErrorString1	XMoveWindow1	XSupportsLocale1	XkbComputeShapeBounds1	XwcLookupString1	
XESetEventToWire1	XNewModifiermap1	XSync1	XkbComputeShapeTop1	XwcResetIC1	
XESetFreeFont1	XNextEvent1	XSynchronize1	XkbCopyKeyType1	XwcTextEscapement1	
XESetFreeGC1	XNextRequest1	XTextExtents1	XkbCopyKeyTypes1	XwcTextExtents1	
XESetPrintErrorValues1	XNoOp1	XTextExtents161	XkbFindOverlayForKey1	XwcTextListToTextProperty1	
XESetWireToError1	XOMOfOC1	XTextPropertyToStringList1	XkbForceBell1	XwcTextPerCharExtents1	
XESetWireToEvent1	XOffsetRegion1	XTextWidth1	XkbFreeClientMap1	XwcTextPropertyToTextList1	

12.2. Data Definitions for libX11
12.2.1. X11/Xauth.h
typedef struct xauth
{
  unsigned short family;
  unsigned short address_length;
  char *address;
  unsigned short number_length;
  char *number;
  unsigned short name_length;
  char *name;
  unsigned short data_length;
  char *data;
}
Xauth;
12.2.2. X11/Xcms.h
typedef unsigned long XcmsColorFormat;

typedef double XcmsFloat;

typedef struct
{
  unsigned short red;
  unsigned short green;
  unsigned short blue;
}
XcmsRGB;

typedef struct
{
  XcmsFloat red;
  XcmsFloat green;
  XcmsFloat blue;
}
XcmsRGBi;

typedef struct
{
  XcmsFloat X;
  XcmsFloat Y;
  XcmsFloat Z;
}
XcmsCIEXYZ;

typedef struct
{
  XcmsFloat u_prime;
  XcmsFloat v_prime;
  XcmsFloat Y;
}
XcmsCIEuvY;

typedef struct
{
  XcmsFloat x;
  XcmsFloat y;
  XcmsFloat Y;
}
XcmsCIExyY;

typedef struct
{
  XcmsFloat L_star;
  XcmsFloat a_star;
  XcmsFloat b_star;
}
XcmsCIELab;

typedef struct
{
  XcmsFloat L_star;
  XcmsFloat u_star;
  XcmsFloat v_star;
}
XcmsCIELuv;

typedef struct
{
  XcmsFloat H;
  XcmsFloat V;
  XcmsFloat C;
}
XcmsTekHVC;

typedef struct
{
  XcmsFloat pad0;
  XcmsFloat pad1;
  XcmsFloat pad2;
  XcmsFloat pad3;
}
XcmsPad;

typedef union
{
  union spec;
  XcmsRGB RGB;
  unsigned long pixel;
  XcmsRGBi RGBi;
  XcmsColorFormat ;
  XcmsCIEXYZ CIEXYZ;
  XcmsCIEuvY CIEuvY;
  XcmsCIExyY CIExyY;
  XcmsCIELab CIELab;
  XcmsCIELuv CIELuv;
  XcmsTekHVC TekHVC;
  XcmsPad Pad;
}
XcmsColor;

typedef struct _XcmsPerScrnInfo
{
  XcmsColor screenWhitePt;
  XPointer functionSet;
  XPointer screenData;
  unsigned char state;
  char pad[1];
}
XcmsPerScrnInfo;

typedef int (*XcmsCompressionProc) ();

typedef int (*XcmsWhiteAdjustProc) ();

typedef int (*XcmsScreenInitProc) ();

typedef void (*XcmsScreenFreeProc) ();

typedef int (*XcmsConversionProc) ();

typedef int (*XcmsParseStringProc) ();

typedef struct _XcmsCCC
{
  Display *dpy;
  int screenNumber;
  Visual *visual;
  XcmsColor clientWhitePt;
  XcmsCompressionProc gamutCompProc;
  XPointer gamutCompClientData;
  XcmsWhiteAdjustProc whitePtAdjProc;
  XPointer whitePtAdjClientData;
  XcmsPerScrnInfo *pPerScrnInfo;
}
 *XcmsCCC;

typedef XcmsConversionProc *XcmsFuncListPtr;

typedef struct _XcmsColorSpace
{
  char *prefix;
  XcmsColorFormat id;
  XcmsParseStringProc parseString;
  XcmsFuncListPtr to_CIEXYZ;
  XcmsFuncListPtr from_CIEXYZ;
  int inverse_flag;
}
XcmsColorSpace;

typedef struct _XcmsFunctionSet
{
  XcmsColorSpace **DDColorSpaces;
  XcmsScreenInitProc screenInitProc;
  XcmsScreenFreeProc screenFreeProc;
}
XcmsFunctionSet;
12.2.3. X11/Xlib.h
typedef char *XPointer;

typedef struct _XExtData
{
  int number;
  struct _XExtData *next;
  int (*free_private) (struct _XExtData * extension);
  XPointer private_data;
}
XExtData;

typedef struct
{
  int extension;
  int major_opcode;
  int first_event;
  int first_error;
}
XExtCodes;

typedef struct
{
  int depth;
  int bits_per_pixel;
  int scanline_pad;
}
XPixmapFormatValues;

typedef struct
{
  int function;
  unsigned long plane_mask;
  unsigned long foreground;
  unsigned long background;
  int line_width;
  int line_style;
  int cap_style;
  int join_style;
  int fill_style;
  int fill_rule;
  int arc_mode;
  Pixmap tile;
  Pixmap stipple;
  int ts_x_origin;
  int ts_y_origin;
  Font font;
  int subwindow_mode;
  int graphics_exposures;
  int clip_x_origin;
  int clip_y_origin;
  Pixmap clip_mask;
  int dash_offset;
  char dashes;
}
XGCValues;

typedef struct _XGC *GC;

typedef struct
{
  XExtData *ext_data;
  VisualID visualid;
  int class;
  unsigned long red_mask;
  unsigned long green_mask;
  unsigned long blue_mask;
  int bits_per_rgb;
  int map_entries;
}
Visual;

typedef struct
{
  int depth;
  int nvisuals;
  Visual *visuals;
}
Depth;

typedef struct
{
  XExtData *ext_data;
  struct _XDisplay *display;
  Window root;
  int width;
  int height;
  int mwidth;
  int mheight;
  int ndepths;
  Depth *depths;
  int root_depth;
  Visual *root_visual;
  GC default_gc;
  Colormap cmap;
  unsigned long white_pixel;
  unsigned long black_pixel;
  int max_maps;
  int min_maps;
  int backing_store;
  int save_unders;
  long root_input_mask;
}
Screen;

typedef struct
{
  XExtData *ext_data;
  int depth;
  int bits_per_pixel;
  int scanline_pad;
}
ScreenFormat;

typedef struct
{
  Pixmap background_pixmap;
  unsigned long background_pixel;
  Pixmap border_pixmap;
  unsigned long border_pixel;
  int bit_gravity;
  int win_gravity;
  int backing_store;
  unsigned long backing_planes;
  unsigned long backing_pixel;
  int save_under;
  long event_mask;
  long do_not_propagate_mask;
  int override_redirect;
  Colormap colormap;
  Cursor cursor;
}
XSetWindowAttributes;

typedef struct
{
  int x;
  int y;
  int width;
  int height;
  int border_width;
  int depth;
  Visual *visual;
  Window root;
  int class;
  int bit_gravity;
  int win_gravity;
  int backing_store;
  unsigned long backing_planes;
  unsigned long backing_pixel;
  int save_under;
  Colormap colormap;
  int map_installed;
  int map_state;
  long all_event_masks;
  long your_event_mask;
  long do_not_propagate_mask;
  int override_redirect;
  Screen *screen;
}
XWindowAttributes;

typedef struct
{
  int family;
  int length;
  char *address;
}
XHostAddress;

struct XImagefuncs;

typedef struct _XImage
{
  int width;
  int height;
  int xoffset;
  int ;
  char *data;
  int byte_order;
  int bitmap_unit;
  int bitmap_bit_order;
  int bitmap_pad;
  int depth;
  int bytes_per_line;
  int bits_per_pixel;
  unsigned long red_mask;
  unsigned long green_mask;
  unsigned long blue_mask;
  XPointer obdata;
}
XImage;

typedef struct
{
  int x;
  int y;
  int width;
  int height;
  int border_width;
  Window sibling;
  int stack_mode;
}
XWindowChanges;

typedef struct
{
  short x1;
  short y1;
  short x2;
  short y2;
}
XSegment;

typedef struct
{
  short x;
  short y;
}
XPoint;

typedef struct
{
  short x;
  short y;
  unsigned short width;
  unsigned short height;
}
XRectangle;

typedef struct
{
  short x;
  short y;
  unsigned short width;
  unsigned short height;
  short angle1;
  short angle2;
}
XArc;

typedef struct
{
  int key_click_percent;
  int bell_percent;
  int bell_pitch;
  int bell_duration;
  int led;
  int led_mode;
  int key;
  int auto_repeat_mode;
}
XKeyboardControl;

typedef struct
{
  int key_click_percent;
  int bell_percent;
  unsigned int bell_pitch;
  unsigned int bell_duration;
  unsigned long led_mask;
  int global_auto_repeat;
  char auto_repeats[1];
}
XKeyboardState;

typedef struct
{
  Time time;
  short x;
  short y;
}
XTimeCoord;

typedef struct
{
  int max_keypermod;
  KeyCode *modifiermap;
}
XModifierKeymap;

typedef struct _XDisplay Display;

typedef struct
{
  int type;
  unsigned long serial;
  int send_event;
  Display *display;
  Window window;
  Window root;
  Window subwindow;
  Time time;
  int x;
  int y;
  int x_root;
  int y_root;
  unsigned int state;
  unsigned int keycode;
  int same_screen;
}
XKeyEvent;

typedef XKeyEvent XKeyPressedEvent;

typedef XKeyEvent XKeyReleasedEvent;

typedef struct
{
  int type;
  unsigned long serial;
  int send_event;
  Display *display;
  Window window;
  Window root;
  Window subwindow;
  Time time;
  int x;
  int y;
  int x_root;
  int y_root;
  unsigned int state;
  unsigned int button;
  int same_screen;
}
XButtonEvent;

typedef XButtonEvent XButtonPressedEvent;

typedef XButtonEvent XButtonReleasedEvent;

typedef struct
{
  int type;
  unsigned long serial;
  int send_event;
  Display *display;
  Window window;
  Window root;
  Window subwindow;
  Time time;
  int x;
  int y;
  int x_root;
  int y_root;
  unsigned int state;
  char is_hint;
  int same_screen;
}
XMotionEvent;

typedef XMotionEvent XPointerMovedEvent;

typedef struct
{
  int type;
  unsigned long serial;
  int send_event;
  Display *display;
  Window window;
  Window root;
  Window subwindow;
  Time time;
  int x;
  int y;
  int x_root;
  int y_root;
  int mode;
  int detail;
  int same_screen;
  int focus;
  unsigned int state;
}
XCrossingEvent;

typedef XCrossingEvent XEnterWindowEvent;

typedef XCrossingEvent XLeaveWindowEvent;

typedef struct
{
  int type;
  unsigned long serial;
  int send_event;
  Display *display;
  Window window;
  int mode;
  int detail;
}
XFocusChangeEvent;

typedef XFocusChangeEvent XFocusInEvent;

typedef XFocusChangeEvent XFocusOutEvent;

typedef struct
{
  int type;
  unsigned long serial;
  int send_event;
  Display *display;
  Window window;
  char key_vector[1];
}
XKeymapEvent;

typedef struct
{
  int type;
  unsigned long serial;
  int send_event;
  Display *display;
  Window window;
  int x;
  int y;
  int width;
  int height;
  int count;
}
XExposeEvent;

typedef struct
{
  int type;
  unsigned long serial;
  int send_event;
  Display *display;
  Drawable drawable;
  int x;
  int y;
  int width;
  int height;
  int count;
  int major_code;
  int minor_code;
}
XGraphicsExposeEvent;

typedef struct
{
  int type;
  unsigned long serial;
  int send_event;
  Display *display;
  Drawable drawable;
  int major_code;
  int minor_code;
}
XNoExposeEvent;

typedef struct
{
  int type;
  unsigned long serial;
  int send_event;
  Display *display;
  Window window;
  int state;
}
XVisibilityEvent;

typedef struct
{
  int type;
  unsigned long serial;
  int send_event;
  Display *display;
  Window parent;
  Window window;
  int x;
  int y;
  int width;
  int height;
  int border_width;
  int override_redirect;
}
XCreateWindowEvent;

typedef struct
{
  int type;
  unsigned long serial;
  int send_event;
  Display *display;
  Window event;
  Window window;
}
XDestroyWindowEvent;

typedef struct
{
  int type;
  unsigned long serial;
  int send_event;
  Display *display;
  Window event;
  Window window;
  int from_configure;
}
XUnmapEvent;

typedef struct
{
  int type;
  unsigned long serial;
  int send_event;
  Display *display;
  Window event;
  Window window;
  int override_redirect;
}
XMapEvent;

typedef struct
{
  int type;
  unsigned long serial;
  int send_event;
  Display *display;
  Window parent;
  Window window;
}
XMapRequestEvent;

typedef struct
{
  int type;
  unsigned long serial;
  int send_event;
  Display *display;
  Window event;
  Window window;
  Window parent;
  int x;
  int y;
  int override_redirect;
}
XReparentEvent;

typedef struct
{
  int type;
  unsigned long serial;
  int send_event;
  Display *display;
  Window event;
  Window window;
  int x;
  int y;
  int width;
  int height;
  int border_width;
  Window above;
  int override_redirect;
}
XConfigureEvent;

typedef struct
{
  int type;
  unsigned long serial;
  int send_event;
  Display *display;
  Window event;
  Window window;
  int x;
  int y;
}
XGravityEvent;

typedef struct
{
  int type;
  unsigned long serial;
  int send_event;
  Display *display;
  Window window;
  int width;
  int height;
}
XResizeRequestEvent;

typedef struct
{
  int type;
  unsigned long serial;
  int send_event;
  Display *display;
  Window parent;
  Window window;
  int x;
  int y;
  int width;
  int height;
  int border_width;
  Window above;
  int detail;
  unsigned long value_mask;
}
XConfigureRequestEvent;

typedef struct
{
  int type;
  unsigned long serial;
  int send_event;
  Display *display;
  Window event;
  Window window;
  int place;
}
XCirculateEvent;

typedef struct
{
  int type;
  unsigned long serial;
  int send_event;
  Display *display;
  Window parent;
  Window window;
  int place;
}
XCirculateRequestEvent;

typedef struct
{
  int type;
  unsigned long serial;
  int send_event;
  Display *display;
  Window window;
  Atom atom;
  Time time;
  int state;
}
XPropertyEvent;

typedef struct
{
  int type;
  unsigned long serial;
  int send_event;
  Display *display;
  Window window;
  Atom selection;
  Time time;
}
XSelectionClearEvent;

typedef struct
{
  int type;
  unsigned long serial;
  int send_event;
  Display *display;
  Window owner;
  Window requestor;
  Atom selection;
  Atom target;
  Atom property;
  Time time;
}
XSelectionRequestEvent;

typedef struct
{
  int type;
  unsigned long serial;
  int send_event;
  Display *display;
  Window requestor;
  Atom selection;
  Atom target;
  Atom property;
  Time time;
}
XSelectionEvent;

typedef struct
{
  int type;
  unsigned long serial;
  int send_event;
  Display *display;
  Window window;
  Colormap colormap;
  int new;
  int state;
}
XColormapEvent;

typedef union
{
  char b[1];
  short s[1];
  long l[1];
  union data;
}
XClientMessageEvent;

typedef struct
{
  int type;
  unsigned long serial;
  int send_event;
  Display *display;
  Window window;
  int request;
  int first_keycode;
  int count;
}
XMappingEvent;

typedef struct
{
  int type;
  Display *display;
  XID resourceid;
  unsigned long serial;
  unsigned char error_code;
  unsigned char request_code;
  unsigned char minor_code;
}
XErrorEvent;

typedef struct
{
  int type;
  unsigned long serial;
  int send_event;
  Display *display;
  Window window;
}
XAnyEvent;

typedef union _XEvent
{
  int type;
  XAnyEvent xany;
  XKeyEvent xkey;
  XButtonEvent xbutton;
  XMotionEvent xmotion;
  XCrossingEvent xcrossing;
  XFocusChangeEvent xfocus;
  XExposeEvent xexpose;
  XGraphicsExposeEvent xgraphicsexpose;
  XNoExposeEvent xnoexpose;
  XVisibilityEvent xvisibility;
  XCreateWindowEvent xcreatewindow;
  XDestroyWindowEvent xdestroywindow;
  XUnmapEvent xunmap;
  XMapEvent xmap;
  XMapRequestEvent xmaprequest;
  XReparentEvent xreparent;
  XConfigureEvent xconfigure;
  XGravityEvent xgravity;
  XResizeRequestEvent xresizerequest;
  XConfigureRequestEvent xconfigurerequest;
  XCirculateEvent xcirculate;
  XCirculateRequestEvent xcirculaterequest;
  XPropertyEvent xproperty;
  XSelectionClearEvent xselectionclear;
  XSelectionRequestEvent xselectionrequest;
  XSelectionEvent xselection;
  XColormapEvent xcolormap;
  XClientMessageEvent xclient;
  XMappingEvent xmapping;
  XErrorEvent xerror;
  XKeymapEvent xkeymap;
  long pad[1];
}
XEvent;

typedef struct
{
  short lbearing;
  short rbearing;
  short width;
  short ascent;
  short descent;
  unsigned short attributes;
}
XCharStruct;

typedef struct
{
  Atom name;
  unsigned long card32;
}
XFontProp;

typedef struct
{
  XExtData *ext_data;
  Font fid;
  unsigned int direction;
  unsigned int min_char_or_byte2;
  unsigned int max_char_or_byte2;
  unsigned int min_byte1;
  unsigned int max_byte1;
  int all_chars_exist;
  unsigned int default_char;
  int n_properties;
  XFontProp *properties;
  XCharStruct min_bounds;
  XCharStruct max_bounds;
  XCharStruct *per_char;
  int ascent;
  int descent;
}
XFontStruct;

typedef struct
{
  XRectangle max_ink_extent;
  XRectangle max_logical_extent;
}
XFontSetExtents;

typedef struct
{
  char *chars;
  int nchars;
  int delta;
  Font font;
}
XTextItem;

typedef struct
{
  unsigned char byte1;
  unsigned char byte2;
}
XChar2b;

typedef struct
{
  XChar2b *chars;
  int nchars;
  int delta;
  Font font;
}
XTextItem16;

typedef union
{
  Display *display;
  GC gc;
  Visual *visual;
  Screen *screen;
  ScreenFormat *pixmap_format;
  XFontStruct *font;
}
XEDataObject;

typedef struct _XOM *XOM;

typedef struct _XOC *XOC;

typedef struct _XOC *XFontSet;

typedef struct
{
  char *chars;
  int nchars;
  int delta;
  XFontSet font_set;
}
XmbTextItem;

typedef struct
{
  wchar_t *chars;
  int nchars;
  int delta;
  XFontSet font_set;
}
XwcTextItem;

typedef struct _XIM *XIM;

typedef struct _XIC *XIC;

typedef void (*XIDProc) ();

struct _XDisplay;

struct _XrmHashBucketRec;

typedef struct
{
  unsigned long pixel;
  unsigned short red;
  unsigned short green;
  unsigned short blue;
  char flags;
  char pad;
}
XColor;

typedef void *XVaNestedList;

typedef int (*XErrorHandler) ();

typedef int (*XIOErrorHandler) ();

typedef void (*XConnectionWatchProc) ();
12.2.4. X11/Xutil.h
typedef struct
{
  int x;
  int y;
  struct max_aspect;
  int base_width;
  int base_height;
  int win_gravity;
}
XSizeHints;

typedef struct
{
  long flags;
  int input;
  int initial_state;
  Pixmap icon_pixmap;
  Window icon_window;
  int icon_x;
  int icon_y;
  Pixmap icon_mask;
  XID window_group;
}
XWMHints;

typedef struct
{
  unsigned char *value;
  Atom encoding;
  int ;
  unsigned long nitems;
}
XTextProperty;

typedef struct
{
  int min_width;
  int min_height;
  int max_width;
  int max_height;
  int width_inc;
  int height_inc;
}
XIconSize;

typedef struct
{
  char *res_name;
  char *res_class;
}
XClassHint;

typedef struct _XComposeStatus
{
  XPointer compose_ptr;
  int chars_matched;
}
XComposeStatus;

typedef struct _XRegion *Region;

typedef struct
{
  Visual *visual;
  VisualID visualid;
  int screen;
  int depth;
  int class;
  unsigned long red_mask;
  unsigned long green_mask;
  unsigned long blue_mask;
  int colormap_size;
  int bits_per_rgb;
}
XVisualInfo;

typedef struct
{
  Colormap colormap;
  unsigned long red_max;
  unsigned long red_mult;
  unsigned long green_max;
  unsigned long green_mult;
  unsigned long blue_max;
  unsigned long blue_mult;
  unsigned long base_pixel;
  VisualID visualid;
  XID killid;
}
XStandardColormap;

typedef int XContext;

typedef enum
{
  XStringStyle,
  XCompoundTextStyle,
  XTextStyle,
  XStdICCTextStyle,
  XUTF8StringStyle
}
XICCEncodingStyle;
12.3. Interfaces for libXext
Table 12-3. libXext Definition
Library:	libXext	
SONAME:	libXext.so.6	

The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
Double Buffer Extension Library2	
X Display Power Management Signaling (DPMS) Extension, Library Specification3	
Security Extension Specification, Version 7.14	
X Nonrectangular Window Shape Extension Library Version 1.05	
MIT-SHM--The MIT Shared Memory Extension6	
X Synchronization Extension Library7	

12.3.1. X Shape Extension
Table 12-4. libXext - X Shape Extension Function Interfaces
XShapeCombineMask5	XShapeCombineShape5	XShapeOffsetShape5	XShapeQueryVersion5	
	
XShapeCombineRectangles5	XShapeGetRectangles5	XShapeQueryExtension5	XShapeSelectInput5	
	
XShapeCombineRegion5	XShapeInputSelected5	XShapeQueryExtents5	

12.3.2. X Display Power Managment Signaling Extension
Table 12-5. libXext - X Display Power Managment Signaling Extension Function Interfaces
DPMSCapable3	DPMSEnable3	DPMSGetTimeouts3	DPMSInfo3	DPMSSetTimeouts3	
DPMSDisable3	DPMSForceLevel3	DPMSGetVersion3	DPMSQueryExtension3	

12.3.3. X Shared Memory Extensions
Table 12-6. libXext - X Shared Memory Extensions Function Interfaces
XShmAttach6	XShmCreatePixmap6	XShmGetEventBase6	XShmPixmapFormat6	XShmQueryExtension6	
XShmCreateImage6	XShmDetach6	XShmGetImage6	XShmPutImage6	XShmQueryVersion6	

12.3.4. X Security Extension
Table 12-7. libXext - X Security Extension Function Interfaces
XSecurityAllocXauth4	XSecurityFreeXauth4	XSecurityGenerateAuthorization4	XSecurityQueryExtension4	XSecurityRevokeAuthorization4	

12.3.5. X Synchronization Extension
Table 12-8. libXext - X Synchronization Extension Function Interfaces
XSyncAwait7	XSyncFreeSystemCounterList7	XSyncMinValue7	XSyncValueEqual7	XSyncValueLessOrEqual7	
XSyncChangeAlarm7	XSyncGetPriority7	XSyncQueryAlarm7	XSyncValueGreaterOrEqual7	XSyncValueLessThan7	
XSyncChangeCounter7	XSyncInitialize7	XSyncQueryCounter7	XSyncValueGreaterThan7	XSyncValueLow327	
XSyncCreateAlarm7	XSyncIntToValue7	XSyncQueryExtension7	XSyncValueHigh327	XSyncValueSubtract7	
XSyncCreateCounter7	XSyncIntsToValue7	XSyncSetCounter7	XSyncValueIsNegative7	
	
XSyncDestroyAlarm7	XSyncListSystemCounters7	XSyncSetPriority7	XSyncValueIsPositive7	
	
XSyncDestroyCounter7	XSyncMaxValue7	XSyncValueAdd7	XSyncValueIsZero7	

12.3.6. X Double Buffer Extension
Table 12-9. libXext - X Double Buffer Extension Function Interfaces
XdbeAllocateBackBufferName2	XdbeDeallocateBackBufferName2	XdbeFreeVisualInfo2	XdbeGetVisualInfo2	XdbeSwapBuffers2	
XdbeBeginIdiom2	XdbeEndIdiom2	XdbeGetBackBufferAttributes2	XdbeQueryExtension2	

12.4. Data Definitions for libXext
12.4.1. X11/extensions/security.h
typedef unsigned long XSecurityAuthorization;

typedef struct
{
  unsigned int timeout;
  unsigned int trust_level;
  XID group;
  long event_mask;
}
XSecurityAuthorizationAttributes;
12.4.2. X11/extensions/sync.h
typedef XID XSyncCounter;

typedef XID XSyncAlarm;

typedef struct _XSyncValue
{
  int hi;
  unsigned int lo;
}
XSyncValue;

typedef enum
{
  XSyncAbsolute,
  XSyncRelative
}
XSyncValueType;

typedef enum
{
  XSyncPositiveTransition,
  XSyncNegativeTransition,
  XSyncPositiveComparison,
  XSyncNegativeComparison
}
XSyncTestType;

typedef enum
{
  XSyncAlarmActive,
  XSyncAlarmInactive,
  XSyncAlarmDestroyed
}
XSyncAlarmState;

typedef struct _XSyncSystemCounter
{
  char *name;
  XSyncCounter counter;
  XSyncValue resolution;
}
XSyncSystemCounter;

typedef struct
{
  XSyncCounter counter;
  XSyncValueType value_type;
  XSyncValue wait_value;
  XSyncTestType test_type;
}
XSyncTrigger;

typedef struct
{
  XSyncTrigger trigger;
  XSyncValue event_threshold;
}
XSyncWaitCondition;

typedef struct
{
  XSyncTrigger trigger;
  XSyncValue delta;
  int events;
  XSyncAlarmState state;
}
XSyncAlarmAttributes;
12.5. Interfaces for libSM
Table 12-10. libSM Definition
Library:	libSM	
SONAME:	libSM.so.6	

The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
X11R6.4 X Session Management Library8	

12.5.1. Session Management Functions
Table 12-11. libSM - Session Management Functions Function Interfaces
SmFreeProperty8	SmcInteractRequest8	SmcSaveYourselfDone8	SmsGenerateClientID8	SmsSaveComplete8	
SmFreeReasons8	SmcModifyCallbacks8	SmcSetErrorHandler8	SmsGetIceConnection8	SmsSaveYourself8	
SmcClientID8	SmcOpenConnection8	SmcSetProperties8	SmsInitialize8	SmsSaveYourselfPhase28	
SmcCloseConnection8	SmcProtocolRevision8	SmcVendor8	SmsInteract8	SmsSetErrorHandler8	
SmcDeleteProperties8	SmcProtocolVersion8	SmsCleanUp8	SmsProtocolRevision8	SmsShutdownCancelled8	
SmcGetIceConnection8	SmcRelease8	SmsClientHostName8	SmsProtocolVersion8	
	
SmcGetProperties8	SmcRequestSaveYourself8	SmsClientID8	SmsRegisterClientReply8	
	
SmcInteractDone8	SmcRequestSaveYourselfPhase28	SmsDie8	SmsReturnProperties8	

12.6. Data Definitions for libSM
12.6.1. X11/SM/SMlib.h
typedef IcePointer SmPointer;

typedef struct _SmcConn *SmcConn;

typedef struct _SmsConn *SmsConn;

typedef struct
{
  int length;
  SmPointer value;
}
SmPropValue;

typedef struct
{
  char *name;
  char *type;
  int num_vals;
  SmPropValue *vals;
}
SmProp;

typedef enum
{
  SmcClosedNow,
  SmcClosedASAP,
  SmcConnectionInUse
}
SmcCloseStatus;

typedef void (*SmcSaveYourselfPhase2Proc) ();

typedef void (*SmcInteractProc) ();

typedef void (*SmcDieProc) ();

typedef void (*SmcShutdownCancelledProc) ();

typedef void (*SmcSaveCompleteProc) ();

typedef void (*SmcPropReplyProc) ();

typedef struct
{
  SmcShutdownCancelledProc callback;
  SmPointer client_data;
  struct shutdown_cancelled;
}
SmcCallbacks;

typedef void (*SmsSetPropertiesProc) ();

typedef void (*SmsDeletePropertiesProc) ();

typedef void (*SmsGetPropertiesProc) ();

typedef struct
{
  SmsGetPropertiesProc callback;
  SmPointer manager_data;
  struct get_properties;
}
SmsCallbacks;

typedef int (*SmsNewClientProc) ();

typedef void (*SmcErrorHandler) ();

typedef void (*SmsErrorHandler) ();
12.7. Interfaces for libICE
Table 12-12. libICE Definition
Library:	libICE	
SONAME:	libICE.so.6	

The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
X11R6.4 X Inter-Client Exchange (ICE) Protocol9	

12.7.1. ICE Functions
Table 12-13. libICE - ICE Functions Function Interfaces
IceAcceptConnection9	IceConnectionStatus9	IceGetListenConnectionString9	IceProcessMessages9	IceSetErrorHandler9	
IceAddConnectionWatch9	IceConnectionString9	IceGetOutBufSize9	IceProtocolRevision9	IceSetHostBasedAuthProc9	
IceAllocScratch9	IceFlush9	IceInitThreads9	IceProtocolSetup9	IceSetIOErrorHandler9	
IceAppLockConn9	IceFreeAuthFileEntry9	IceLastReceivedSequenceNumber9	IceProtocolShutdown9	IceSetPaAuthData9	
IceAppUnlockConn9	IceFreeListenObjs9	IceLastSentSequenceNumber9	IceProtocolVersion9	IceSetShutdownNegotiation9	
IceAuthFileName9	IceGenerateMagicCookie9	IceListenForConnections9	IceReadAuthFileEntry9	IceSwapping9	
IceCheckShutdownNegotiation9	IceGetAuthFileEntry9	IceListenForWellKnownConnections9	IceRegisterForProtocolReply9	IceUnlockAuthFile9	
IceCloseConnection9	IceGetConnectionContext9	IceLockAuthFile9	IceRegisterForProtocolSetup9	IceVendor9	
IceComposeNetworkIdList9	IceGetInBufSize9	IceOpenConnection9	IceRelease9	IceWriteAuthFileEntry9	
IceConnectionNumber9	IceGetListenConnectionNumber9	IcePing9	IceRemoveConnectionWatch9	

12.8. Data Definitions for libICE
12.8.1. X11/ICE/ICElib.h
typedef void *IcePointer;

typedef enum
{
  IcePoAuthHaveReply,
  IcePoAuthRejected,
  IcePoAuthFailed,
  IcePoAuthDoneCleanup
}
IcePoAuthStatus;

typedef enum
{
  IcePaAuthContinue,
  IcePaAuthAccepted,
  IcePaAuthRejected,
  IcePaAuthFailed
}
IcePaAuthStatus;

typedef enum
{
  IceConnectPending,
  IceConnectAccepted,
  IceConnectRejected,
  IceConnectIOError
}
IceConnectStatus;

typedef enum
{
  IceProtocolSetupSuccess,
  IceProtocolSetupFailure,
  IceProtocolSetupIOError,
  IceProtocolAlreadyActive
}
IceProtocolSetupStatus;

typedef enum
{
  IceAcceptSuccess,
  IceAcceptFailure,
  IceAcceptBadMalloc
}
IceAcceptStatus;

typedef enum
{
  IceClosedNow,
  IceClosedASAP,
  IceConnectionInUse,
  IceStartedShutdownNegotiation
}
IceCloseStatus;

typedef enum
{
  IceProcessMessagesSuccess,
  IceProcessMessagesIOError,
  IceProcessMessagesConnectionClosed
}
IceProcessMessagesStatus;

typedef struct
{
  unsigned long sequence_of_request;
  int major_opcode_of_request;
  int minor_opcode_of_request;
  IcePointer reply;
}
IceReplyWaitInfo;

typedef struct _IceConn *IceConn;

typedef struct _IceListenObj *IceListenObj;

typedef void (*IceWatchProc) ();

typedef void (*IcePoProcessMsgProc) ();

typedef void (*IcePaProcessMsgProc) ();

typedef IcePoAuthStatus (*IcePoAuthProc) ();

typedef IcePaAuthStatus (*IcePaAuthProc) ();

typedef int (*IceHostBasedAuthProc) ();

typedef int (*IceProtocolSetupProc) ();

typedef void (*IceProtocolActivateProc) ();

typedef void (*IceIOErrorProc) ();

typedef void (*IcePingReplyProc) ();

typedef void (*IceErrorHandler) ();

typedef void (*IceIOErrorHandler) ();

typedef struct
{
  int major_version;
  int minor_version;
  IcePoProcessMsgProc process_msg_proc;
}
IcePoVersionRec;

typedef struct
{
  int major_version;
  int minor_version;
  IcePaProcessMsgProc process_msg_proc;
}
IcePaVersionRec;
12.8.2. X11/ICE/ICEutil.h
typedef struct
{
  char *protocol_name;
  unsigned short protocol_data_length;
  char *protocol_data;
  char *network_id;
  char *auth_name;
  unsigned short auth_data_length;
  char *auth_data;
}
IceAuthFileEntry;

typedef struct
{
  char *protocol_name;
  char *network_id;
  char *auth_name;
  unsigned short auth_data_length;
  char *auth_data;
}
IceAuthDataEntry;
12.9. Interfaces for libXt
Table 12-14. libXt Definition
Library:	libXt	
SONAME:	libXt.so.6	

The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
Linux Standard Base10	
X11R.4 X Toolkit Intrinsics11	

12.9.1. X Toolkit
Table 12-15. libXt - X Toolkit Function Interfaces
XtAddActions11	XtCancelSelectionRequest11	XtError11	XtMainLoop11	XtSessionGetToken11	
XtAddCallback11	XtChangeManagedSet11	XtErrorMsg11	XtMakeGeometryRequest11	XtSessionReturnToken11	
XtAddCallbacks11	XtClass11	XtFindFile11	XtMakeResizeRequest11	XtSetErrorHandler11	
XtAddConverter11	XtCloseDisplay11	XtFree11	XtMalloc11	XtSetErrorMsgHandler11	
XtAddEventHandler11	XtConfigureWidget11	XtGetActionKeysym11	XtManageChild11	XtSetEventDispatcher11	
XtAddExposureToRegion11	XtConvert11	XtGetActionList11	XtManageChildren11	XtSetKeyTranslator11	
XtAddGrab11	XtConvertAndStore11	XtGetApplicationNameAndClass11	XtMapWidget11	XtSetKeyboardFocus11	
XtAddInput11	XtConvertCase11	XtGetApplicationResources11	XtMenuPopupAction11	XtSetLanguageProc11	
XtAddRawEventHandler11	XtCreateApplicationContext11	XtGetClassExtension11	XtMergeArgLists11	XtSetMappedWhenManaged11	
XtAddSignal11	XtCreateApplicationShell11	XtGetConstraintResourceList11	XtMoveWidget11	XtSetMultiClickTime11	
XtAddTimeOut11	XtCreateManagedWidget11	XtGetDisplays11	XtName11	XtSetSelectionParameters11	
XtAddWorkProc11	XtCreatePopupShell11	XtGetErrorDatabase11	XtNameToWidget11	XtSetSelectionTimeout11	
XtAllocateGC11	XtCreateSelectionRequest11	XtGetErrorDatabaseText11	XtNewString11	XtSetSensitive11	
XtAppAddActionHook11	XtCreateWidget11	XtGetGC11	XtNextEvent11	XtSetSubvalues11	
XtAppAddActions11	XtCreateWindow11	XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget11	XtNoticeSignal11	XtSetTypeConverter11	
XtAppAddBlockHook11	XtCvtColorToPixel11	XtGetKeysymTable11	XtOpenApplication11	XtSetValues11	
XtAppAddConverter11	XtCvtIntToBool11	XtGetMultiClickTime11	XtOpenDisplay11	XtSetWMColormapWindows11	
XtAppAddInput11	XtCvtIntToBoolean11	XtGetResourceList11	XtOverrideTranslations11	XtSetWarningHandler11	
XtAppAddSignal11	XtCvtIntToColor11	XtGetSelectionParameters11	XtOwnSelection11	XtSetWarningMsgHandler11	
XtAppAddTimeOut11	XtCvtIntToFloat11	XtGetSelectionRequest11	XtOwnSelectionIncremental11	XtShellStrings11	
XtAppAddWorkProc11	XtCvtIntToFont11	XtGetSelectionTimeout11	XtParent11	XtStringConversionWarning11	
XtAppCreateShell11	XtCvtIntToPixel11	XtGetSelectionValue11	XtParseAcceleratorTable11	XtStrings11	
XtAppError11	XtCvtIntToPixmap11	XtGetSelectionValueIncremental11	XtParseTranslationTable11	XtSuperclass11	
XtAppErrorMsg11	XtCvtIntToShort11	XtGetSelectionValues11	XtPeekEvent11	XtToolkitInitialize11	
XtAppGetErrorDatabase11	XtCvtIntToUnsignedChar11	XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental11	XtPending11	XtToolkitThreadInitialize11	
XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText11	XtCvtStringToAcceleratorTable11	XtGetSubresources11	XtPopdown11	XtTranslateCoords11	
XtAppGetExitFlag11	XtCvtStringToAtom11	XtGetSubvalues11	XtPopup11	XtTranslateKey11	
XtAppGetSelectionTimeout11	XtCvtStringToBool11	XtGetValues11	XtPopupSpringLoaded11	XtTranslateKeycode11	
XtAppInitialize11	XtCvtStringToBoolean11	XtGrabButton11	XtProcessEvent11	XtUngrabButton11	
XtAppLock11	XtCvtStringToCommandArgArray11	XtGrabKey11	XtProcessLock11	XtUngrabKey11	
XtAppMainLoop11	XtCvtStringToCursor11	XtGrabKeyboard11	XtProcessUnlock11	XtUngrabKeyboard11	
XtAppNextEvent11	XtCvtStringToDimension11	XtGrabPointer11	XtQueryGeometry11	XtUngrabPointer11	
XtAppPeekEvent11	XtCvtStringToDirectoryString11	XtHasCallbacks11	XtRealizeWidget11	XtUninstallTranslations11	
XtAppPending11	XtCvtStringToDisplay11	XtHooksOfDisplay11	XtRealloc11	XtUnmanageChild11	
XtAppProcessEvent11	XtCvtStringToFile11	XtInitialize11	XtRegisterCaseConverter11	XtUnmanageChildren11	
XtAppReleaseCacheRefs11	XtCvtStringToFloat11	XtInitializeWidgetClass11	XtRegisterDrawable11	XtUnmapWidget11	
XtAppSetErrorHandler11	XtCvtStringToFont11	XtInsertEventHandler11	XtRegisterExtensionSelector11	XtUnrealizeWidget11	
XtAppSetErrorMsgHandler11	XtCvtStringToFontSet11	XtInsertEventTypeHandler11	XtRegisterGrabAction11	XtUnregisterDrawable11	
XtAppSetExitFlag11	XtCvtStringToFontStruct11	XtInsertRawEventHandler11	XtReleaseGC11	XtVaAppCreateShell11	
XtAppSetFallbackResources11	XtCvtStringToGravity11	XtInstallAccelerators11	XtReleasePropertyAtom11	XtVaAppInitialize11	
XtAppSetSelectionTimeout11	XtCvtStringToInitialState11	XtInstallAllAccelerators11	XtRemoveActionHook11	XtVaCreateArgsList11	
XtAppSetTypeConverter11	XtCvtStringToInt11	XtIsApplicationShell11	XtRemoveAllCallbacks11	XtVaCreateManagedWidget11	
XtAppSetWarningHandler11	XtCvtStringToPixel11	XtIsComposite11	XtRemoveBlockHook11	XtVaCreatePopupShell11	
XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler11	XtCvtStringToRestartStyle11	XtIsConstraint11	XtRemoveCallback11	XtVaCreateWidget11	
XtAppUnlock11	XtCvtStringToShort11	XtIsManaged11	XtRemoveCallbacks11	XtVaGetApplicationResources11	
XtAppWarning11	XtCvtStringToTranslationTable11	XtIsObject11	XtRemoveEventHandler11	XtVaGetSubresources11	
XtAppWarningMsg11	XtCvtStringToUnsignedChar11	XtIsOverrideShell11	XtRemoveEventTypeHandler11	XtVaGetSubvalues11	
XtAugmentTranslations11	XtCvtStringToVisual11	XtIsRealized11	XtRemoveGrab11	XtVaGetValues11	
XtBuildEventMask11	XtDatabase11	XtIsRectObj11	XtRemoveInput11	XtVaOpenApplication11	
XtCallAcceptFocus11	XtDestroyApplicationContext11	XtIsSensitive11	XtRemoveRawEventHandler11	XtVaSetSubvalues11	
XtCallActionProc11	XtDestroyGC11	XtIsSessionShell11	XtRemoveSignal11	XtVaSetValues11	
XtCallCallbackList11	XtDestroyWidget11	XtIsShell11	XtRemoveTimeOut11	XtWarning11	
XtCallCallbacks11	XtDirectConvert11	XtIsSubclass11	XtRemoveWorkProc11	XtWarningMsg11	
XtCallConverter11	XtDisownSelection11	XtIsTopLevelShell11	XtReservePropertyAtom11	XtWidgetToApplicationContext11	
XtCallbackExclusive11	XtDispatchEvent11	XtIsTransientShell11	XtResizeWidget11	XtWindow11	
XtCallbackNone11	XtDispatchEventToWidget11	XtIsVendorShell11	XtResizeWindow11	XtWindowOfObject11	
XtCallbackNonexclusive11	XtDisplay11	XtIsWMShell11	XtResolvePathname11	XtWindowToWidget11	
XtCallbackPopdown11	XtDisplayInitialize11	XtIsWidget11	XtScreen11	_XtCopyFromArg10	
XtCallbackReleaseCacheRef11	XtDisplayOfObject11	XtKeysymToKeycodeList11	XtScreenDatabase11	_XtInherit10	
XtCallbackReleaseCacheRefList11	XtDisplayStringConversionWarning11	XtLastEventProcessed11	XtScreenOfObject11	_XtIsSubclassOf10	
XtCalloc11	XtDisplayToApplicationContext11	XtLastTimestampProcessed11	XtSendSelectionRequest11	

12.9.2. Data Symbols
Table 12-16. libXt - X Toolkit Data Interfaces
XtCXtToolkitError11	constraintWidgetClass11	rectObjClass11	topLevelShellClassRec11	wmShellClassRec11	
_XtInheritTranslations10	coreWidgetClass11	rectObjClassRec11	topLevelShellWidgetClass11	wmShellWidgetClass11	
applicationShellWidgetClass11	objectClass11	sessionShellClassRec11	transientShellClassRec11	
	
compositeClassRec11	objectClassRec11	sessionShellWidgetClass11	transientShellWidgetClass11	
	
compositeWidgetClass11	overrideShellClassRec11	shellClassRec11	widgetClass11	
	
constraintClassRec11	overrideShellWidgetClass11	shellWidgetClass11	widgetClassRec11	

12.10. Interface Definitions for libXt
_XtCopyFromArg
Name
_XtCopyFromArg — Copy "size" bytes from src to dst. 
Synopsis
void _XtCopyFromArg(XtArgVal src,char* dst,unsigned int size);
Description
The _XtCopyFromArg() function copies "size" bytes from src to dst. This is an internal X function call.
_XtInherit
Name
_XtInherit — inheritance operation.
Synopsis
#include <IntrinsicP.h>

extern void _XtInherit(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
    void
#endif
);
Description
_XtInherit() is a procedure that issues an error message if it is actually called.
_XtInheritTranslations
Name
_XtInheritTranslations — an inheritance constant
Synopsis
#include <CoreP.h>

externalref int _XtInheritTranslations;
Description
_XtInheritTranslations is an inheritance constant.
_XtIsSubclassOf
Name
_XtIsSubclassOf — Is Widget a Subclass of WidgetClass.
Synopsis
#include <Intrinsic.h>

extern Boolean _XtIsSubclassOf(
    Widget              /* object*  /,
    WidgetClass         /* widget_class */,
    WidgetClass         /* flag_class */,
    _XtXtEnum           /* type_flag */,
);

Description
Is Widget(object) a Subclass of WidgetClass(widget_class).
12.11. Interfaces for libGL
Table 12-17. libGL Definition
Library:	libGL	
SONAME:	libGL.so.1	

The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
OpenGL® Application Binary Interface for Linux12	

12.11.1. GL X interface
Table 12-18. libGL - GL X interface Function Interfaces
glXChooseVisual12	glXDestroyContext12	glXGetContextIDEXT12	glXImportContextEXT12	glXQueryExtensionsString12	
glXCopyContext12	glXDestroyGLXPixmap12	glXGetCurrentContext12	glXIsDirect12	glXQueryServerString12	
glXCreateContext12	glXDestroyPbuffer12	glXGetCurrentDisplay12	glXMakeContextCurrent12	glXQueryVersion12	
glXCreateGLXPixmap12	glXDestroyPixmap12	glXGetCurrentDrawable12	glXMakeCurrent12	glXSelectEvent12	
glXCreateNewContext12	glXDestroyWindow12	glXGetCurrentReadDrawable12	glXQueryContext12	glXSwapBuffers12	
glXCreatePbuffer12	glXFreeContextEXT12	glXGetFBConfigAttrib12	glXQueryContextInfoEXT12	glXUseXFont12	
glXCreatePixmap12	glXGetClientString12	glXGetSelectedEvent12	glXQueryDrawable12	glXWaitGL12	
glXCreateWindow12	glXGetConfig12	glXGetVisualFromFBConfig12	glXQueryExtension12	glXWaitX12	

12.11.2. OpenGL
Table 12-19. libGL - OpenGL Function Interfaces
glAccum12	glDepthRange12	glIndexPointer12	glNormal3d12	glTexCoord1fv12	
glActiveTextureARB12	glDisable12	glIndexd12	glNormal3dv12	glTexCoord1i12	
glAlphaFunc12	glDisableClientState12	glIndexdv12	glNormal3f12	glTexCoord1iv12	
glAreTexturesResident12	glDrawArrays12	glIndexf12	glNormal3fv12	glTexCoord1s12	
glArrayElement12	glDrawBuffer12	glIndexfv12	glNormal3i12	glTexCoord1sv12	
glBegin12	glDrawElements12	glIndexi12	glNormal3iv12	glTexCoord2d12	
glBindTexture12	glDrawPixels12	glIndexiv12	glNormal3s12	glTexCoord2dv12	
glBitmap12	glDrawRangeElements12	glIndexs12	glNormal3sv12	glTexCoord2f12	
glBlendColor12	glEdgeFlag12	glIndexsv12	glNormalPointer12	glTexCoord2fv12	
glBlendColorEXT12	glEdgeFlagPointer12	glIndexub12	glOrtho12	glTexCoord2i12	
glBlendEquation12	glEdgeFlagv12	glIndexubv12	glPassThrough12	glTexCoord2iv12	
glBlendEquationEXT12	glEnable12	glInitNames12	glPixelMapfv12	glTexCoord2s12	
glBlendFunc12	glEnableClientState12	glInterleavedArrays12	glPixelMapuiv12	glTexCoord2sv12	
glCallList12	glEnd12	glIsEnabled12	glPixelMapusv12	glTexCoord3d12	
glCallLists12	glEndList12	glIsList12	glPixelStoref12	glTexCoord3dv12	
glClear12	glEvalCoord1d12	glIsTexture12	glPixelStorei12	glTexCoord3f12	
glClearAccum12	glEvalCoord1dv12	glLightModelf12	glPixelTransferf12	glTexCoord3fv12	
glClearColor12	glEvalCoord1f12	glLightModelfv12	glPixelTransferi12	glTexCoord3i12	
glClearDepth12	glEvalCoord1fv12	glLightModeli12	glPixelZoom12	glTexCoord3iv12	
glClearIndex12	glEvalCoord2d12	glLightModeliv12	glPointSize12	glTexCoord3s12	
glClearStencil12	glEvalCoord2dv12	glLightf12	glPolygonMode12	glTexCoord3sv12	
glClientActiveTextureARB12	glEvalCoord2f12	glLightfv12	glPolygonOffset12	glTexCoord4d12	
glClipPlane12	glEvalCoord2fv12	glLighti12	glPolygonStipple12	glTexCoord4dv12	
glColor3b12	glEvalMesh112	glLightiv12	glPopAttrib12	glTexCoord4f12	
glColor3bv12	glEvalMesh212	glLineStipple12	glPopClientAttrib12	glTexCoord4fv12	
glColor3d12	glEvalPoint112	glLineWidth12	glPopMatrix12	glTexCoord4i12	
glColor3dv12	glEvalPoint212	glListBase12	glPopName12	glTexCoord4iv12	
glColor3f12	glFeedbackBuffer12	glLoadIdentity12	glPrioritizeTextures12	glTexCoord4s12	
glColor3fv12	glFinish12	glLoadMatrixd12	glPushAttrib12	glTexCoord4sv12	
glColor3i12	glFlush12	glLoadMatrixf12	glPushClientAttrib12	glTexCoordPointer12	
glColor3iv12	glFogf12	glLoadName12	glPushMatrix12	glTexEnvf12	
glColor3s12	glFogfv12	glLogicOp12	glPushName12	glTexEnvfv12	
glColor3sv12	glFogi12	glMap1d12	glRasterPos2d12	glTexEnvi12	
glColor3ub12	glFogiv12	glMap1f12	glRasterPos2dv12	glTexEnviv12	
glColor3ubv12	glFrontFace12	glMap2d12	glRasterPos2f12	glTexGend12	
glColor3ui12	glFrustum12	glMap2f12	glRasterPos2fv12	glTexGendv12	
glColor3uiv12	glGenLists12	glMapGrid1d12	glRasterPos2i12	glTexGenf12	
glColor3us12	glGenTextures12	glMapGrid1f12	glRasterPos2iv12	glTexGenfv12	
glColor3usv12	glGetBooleanv12	glMapGrid2d12	glRasterPos2s12	glTexGeni12	
glColor4b12	glGetClipPlane12	glMapGrid2f12	glRasterPos2sv12	glTexGeniv12	
glColor4bv12	glGetColorTable12	glMaterialf12	glRasterPos3d12	glTexImage1D12	
glColor4d12	glGetColorTableParameterfv12	glMaterialfv12	glRasterPos3dv12	glTexImage2D12	
glColor4dv12	glGetColorTableParameteriv12	glMateriali12	glRasterPos3f12	glTexImage3D12	
glColor4f12	glGetConvolutionFilter12	glMaterialiv12	glRasterPos3fv12	glTexParameterf12	
glColor4fv12	glGetConvolutionParameterfv12	glMatrixMode12	glRasterPos3i12	glTexParameterfv12	
glColor4i12	glGetConvolutionParameteriv12	glMinmax12	glRasterPos3iv12	glTexParameteri12	
glColor4iv12	glGetDoublev12	glMultMatrixd12	glRasterPos3s12	glTexParameteriv12	
glColor4s12	glGetError12	glMultMatrixf12	glRasterPos3sv12	glTexSubImage1D12	
glColor4sv12	glGetFloatv12	glMultiTexCoord1dARB12	glRasterPos4d12	glTexSubImage2D12	
glColor4ub12	glGetHistogram12	glMultiTexCoord1dvARB12	glRasterPos4dv12	glTexSubImage3D12	
glColor4ubv12	glGetHistogramParameterfv12	glMultiTexCoord1fARB12	glRasterPos4f12	glTranslated12	
glColor4ui12	glGetHistogramParameteriv12	glMultiTexCoord1fvARB12	glRasterPos4fv12	glTranslatef12	
glColor4uiv12	glGetIntegerv12	glMultiTexCoord1iARB12	glRasterPos4i12	glVertex2d12	
glColor4us12	glGetLightfv12	glMultiTexCoord1ivARB12	glRasterPos4iv12	glVertex2dv12	
glColor4usv12	glGetLightiv12	glMultiTexCoord1sARB12	glRasterPos4s12	glVertex2f12	
glColorMask12	glGetMapdv12	glMultiTexCoord1svARB12	glRasterPos4sv12	glVertex2fv12	
glColorMaterial12	glGetMapfv12	glMultiTexCoord2dARB12	glReadBuffer12	glVertex2i12	
glColorPointer12	glGetMapiv12	glMultiTexCoord2dvARB12	glReadPixels12	glVertex2iv12	
glColorSubTable12	glGetMaterialfv12	glMultiTexCoord2fARB12	glRectd12	glVertex2s12	
glColorTable12	glGetMaterialiv12	glMultiTexCoord2fvARB12	glRectdv12	glVertex2sv12	
glColorTableParameterfv12	glGetMinmax12	glMultiTexCoord2iARB12	glRectf12	glVertex3d12	
glColorTableParameteriv12	glGetMinmaxParameterfv12	glMultiTexCoord2ivARB12	glRectfv12	glVertex3dv12	
glConvolutionFilter1D12	glGetMinmaxParameteriv12	glMultiTexCoord2sARB12	glRecti12	glVertex3f12	
glConvolutionFilter2D12	glGetPixelMapfv12	glMultiTexCoord2svARB12	glRectiv12	glVertex3fv12	
glConvolutionParameterf12	glGetPixelMapuiv12	glMultiTexCoord3dARB12	glRects12	glVertex3i12	
glConvolutionParameterfv12	glGetPixelMapusv12	glMultiTexCoord3dvARB12	glRectsv12	glVertex3iv12	
glConvolutionParameteri12	glGetPointerv12	glMultiTexCoord3fARB12	glRenderMode12	glVertex3s12	
glConvolutionParameteriv12	glGetPolygonStipple12	glMultiTexCoord3fvARB12	glResetHistogram12	glVertex3sv12	
glCopyColorSubTable12	glGetSeparableFilter12	glMultiTexCoord3iARB12	glResetMinmax12	glVertex4d12	
glCopyColorTable12	glGetString12	glMultiTexCoord3ivARB12	glRotated12	glVertex4dv12	
glCopyConvolutionFilter1D12	glGetTexEnvfv12	glMultiTexCoord3sARB12	glRotatef12	glVertex4f12	
glCopyConvolutionFilter2D12	glGetTexEnviv12	glMultiTexCoord3svARB12	glScaled12	glVertex4fv12	
glCopyPixels12	glGetTexGendv12	glMultiTexCoord4dARB12	glScalef12	glVertex4i12	
glCopyTexImage1D12	glGetTexGenfv12	glMultiTexCoord4dvARB12	glScissor12	glVertex4iv12	
glCopyTexImage2D12	glGetTexGeniv12	glMultiTexCoord4fARB12	glSelectBuffer12	glVertex4s12	
glCopyTexSubImage1D12	glGetTexImage12	glMultiTexCoord4fvARB12	glSeparableFilter2D12	glVertex4sv12	
glCopyTexSubImage2D12	glGetTexLevelParameterfv12	glMultiTexCoord4iARB12	glShadeModel12	glVertexPointer12	
glCopyTexSubImage3D12	glGetTexLevelParameteriv12	glMultiTexCoord4ivARB12	glStencilFunc12	glViewport12	
glCullFace12	glGetTexParameterfv12	glMultiTexCoord4sARB12	glStencilMask12	glXChooseFBConfig12	
glDeleteLists12	glGetTexParameteriv12	glMultiTexCoord4svARB12	glStencilOp12	
	
glDeleteTextures12	glHint12	glNewList12	glTexCoord1d12	
	
glDepthFunc12	glHistogram12	glNormal3b12	glTexCoord1dv12	
	
glDepthMask12	glIndexMask12	glNormal3bv12	glTexCoord1f12	

12.12. Data Definitions for libGL
12.12.1. GL/gl.h
typedef unsigned int GLenum;

typedef unsigned char GLboolean;

typedef unsigned int GLbitfield;

typedef void GLvoid;

typedef char GLbyte;

typedef short GLshort;

typedef int GLint;

typedef unsigned char GLubyte;

typedef unsigned short GLushort;

typedef unsigned int GLuint;

typedef int GLsizei;

typedef float GLfloat;

typedef float GLclampf;

typedef double GLdouble;

typedef double GLclampd;
12.12.2. GL/glx.h
typedef struct __GLXcontextRec *GLXContext;

typedef struct __GLXFBConfigRec *GLXFBConfig;

typedef XID GLXContextID;

typedef XID GLXPixmap;

typedef XID GLXDrawable;

typedef XID GLXPbuffer;

typedef XID GLXWindow;
Notes
1. 	X11R6.4 Xlib - C library
2. 	Double Buffer Extension Library
3. 	X Display Power Management Signaling (DPMS) Extension, Library Specification
4. 	Security Extension Specification, Version 7.1
5. 	X Nonrectangular Window Shape Extension Library Version 1.0
6. 	MIT-SHM--The MIT Shared Memory Extension
7. 	X Synchronization Extension Library
8. 	X11R6.4 X Session Management Library
9. 	X11R6.4 X Inter-Client Exchange (ICE) Protocol
10. 	Linux Standard Base
11. 	X11R.4 X Toolkit Intrinsics
12. 	OpenGL® Application Binary Interface for Linux

VII. Package Format and Installation

Chapter 13. Software Installation
13.1. Package Format
Applications should be provided in the RPM packaging format as defined in the appendix (http://www.rpmdp.org/rpmbook/node117.html) of Maximum RPM (http://www.rpmdp.org/rpmbook/), with some restrictions listed below. 1
Distributions must provide a mechanism for installing applications in this packaging format with some restrictions listed below. 2
13.1.1. Package Script Constraints
Scripts used as part of the package install and uninstall may only use commands and interfaces that are specified by the LSB. All other commands are not guaranteed to be present, or to behave in expected ways.
Packages may not use RPM triggers.
Packages may not depend on the order in which scripts are executed (pre-install, pre-uninstall, &c), when doing an upgrade.
13.2. Package Tools
The LSB does not specify the interface to the tools used to manipulate LSB conformant packages. Each conforming distribution will provide documentation for installing LSB packages.
13.3. Package Naming
Because there is no consistent packaging naming amongst the various Linux distributions, it is necessary for LSB conformant packages to adhere the following naming rules to avoid conflicts with packages provided by the distributions.
•	All LSB package names must begin with the prefix "lsb-" to avoid conflicting with existing packages used by Linux distributions.
•	If the package name contains only one hyphen (including the one in the "lsb-" prefix) then the package name must be assigned by the Linux Assigned Names and Numbers Authority (http://www.lanana.org) (LANANA), which shall maintain a registry of LSB names.
•	If the package name contains more than one hyphen (i.e., "lsb-www.redhat.com-redhat-database" or "lsb-gnome-gnumeric"), then the portion of the package name between first and second hyphens must either be an LSB provider name assigned by the LANANA, or it may be owners' DNS name in lower case, with at least one '.'. I.e., "debian.org", "staroffice.sun.com", etc. The LSB provider name assigned by LANANA must only consist of the ASCII characters [a-z0-9].
13.4. Package Dependencies
Packages must depend on a dependency "lsb". They may not depend on other system-provided dependencies. If a package includes "Provides" it must only provide a virtual package name which is registered to that application.
Notes
1. 	Some versions of RPM may produce packages which contain extensions or modifications to the RPM package format beyond what has been documented in the appendix of the Maximum RPM book. An LSB conformant package must not contain any of these extensions, in order to assure interoperability with the largest number of versions of RPM and packaging systems which understand how to import RPM format packages.
2. 	The distribution itself may use a different packaging format for its own packages, and of course it may use any mechanism for installing the LSB conformant packages that is available.

VIII. Commands and Utilities

Chapter 14. Command and Utilities
14.1. Command and Utilities
 The following table lists the Commands and Utilities. Unless otherwise specified the command or utility is described in the Single UNIX Specification (SUS). When an interface is not defined in the SUS, then the next prevailing standard is referenced (ie., POSIX, SVID). 
The behaviour of the interfaces described in this section are specified by the following Standards.
Linux Standard Base 1	
CAE Specification, January 1997, Commands and Utilities (XCU), Issue 5(ISBN: 1-85912-191-8, C604) 2	

Table 14-1. Commands and Utilities
ar 1	at 1	awk 1	basename 2	batch 1	
bc 1	cat 1	chfn 1	chgrp 1	chmod 1	
chown 2	chsh 1	cksum 2	cmp 2	col 1	
comm 2	cp 1	cpio 1	crontab 1	csplit 1	
cut 1	date 1	dd 1	df 1	diff 1	
dirname 2	du 1	echo 1	egrep 1	env 1	
expand 1	expr 1	false 2	fgrep 1	file 1	
find 1	fold 2	fuser 1	gencat 1	getconf 2	
grep 1	groupadd 1	groupdel 1	groupmod 1	groups 1	
gunzip 1	gzip 1	head 1	hostname 1	iconv 1	
id 2	install 1	ipcrm 1	ipcs 1	join 2	
kill 2	killall 1	ln 1	locale 2	localedef 2	
logname 2	lpr 1	ls 1	lsb_release 1	m4 1	
make 1	man 1	md5sum 1	mkdir 1	mkfifo 2	
mknod 1	mktemp 1	more 1	mount 1	mv 1	
newgrp 1	nice 1	nl 1	nohup 1	od 1	
passwd 1	paste 1	patch 1	pathchk 1	pidof 1	
pr 1	printf 1	ps 2	pwd 1	renice 1	
rm 1	rmdir 1	rsync 1	sed 1	sendmail 1	
sh 2	sleep 1	sort 1	split 1	strip 1	
stty 2	su 1	sum 1	sync 1	tail 1	
tar 1	tee 1	test 1	time 1	touch 1	
tr 1	true 2	tsort 2	tty 1	umount 1	
uname 1	unexpand 1	uniq 1	useradd 1	userdel 1	
usermod 1	wc 1	xargs 1	

14.2. Command Behavior
This section contains descriptions of commands that are not documented by other standards, or descriptions of the difference from other standards.
ar
Name
ar — create and maintain library archives
Description
The specification for "ar" is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below.
Differences
-f
 	equivalent to -T as defined by the SUS.
-l
 	this option is accepted but causes none of the actions specified by the SUS.
-q
 	similar to the behavior specified by the SUS, with the addition that the symbol table is updated. Using -qS will give the SUS specified behavior, although the increased speed may not be experienced from this implementation.
at
Name
at — examine or delete jobs for later execution
Description
The specification for "at" is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below.
Differences
-c
 	cats the jobs listed on the command line to standard output.
-d
 	This option is functionally equivalent to the -r option specified in the SUS.
-r
 	This option is not supported but the '-d' option is equivalent.
-t time
 	This option is not supported.
-V
 	Prints the version number to standard error.
-v
 	Shows the time the job will be executed.
FILES
 	The files at.allow and at.deny reside in /etc rather than /usr/lib/cron.
awk
Name
awk — pattern scanning and processing language
Description
The specification for "awk" is as specified in the SUS with no differences. "gawk" and "mawk" are SUS compliant implementations of the awk language.
batch
Name
batch — execute commands when the system load permits
Synopsis
batch [-V] [-q queue] [-f file] [-mv] [TIME]
Description
batch read commands from standard input or a specified file which are to be executed at a later time, using /bin/sh
Differences
-f file
 	Reads the job from file rather than standard input.
-m
 	Send mail to the user when the job has completed even if there was no output.
-q queue
 	uses the specified queue. A queue designation consists of a single letter; valid queue designations range from a to z. and A to Z. The a queue is the default for at and the b queue for batch. Queues with higher letters run with increased niceness. The special queue "=" is reserved for jobs which are currently running.
-V
 	Prints the version number to standard error.
-v
 	Shows the time the job will be executed.
FILES
 	The files at.allow and at.deny reside in /etc rather than /usr/lib/cron.
bc
Name
bc — An arbitrary precision calculator language
Description
The specification for "bc" is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below.
Differences
-q, --quiet
 	Do not print the normal welcome message.
-s, --standard
 	Process exactly the POSIX bc language.
-v, --version
 	Print the version number and copyright and quit.
-w, --warn
 	Give warnings for extensions to POSIX bc.
cat
Name
cat — concatenate and print files
Description
The specification for "cat" is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below.
Differences
-A, --show-all
 	equivalent to -vET
-b, --number-nonblank
 	number nonblank output lines.
-e
 	equivalent to -vE.
-E, --show-ends
 	display $ at end of each line.
-n, --number
 	number all output lines.
-s, --squeeze-blank
 	never more than one single blank line.
-t
 	equivalent to -vT.
-T, --showtabs
 	display TAB characters as ^I.
-u
 	unlike as specified in the SUS, this option is silently ignored.
-v, --show-nonprinting
 	use ^ and M- notation, except for LFD and TAB.
--version
 	output version information and exit.
chfn
Name
chfn — change user name and information
Synopsis
chfn [-f full_name] [-r room_no]
     [-w work_ph] [-h home_ph] [-o other] [user]
Description
chfn changes user fullname, office number, office extension, and home phone number information for a user's account. This information is typically printed by finger and similar programs. A normal user may only change the fields for their own account, the super user may change the fields for any account. Also, only the super user may use the -o option to change the undefined portions of the GCOS field.
The only restrictions placed on the contents of the fields is that no control characters may be present, nor any of comma, colon, or equal sign. The other field does not have this restriction, and is used to store accounting information used by other applications.
If none of the options are selected, chfn operates in an interactive fashion, prompting the user with the current values for all of the fields. Enter the new value to change the field, or leave the line blank to use the current value. The current value is displayed between a pair of [ ] marks. Without options, chfn prompts for the current user account.
As it is possible for the system to be configured to restrict which fields a non-privileged user is permitted to change, applications should be written to gracefully handle these situations.
Standard Options
-f full_name
 	Set the user's full name.
-r room_no
 	Set the user's room number.
-w work_ph
 	Set the user's work phone number.
-h home_ph
 	Set the user's home phone number.
-o other
 	Set the contents of the other field.
chgrp
Name
chgrp — change group ownership
Synopsis
chgrp [OPTION]... GROUP FILE...
chgrp [OPTION]... --reference=RFILE FILE...
Description
The specification for "chgrp" is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below.
Differences
-c, --changes
 	like verbose but report only when a change is made
--dereference
 	affect the referent of each symbolic link, rather than the symbolic link itself
-h, --no-dereference
 	affect symbolic links instead of any referenced file (available only on systems that can change the ownership of a symlink)
-f, --silent, --quiet
 	suppress most error messages
--reference=RFILE
 	use RFILE's group rather than the specified GROUP value
-v, --verbose
 	output a diagnostic for every file processed
--version
 	output version information and exit
chmod
Name
chmod — change file access permissions
Synopsis
chmod [OPTION]... MODE[,MODE]... FILE...
chmod [OPTION]... OCTAL-MODE FILE...
chmod [OPTION]... --reference=RFILE FILE...
Description
The specification for "chmod" is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below.
Differences
-c, --changes
 	like verbose but report only when a change is made
-f, --silent, --quiet
 	suppress most error messages
--reference=RFILE
 	use RFILE's mode instead of MODE values
-v, --verbose
 	output a diagnostic for every file processed
--version
 	output version information and exit
chown
Name
chown — change file access permissions
Synopsis
chown [OPTION]... OWNER[:[GROUP]] FILE...
chown [OPTION]... :GROUP FILE...
chown [OPTION]... --reference=RFILE FILE...
Description
The specification for "chown" is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below.
Differences
-c, --changes
 	like verbose but report only when a change is made
--dereference
 	affect the referent of each symbolic link, rather than the symbolic link itself
-h, --no-dereference
 	affect symbolic links instead of any referenced file (available only on systems that can change the ownership of a symlink)
--from=CURRENT_OWNER:CURRENT_GROUP
 	change the owner and/or group of each file only if its current owner and/or group match those specified here. Either may be omitted, in which case a match is not required for the omitted attribute.
-f, --silent, --quiet
 	suppress most error messages
--reference=RFILE
 	use RFILE's owner and group rather than the specified OWNER:GROUP values
-v, --verbose
 	output a diagnostic for every file processed
--version
 	output version information and exit
Note
 The use of the '.' character as a separator between the specification of the user name and group name is supported (in addition to the use of the ':' character as specified in the SUS). 
chsh
Name
chsh — change login shell
Synopsis
chsh [-s login_shell] [user]
Description
chsh changes the user login shell. This determines the name of the user's initial login command. A normal user may only change the login shell for their own account, the super user may change the login shell for any account.
The only restrictions placed on the login shell is that the command name must be listed in /etc/shells, unless the invoker is the super-user, and then any value may be added. An account with a restricted login shell may not change their login shell. 
If the -s option is not selected, chsh operates in an interactive fashion, prompting the user with the current login shell. Enter the new value to change the field, or leave the line blank to use the current value. The current value is displayed between a pair of [ ] marks.
Standard Options
-s login_shell
 	Set the login shell.
col
Name
col — filter reverse line feeds from input
Note
The "col" command does not support the "-p" option as specified in SUS.
cp
Name
cp — copy files and directories
Synopsis
Description
The specification for "cp" is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below.
Differences
-a archive
 	same as -dpR
--backup[=CONTROL]
 	make a backup of each existing destination file
-b
 	like --backup but does not accept an argument
-d, --no-dereference
 	never follow symbolic links
-H
 	follow command-line symbolic links
-l, --link
 	link files instead of copying
-L, --dereference
 	always follow symbolic links
--parents
 	append source path to DIRECTORY
--remove-destination
 	remove each existing destination file before attempting to open it (contrast with --force)
--sparse=WHEN
 	control creation of spares files.
By default, sparse SOURCE files are detected by a crude heuristic and the corresponding DEST file is made sparse as well. That is the behavior selected by --sparse=auto. Specify --sparse=always to create a sparse DEST file whenever the SOURCE file contains a long enough sequence of zero bytes. Use --sparse=never to inhibit creation of sparse files.
--strip-trailing-slashes
 	remove any trailing slashes from each SOURCE argument
-s, --symbolic-link
 	make symbolic links instead of copying
-S, --suffix=SUFFIX
 	override the usual backup suffix
--target-directory=DIRECTORY
 	move all SOURCE arguments into DIRECTORY
-u, --update
 	copy only when the SOURCE file is newer than the destination file or when the destination file is missing
-v, --verbose
 	explain what is being done
-x, --one-file-system
 	stay on this file system
--version
 	output version information and exit
cpio
Name
cpio — copy file archives in and out
Description
The specification for "cpio" is as specified in the SUS. While additional features my be found in Linux versions of this command, the SUS specified interface is correctly and completely implemented.
csplit
Name
csplit — split a file into sections determined by context lines
Description
The specification for "csplit" is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below.
Differences
-b, --sufix-=FORMAT
 	use sprintf FORMAT instead of %d
--quiet, --silent
 	These options are equivalent to the -s option as specified in the SUS
-z, --elide-empty-files
 	remove empty output files
--version
 	output version information and exit
crontab
Name
crontab — maintain crontab files for individual users
Synopsis
crontab [ -u user ] file
crontab [ -u user ] { -l | -r | -e }
Description
The specification for "crontab" is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below.
Differences
-u user
 	specifies the name of the user whose crontab is to be used, rather than the user who is running crontab
FILES
 	The files cron.allow and cron.deny reside in /etc rather than /usr/lib/cron.
cut
Name
cut — split a file into sections determined by context lines
Description
The specification for "cut" is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below.
Differences
-n
 	This option as specified in the SUS is not supported
--version
 	output version information and exit
date
Name
date — print or set the system date and time
Description
The specification for "date" is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below.
Differences
-d, --date=STRING
 	display time described by STRING, not now
-f, --file=DATAFILE
 	like --date once for each line of DATEFILE
-r, --reference=FILE
 	display the last modification time of FILE
-R, --rfc-822
 	output RFC-822 compliant date string
-s, --set=STRING
 	set time described by STRING
--utc, --universal
 	equivalent to the -u option as specified in the SUS
--version
 	output version information and exit
dd
Name
dd — convert and copy a file
Description
The specification for "dd" is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below.
Differences
SWAB
 	this keyword to the CONV= option causes alternate bytes to be swapped, just as the SUS declares. Unlike the SUS declaration, the odd character is not ignored, but is appended to the output instead.
df
Name
df — report filesystem disk space usage
Description
The specification for "df" is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below.
Disk space is shown in 1K blocks by default, unless the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT is set, in which case 512-byte blocks are used.
If an argument is the absolute file name of a disk device node containing a mounted filesystem, df shows the space available on that filesystem rather than on the filesystem containing the device node (which is always the root filesystem)
Differences
-a, --all
 	include filesystems having 0 blocks
--block-size=SIZE
 	use SIZE-byte blocks
-h, --human-readable
 	print sizes in human readable (e.g., 1K 234M 2G)
-H, --si
 	likewise, but use powers of 1000 not 1024
-i, --inodes
 	list inode information instead of block usage
-l, --local
 	limit listing to local filesystems
-l, --local
 	limit listing to local filesystems
-m, --megabytes
 	like --block-size=1048576
--no-sync
 	do not invoke sync before getting usage info (default)
-P, --portability
 	use the POSIX output 
--sync
 	invoke sync before getting usage info
-t, --type=TYPE
 	use the POSIX output 
--portability
 	Same as the -P option as specified in SUS
--sync
 	invoke sync before getting usage info
-t, --type=TYPE
 	This option is different from what is specified in the SUS.
limit listing to filesystems of type TYPE
-T, --print-type
 	print filesystem type
-x, --exclude-type=TYPE
 	limit listing to filesystems not of type TYPE
diff
Name
diff — find differences between two files
Description
The specification for "diff" is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below.
If an argument is the absolute file name of a disk device node containing a mounted filesystem, df shows the space available on that filesystem rather than on the filesystem containing the device node (which is always the root filesystem)
Differences
-a
 	Treat all files as text and compare them line-by- line, even if they do not seem to be text.
-B
 	Ignore changes that just insert or delete blank lines.
--brief
 	Report only whether the files differ, not the details of the differences.
--context[=lines]
 	Equivalent to the -C option as specified in the SUS.
-d
 	Change the algorithm to perhaps find a smaller set of changes. This makes diff slower (sometimes much slower).
-D name
 	Make merged if-then-else output, conditional on the preprocessor macro name.
--ed
 	Equivalent to the -e option as specified in the SUS
--exclude=pattern
 	When comparing directories, ignore files and subdirectories whose basenames match pattern.
--exclude-from=file
 	When comparing directories, ignore files and subdirectories whose basenames match any pattern contained in file.
--expand-tabs
 	Expand tabs to spaces in the output, to preserve the alignment of tabs in the input files.
-F regexp
 	In context and unified , for each hunk of differences, show some of the last preceding line that matches regexp.
--forward-ed
 	Make output that looks vaguely like an ed script but has changes in the order they appear in the file.
-H
 	Use heuristics to speed handling of large files that have numerous scattered small changes.
--horizon-lines=lines
 	Do not discard the last lines lines of the common prefix and the first lines lines of the common suffix.
-i
 	Ignore changes in case; consider upper and lower case letters equivalent.
-I regexp
 	Ignore changes that just insert or delete lines that match regexp.
--ifdef=name
 	Make merged if-then-else output, conditional on the preprocessor macro name.
--ignore-all-space
 	Ignore white space when comparing lines.
--ignore-case
 	Ignore changes in case; consider upper and lower case to be the same.
--ignore-matching-lines=regexp
 	Ignore changes that just insert or delete lines that match regexp.
--ignore-space-change
 	Ignore changes in amount of white space.
--initial-tab
 	Output a tab rather than a space before the text of a line in normal or context . This causes the alignment of tabs in the line to look normal.
-l
 	Pass the output through pr to paginate it.
--ignore-case
 	Ignore changes in case; consider upper and lower case to be the same.
dmesg
Name
dmesg — print or control the kernel ring buffer
Synopsis
dmesg [ -c ] [ -n level ] [ -s bufsize ]
Description
dmesg is used to examine or control the kernel ring buffer.
Standard Options
-c 
 	clear the ring buffer contents after printing.
-n level
 	set the level at which logging of messages is done to the console.
-s bufsize
 	use a buffer of bufsize to query the kernel ring buffer. This is 8196 by default (this matches the default kernel syslog buffer size in 2.0.33 and 2.1.103). If you have set the kernel buffer to larger than the default then this option can be used to view the entire buffer.
du
Name
du — estimate file space usage
Description
The specification for "du" is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below.
Differences
--block-size=SIZE
 	use SIZE-byte blocks
-b, --bytes
 	print size in bytes
-c, --total
 	produce a grand total
-D, --dereference-args
 	dereference PATHs when symbolic link
-h, --human-readable 
 	print sizes in human readable (e.g., 1K 234M 2G)
--kilobytes
 	equivalent to --block-size=1024
--l, --count-links
 	count sizes many times if hard linked
-L, --dereference
 	dereference all symbolic links
-m, --megabytes
 	equivalent to --block-size=1048576
-r
 	This option (as specified in the SUS) is not supported
-S, --separate-dirs
 	do not include size of subdirectories
-X FILE, --exclude-from=FILE
 	Exclude files that match any pattern in FILE
--exclude=PAT
 	Exclude files that match PAT
--max-depth=N
 	print the total for a directory (or file, with --all) only if it is N or fewer levels below the command line argument; --max-depth=0 is the same as --summarize
--version
 	output version information and exit
echo
Name
echo — display a line of text
Synopsis
echo [OPTION]... [STRING]... 
Description
The specification for "echo" is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below. Unlike as specified in the SUS the echo command does support options.
Differences
-n
 	do not output the trailing newline
-e
 	enable interpretation of the backslash-escaped characters listed below
-E
 	disable interpretation of those sequences in STRINGs
--version
 	output version information and exit (should be alone)
egrep
Name
egrep — search a file with an ERE pattern
Description
egrep is equivalent to grep -E. See the specification for grep for further details
env
Name
env — run a program in a modified environment
Description
The specification for "env" is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below.
Differences
--ignore-environment
 	equivalent to the -i option
-u, --unset=NAME
 	remove variable from the environment
expand
Name
expand — convert tabs to spaces
Description
The specification for "expand" is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below.
Differences
-i, --initial
 	do not convert TABs after non whitespace
-t, --tabs=NUMBER
 	In addition to the behaviour for -t as specified in the SUS, the argument may also be a number which specifies the number of characters apart tabs are instead of 8.
expr
Name
expr — evaluate expressions
Description
The specification for "expr" is as specified in the SUS but with the some extra operands supported
Extra operands
match STRING REGEXP
 	same as STRING : REGEXP
substr STRING POS LENGTH
 	substring of STRING, POS counted from 1
index STRING CHARS
 	index in STRING where any CHARS is found, or 0
length STRING
 	length of STRING
quote STRING
 	interpret TOKEN as a string, even if it is a keyword like match or an operator like /
fgrep
Name
fgrep — search a file with an ERE pattern
Description
fgrep is equivalent to grep -F. See the specification for grep for further details
file
Name
file — determine file type
Description
The specification for "file" is as specified in the SUS but with the additional options as specified below.
Additional Options
-b, --brief
 	Do not prepend filenames to output lines
-c, --checking-printout
 	Cause a checking printout of the parsed form of the magic file. This is usually used in conjunction with -m to debug a new magic file before installing it.
-f, --files-from namefile
 	Read the names of the files to be examined from namefile (one per line) before the argument list. Either namefile or at least one filename argument must be present; to test the standard input, use `-' as a filename argument.
-i, --mime
 	Causes the file command to output mime type strings rather than the more traditional human readable ones. Thus it may say `text/plain; charset=us-ascii' rather than `ASCII text'. In order for this option to work, file changes the way it handles files recognized by the command itself (such as many of the text file types, directories etc), and makes use of an alternative `magic' file.
-k, --keep-going
 	Don't stop at the first match, keep going.
-m, --magic-file list
 	Specify an alternate list of files containing magic numbers. This can be a single file, or a colon-separated list of files.
-n, --no-buffer
 	Force stdout to be flushed after checking each file. This is only useful if checking a list of files. It is intended to be used by programs that want filetype output from a pipe.
-z, --uncompress
 	Try to look inside compressed files.
-L, --dereference
 	This option causes symlinks to be followed.
-s, --special-files
 	Normally, file only attempts to read and determine the type of argument files which stat(2) reports are ordinary files. This prevents problems, because reading special files may have peculiar consequences. Specifying the -s option causes file to also read argument files which are block or character special files. This is useful for determining the filesystem types of the data in raw disk partitions, which are block special files. This option also causes file to disregard the file size as reported by stat(2) since on some systems it reports a zero size for raw disk partitions.
find
Name
find — search for files in a directory hierarchy
Description
The specification for "find" is as specified in the SUS but with the additional options as specified below.
Additional Options
-daystart
 	Measure times (for -amin, -atime, -cmin, -ctime, -mmin, and -mtime) from the beginning of today rather than from 24 hours ago.
-follow
 	Dereference symbolic links. Implies -noleaf.
-maxdepth levels
 	Descend at most levels (a non-negative integer) levels of directories below the command line arguments. -maxdepth 0 means only apply the tests and actions to the command line arguments.
-mindepth levels
 	Do not apply any tests or actions at levels less than levels (a non-negative integer). -mindepth 1 means process all files except the command line arguments.
-mount
 	Equivalent to -xdev as specified in the SUS.
-noleaf
 	Do not optimize by assuming that directories contain 2 fewer subdirectories than their hard link count.
-version
 	Print the find version number and exit.
-amin n
 	File was last accessed n minutes ago.
-anewer file
 	File was last accessed more recently than file was modified. -anewer is affected by -follow only if -follow comes before -anewer on the command line.
-cmin n
 	File's status was last changed n minutes ago.
-cnewer file
 	File's status was last changed more recently than file was modified. -cnewer is affected by -follow only if -follow comes before -cnewer on the command line.
-empty
 	File is empty and is either a regular file or a directory.
-false
 	Always false.
-fstype type
 	File is on a filesystem of type type.
-gid n
 	File's numeric group ID is n.
-ilname pattern
 	Like -lname, but the match is case insensitive.
-iname pattern
 	Like -name, but the match is case insensitive.
-inum n
 	File has inode number n.
-ipath path
 	Like -path, but the match is case insensitive.
-iregex pattern
 	Like -regex, but the match is case insensitive.
-lname
 	File is a symbolic link whose contents match shell pattern pattern. The metacharacters do not treat / or . specially.
-mmin n
 	File's data was last modified n minutes ago.
-nouser
 	No user corresponds to file's numeric user ID.
-nogroup
 	No group corresponds to file's numeric group ID.
-path pattern
 	File name matches shell pattern pattern.
-perm +mode
 	Any of the permission bits mode are set for the file.
-regex
 	File name matches regular expression pattern. This is a match on the whole path, not a search.
-true
 	Always true.
-type c
 	In addition to the types specified in the SUS, the letters l and s are also supported and refer to symbolic links and sockets respectively.
-uid n
 	File's numeric user ID is n.
-used
 	File was last accessed n days after its status was last changed.
-xtype c
 	The same as -type unless the file is a symbolic link. For symbolic links: if -follow has not been given, true if the file is a link to a file of type c; if -follow has been given, true if c is l. In other words, for symbolic links, -xtype checks the type of the file that -type does not check.
-fls file
 	True; like -ls but write to file like -fprint.
-fprint file
 	True; print the full file name into file file. If file does not exist when find is run, it is cre- ated; if it does exist, it is truncated. The file names `/dev/stdout' and `/dev/stderr' are han- dled specially; they refer to the standard output and standard error output, respectively.
-fprint0 file
 	True; like -print0 but write to file like -fprint.
-fprintf file 
 	True; like -printf but write to file like -fprint.
-print0
 	True; print the full file name on the standard output, followed by a null character. This allows file names that contain newlines to be correctly interpreted by programs that process the find output.
-printf 
 	True; print on the standard output, inter- preting \ escapes and % directives. Field widths and precisions can be specified as with the printf C function. Unlike -print, -printf does not add a newline at the end of the string. The escapes and directives are: 
\a
 	Alarm bell.
\b
 	Backspace.
\c
 	Stop printing from this immediately and flush the output.
\f
 	Form feed.
\n
 	Newline.
\r
 	Carriage return.
\t
 	Horizontal tab.
\v
 	Vertical tab.
\\
 	A literal backslash (\).
%%
 	A literal percent sign.
%a
 	File's last access time in the returned by the C ctime function.
%Ak
 	File's last access time in the specified by k, which is either @ or a directive for the C strftime function. The possible values for k are listed below; some of them might not be available on all systems, due to differences in strftime between systems. 
@
 	seconds since Jan. 1, 1970, 00:00 GMT.
H
 	hour (00..23)
I
 	hour (01..12)
k
 	hour ( 0..23)
l
 	hour ( 1..12)
M
 	minute (00..59)
p
 	locale's AM or PM
r
 	time, 12-hour (hh:mm:ss [AP]M)
S
 	second (00..61)
T
 	time, 24-hour (hh:mm:ss)
X
 	locale's time representation (H:M:S)
Z
 	time zone (e.g., EDT), or nothing if no time zone is determinable
a
 	locale's abbreviated weekday name (Sun..Sat)
A
 	locale's full weekday name, variable length (Sunday..Saturday)
b
 	locale's abbreviated month name (Jan..Dec)
B
 	locale's full month name, variable
c
 	locale's date and time (Sat Nov 04 12:02:33 EST 1989)
d
 	day of month (01..31)
D
 	date (mm/dd/yy)
h
 	same as b
j
 	day of year (001.366)
m
 	month (01..12)
U
 	week number of year with Sunday as first day of week (00..53)
w
 	day of week (0..6)
W
 	week number of year with Monday as first day of week (00..53)
x
 	locale's date representation (mm/dd/yy)
y
 	last two digits of year (00..99)
Y
 	year (1970...)
%b
 	File's size in 512-byte blocks (rounded up).
%c
 	File's last status change time in the returned by the C ctime function.
%Ck
 	File's last status change time in the specified by k, which is the same as for %A.
%d
 	File's depth in the directory tree; 0 means the file is a command line argument.
%f
 	File's name with any leading directories removed (only the last element).
%F
 	Type of the filesystem the file is on; this value can be used for -fstype.
%g
 	File's group name, or numeric group ID if the group has no name.
%G
 	File's numeric group ID.
%h
 	Leading directories of file's name (all but the last element).
%H
 	Command line argument under which file was found.
%i
 	File's inode number (in decimal).
%k
 	File's size in 1K blocks (rounded up).
%l
 	Object of symbolic link (empty string if file is not a symbolic link).
%m
 	File's permission bits (in octal).
%n
 	Number of hard links to file.
%p
 	File's name.
%P
 	File's name with the name of the command line argument under which it was found removed.
%s
 	File's size in bytes.
%t
 	File's last modification time in the returned by the C ctime function.
%Tk
 	File's last modification time in the specified by k, which is the same as for %A.
%u
 	File's user name, or numeric user ID if the user has no name.
%U
 	File's numeric user ID.
-ls
 	True; list current file in ls -dils on standard output. The block counts are of 1K blocks, unless the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT is set, in which case 512-byte blocks are used.
Extra Operators
 	The following operators are supported in order of decreasing precedence. This overrides what is stated in the SUS. 
( expr )
 	Force precedence.
! expr
 	True if expr is false
-not expr
 	Same as ! expr.
expr1 expr2
 	And (implied); expr2 is not evaluated if expr1 is false.
expr1 -a expr2
 	Same as expr1 expr2.
expr1 -and expr2
 	Same as expr1 expr2.
expr1 -o expr2
 	Or; expr2 is not evaluated if expr1 is true.
expr1 -or expr2
 	Same as expr1 -o expr2.
expr1, expr2
 	List; both expr1 and expr2 are always evaluated. The value of expr1 is discarded; the value of the list is the value of expr2.
fuser
Name
fuser — identify processes using files or sockets
Description
The specification for "fuser" is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below.
Differences
-a
 	Show all files specified on the command line. By default, only files that are accessed by at least one process are shown.
-c
 	This option as specified in the SUS is not supported.
-f
 	This option as specified in the SUS is not supported.
-k
 	Kill processes accessing the file. Unless changed with -signal, SIGKILL is sent. An fuser process never kills itself, but may kill other fuser processes. The effective user ID of the process executing fuser is set to its real user ID before attempting to kill.
-i
 	Ask the user for confirmation before killing a process. This option is silently ignored if -k is not present too.
-l
 	List all known signal names.
-m
 	name specifies a file on a mounted file system or a block device that is mounted. All processes accessing files on that file system are listed. If a directory file is specified, it is automatically changed to name/. to use any file system that might be mounted on that directory.
-n space
 	Select a different name space. The name spaces file (file names, the default), udp (local UDP ports), and tcp (local TCP ports) are supported. For ports, either the port number or the symbolic name can be specified. If there is no ambiguity, the shortcut notation name/space (e.g. name/proto) can be used.
-s
 	Silent operation. -u and -v are ignored in this mode. -a must not be used with -s.
-signal
 	Use the specified signal instead of SIGKILL when killing processes. Signals can be specified either by name (e.g. -HUP) or by number (e.g. -1).
-v
 	Verbose mode.
-V
 	Display version information.
-
 	Reset all options and set the signal back to SIGKILL.
gencat
Name
gencat — generate a formatted message catalogue
Description
The specification for "gencat" is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below.
Differences
-H, --header=NAME
 	Create C header file NAME containing symbol definitions
--new
 	Do not use existing catalog, force new output file
-o, --output=NAME
 	Write output to file NAME
grep
Name
grep — print lines matching a pattern
Description
The specification for "grep" is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below.
Differences
-A NUM, --after-context=NUM
 	Print NUM lines of trailing context after matching lines.
-a, --text
 	Process a binary file as if it were text; this is equivalent to the --binary-files=text option.
-B NUM, --before-context=NUM
 	Print NUM lines of leading context before matching lines.
-C [NUM], -NUM, --context[=NUM]
 	Print NUM lines (default 2) of output context.
-b, --byte-offset
 	Print the byte offset within the input file before each line of output.
--binary-files=TYPE
 	If the first few bytes of a file indicate that the file contains binary data, assume that the file is of type TYPE. By default, TYPE is binary, and grep normally outputs either a one-line message saying that a binary file matches, or no message if there is no match. If TYPE is without-match, grep assumes that a binary file does not match; this is equivalent to the -I option. If TYPE is text, grep processes a binary file as if it were text; this is equivalent to the -a option. Warning: grep --binary-files=text might output binary garbage, which can have nasty side effects if the output is a terminal and if the terminal driver interprets some of it as commands.
-c, --count
 	Suppress normal output; instead print a count of matching lines for each input file. With the -v, --invert-match option (see below), count non-matching lines.
-d ACTION, --directories=ACTION
 	If an input file is a directory, use ACTION to process it. By default, ACTION is read, which means that directories are read just as if they were ordinary files. If ACTION is skip, directories are silently skipped. If ACTION is recurse, grep reads all files under each directory, recursively; this is equivalent to the -r option.
-G, --basic-regexp
 	Interpret PATTERN as a basic regular expression (see below). This is the default.
-H, --with-filename
 	Print the filename for each match.
-h, --no-filename
 	Suppress the prefixing of filenames on output when multiple files are searched.
-I
 	Process a binary file as if it did not contain matching data; this is equivalent to the --binary-files=without-match option.
--ignore-case
 	Equivalent to -i
-L, --files-without-match
 	Suppress normal output; instead print the name of each input file from which no output would normally have been printed. The scanning will stop on the first match.
--files-with-matches
 	Equivalent to -l
--map
 	If possible, use the mmap(2) system call to read input, instead of the default read(2) system call. In some situations, --mmap yields better performance. However, --mmap can cause undefined behavior (including core dumps) if an input file shrinks while grep is operating, or if an I/O error occurs.
--line-number
 	Equivalent to -n
--quiet
 	Equivalent to -q
-r, --recursive
 	Read all files under each directory, recursively; this is equivalent to the -d recurse option.
--no-messages
 	Equivalent to -s
-V, --version
 	Print the version number of grep to standard error.
--invert-match
 	Equivalent to -v
-w, --word-regexp
 	Select only those lines containing matches that form whole words. The test is that the matching substring must either be at the beginning of the line, or preceded by a non-word constituent character. Similarly, it must be either at the end of the line or followed by a non-word constituent character. Word-constituent characters are letters, digits, and the underscore.
--line-regexp
 	Equivalent to -x
-Z, --null
 	Output a zero byte (the ASCII NUL character) instead of the character that normally follows a file name. 
groupadd
Name
groupadd — Create a new group
Synopsis
groupadd [-g gid [-o]] group
Options
-g gid [-o]
 	The numerical value of the group's ID. This value must be unique, unless the -o option is used. The value must be non-negative. 
groupdel
Name
groupdel — Delete a group
Synopsis
groupdel group
Description
The groupdel command modifies the system account files, deleting all entries that refer to group. The named group must exist.
groupmod
Name
groupmod — Modify a group
Synopsis
groupmod [-g gid [-o]] [-n group_name ] group
Options
-g gid [-o]
 	The numerical value of the group's ID. This value must be unique, unless the -o option is used. The value must be non-negative. Any files which the old group ID is the file group ID must have the file group ID changed manually.
-n groupname
 	The name of the group will be changed from group to group_name.
groups
Name
groups — Display a group
Synopsis
groups [user]
Description
groups displays the current group ID names or values. If the value does not have a corresponding entry in /etc/group, the value will be displayed as the numerical group value. The optional user parameter will display the groups for the named user.
gzip
Name
gzip — compress or expand files
Synopsis
gzip [ -acdfhlLnNrtvV19 ] [-S suffix] [ name ...  ]
Description
Gzip reduces the size of the named files using Lempel-Ziv coding (LZ77). Whenever possible, each file is replaced by one with the extension .gz, while keeping the same ownership modes, access and modification times. If no files are specified, or if a file name is "-", the standard input is compressed to the standard output. Gzip will only attempt to compress regular files. In particular, it will ignore symbolic links.
Options
-a, --ascii
 	This option does nothing on Linux systems.
-c, --stdout, --to-stdout
 	Write output on standard output; keep original files unchanged. If there are several input files, the output consists of a sequence of independently compressed members. To obtain better compression, concatenate all input files before compressing them.
-d, --decompress, --uncompress
 	Decompress.
-f, --force
 	Force compression or decompression even if the file has multiple links or the corresponding file already exists, or if the compressed data is read from or written to a terminal. If the input data is not in a recognized by gzip, and if the option --stdout is also given, copy the input data without change to the standard ouput: let zcat behave as cat. If -f is not given, and when not running in the background, gzip prompts to verify whether an existing file should be overwritten.
-l, --list
 	For each compressed file, list the compressed size, uncompressed size, ration and uncompressed name.
The uncompressed size is given as -1 for files not in gzip .
In combination with the --verbose option, the method, crc and timestamp for the uncompress file is also displayed.
The compression methods currently supported are deflate, compress, lzh (SCO compress -H) and pack. The crc is given as ffffffff for a file not in gzip .
With --name, the uncompressed name, date and time are those stored within the compress file if present.
With --verbose, the size totals and compression ratio for all files is also displayed, unless some sizes are unknown. With --quiet, the title and totals lines are not displayed.
-L, --license
 	Display the gzip license and quit.
-n, --no-name
 	When compressing, do not save the original file name and time stamp by default. (The original name is always saved if the name had to be truncated.) When decompressing, do not restore the original file name if present (remove only the gzip suffix from the compressed file name) and do not restore the original time stamp if present (copy it from the compressed file). This option is the default when decompressing.
-N, --name
 	When compressing, always save the original file name and time stamp; this is the default. When decompressing, restore the original file name and time stamp if present. This option is useful on systems which have a limit on file name length or when the time stamp has been lost after a file transfer.
-q, --quiet
 	Suppress all warnings.
-r, --recursive
 	Travel the directory structure recursively. If any of the file names specified on the command line are directories, gzip will descend into the directory and compress all the files it finds there (or decompress them in the case of gunzip).
-S .suf, --sufix .suf
 	Use suffix .suf instead of .gz.
-t, --test
 	Test. Check the compressed file integrity.
-v, --verbose
 	Verbose. Display the name and percentage reduction for each file compressed or decompressed.
-V, --version
 	Version. Display the version number and compilation options then quit.
-#, --fast, --best
 	Regulate the speed of compression using the specified digit #, where -1 or --fast indicates the fastest compression method (less compression) and -9 or --best indicates the slowest compression method (best compression). The default compression level is -6 (that is, biased towards high compression at expense of speed).
gunzip
Name
gunzip — uncompress files
Description
gunzip is equivalent to gzip -d. See the specification for grep for further details
head
Name
head — output the first part of files
Description
The specification for "head" is as specified in the SUS but with the additional options as specified below.
Additional Options
-c, --bytes=SIZE
 	Print first SIZE bytes. SIZE may have a multiplier suffix: b for 512, k for 1K, m for 1 Meg
--lines=NUMBER
 	Equivalent to -n option
-q, --quiet, --silent
 	Never print headers giving file names
-v
 	Always print headers giving file names
hostname
Name
hostname — show the system's host name
Synopsis
hostname [-v] [-a] [--alias] [-d] [--domain] [-f] [--fqdn]
[-i] [--ip-address] [--long] [-s]  [--short]  [-y]  [--yp]
[--nis]

hostname [-v] [-F filename] [--file filename] [hostname]

hostname [-v] [-h] [--help] [-V] [--version]
Description
Hostname is used to either set or display the current host or domain name of the system. This name is used by many of the networking programs to identify the machine. The domain name is also used by NIS/YP.
When called without any arguments, the program displays the name of the system as returned by the gethostname(2) function.
When called with one argument or with the --file option, the commands set the host name or the NIS/YP domain name. Note, that only the super-user can change the names.
Options
-a, --alias
 	Display the alias name of the host (if used).
-d, --domain
 	Display the name of the DNS domain. 
-F, --file filename
 	Read the host name from the specified file. Comments (lines starting with a #) are ignored.
-f, --fqdn, --long
 	Display the FQDN (Fully Qualified Domain Name).
-i, --ip-address
 	Display the IP address(es) of the host.
-s, --short
 	Display the short host name. This is the host name cut at the first dot.
-V, --version
 	Print version information on standard output and exit successfully.
-v, --verbose
 	Be verbose and tell what's going on.
-y, --yp, --nis
 	Display the NIS domain name. If a parameter is given (or --file name) then root can also set a new NIS domain.
iconv
Name
iconv — show the system's host name
Synopsis
iconv -f encoding -t encoding [--list] [-o file] [--output file] [--verbose] inputfile
Description
The iconv program converts the encoding of characters in inputfile from one coded character set to another. The result is written to standard output unless otherwise specified by the --output option.
Options
-f, --from-code encoding
 	Convert characters from encoding
-t, --to-code encoding
 	Convert characters to encoding
--list
 	List known coded character sets
-o, --output file
 	Specify output file (instead of stdin)
--verbose
 	Print progress information
install
Name
install — copy files and set attributes
Synopsis
install [OPTION]... SOURCE DEST           (1st )
install [OPTION]... SOURCE... DIRECTORY   (2nd )
install -d [OPTION]... DIRECTORY...       (3rd )
Description
In the first two formats, copy SOURCE to DEST or multiple SOURCE(s) to the existing DIRECTORY, while setting permission modes and owner/group. In the third , create all components of the given DIRECTORY(ies).
Standard Options
--backup[=CONTROL]
 	make a backup of each existing destination file
-b
 	like --backup but does not accept an argument
-d, --directory
 	treat all arguments as directory names; create all components of the specified directories
-D
 	create all leading components of DEST except the last, then copy SOURCE to DEST; useful in the 1st 
-g, --group=GROUP
 	set group ownership, instead of process' current group
-m, --mode=MODE
 	set permission mode (as in chmod), instead of rwxr-xr-x
-o, --owner=OWNER
 	set ownership (super-user only)
-p, --preserve-timestamps
 	apply access/modification times of SOURCE files to corresponding destination files
-s, --strip
 	strip symbol tables, only for 1st and 2nd formats
-S, --suffix=SUFFIX
 	override the usual backup suffix
--verbose
 	print the name of each directory as it is created
ipcrm
Name
ipcrm — Create a new user or update default new user information
Synopsis
ipcrm [ shm | msg | sem ] id...
Description
ipcrm will remove the resource(s) specified by id.
ipcs
Name
ipcs — copy files and set attributes
Synopsis
ipcs [ -asmq ] [ -tclup ]
ipcs [ -smq ] -i id
Description
ipcs provides information on the ipc facilities for which the calling process has read access.
The -i option allows a specific resource id to be specified. Only information on this id will be printed.
Resource display options
-m
 	shared memory segments
-q
 	message queues
-s
 	semaphore arrays
-a
 	all (this is the default)
Output options
-t
 	time
-p
 	pid
-c
 	creator
-l
 	limits
-u
 	summary
killall
Name
killall — kill processes by name
Synopsis
killall [-egiqvw] [-signal] name ...
killall -l
killall -V
Description
killall sends a signal to all processes running any of the specified commands. If no signal name is specified, SIGTERM is sent.
Signals can be specified either by name (e.g. -HUP) or by number (e.g. -1). Signal 0 (check if a process exists) can only be specified by number.
If the command name contains a slash (/), processes executing that particular file will be selected for killing, independent of their name.
killall returns a non-zero return code if no process has been killed for any of the listed commands. If at least one process has been killed for each command, killall returns zero.
A killall process never kills itself (but may kill other killall processes).
Standard Options
-e
 	Require an exact match for very long names. If a command name is longer than 15 characters, the full name may be unavailable (i.e. it is swapped out). In this case, killall will kill everything that matches within the first 15 characters. With -e, such entries are skipped. killall prints a message for each skipped entry if -v is specified in addition to -e.
-g
 	Kill the process group to which the process belongs. The kill signal is only sent once per group, even if multiple processes belonging to the same process group were found.
-i
 	Interactively ask for confirmation before killing.
-l
 	List all known signal names.
-q
 	Do not complain if no processes were killed.
-v
 	Report if the signal was successfully sent.
-V
 	Display version information.
ln
Name
ln — make links between files
Description
The specification for "ln" is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below.
Differences
-b, --backup[=CONTROL]
 	make a backup of each existing destination file
-n, --no-dereference
 	treat destination that is a symlink to a directory as if it were a normal file
-i, --interactive
 	prompt whether to remove destinations
-s, --symbolic
 	make symbolic links instead of hard links
-S, --suffix=SUFFIX
 	override the usual backup suffix
--target-directory=DIR
 	move all SOURCE arguments into directory DIR
-v, --verbose
 	print name of each file before linking
--version
 	output version information and exit
Notes
The backup suffix is ~, unless set with --suffix or SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX. The version control method may be selected via the --backup option or through the VERSION_CONTROL environment variable. Here are the values:
none, off
 	never make backups (even if --backup is given)
numbered, t
 	make numbered backups
existing, nil
 	numbered if numbered backups exist, simple otherwise
simple, never
 	always make simple backups
localedef
Name
localedef — split a file into sections determined by context lines
Description
The specification for "localedef" is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below.
Differences
--charmap=charmapfile
 	Equivalent to the -f option
--inputfile=intputfile
 	Equivalent to the -i option
--force
 	Equivalent to the -c option
-v, --verbose
 	Generate extra warnings about errors that are normally ignored.
--quiet
 	Suppress all notifications and warnings, and report only fatal errors.
login
Name
login — Begin session on the system
Synopsis
login [-p] [username] [ENV=VAR ...]
login [-p] [-h host] [-f username]
login [-p] -r host
Description
login is used to establish a new session with the system. It is normally invoked automatically by responding to the login: prompt on the user's terminal. login may be special to the shell and may not be invoked as a sub-process. Typically, login is treated by the shell as exec login which causes the user to exit from the current shell. Attempting to execute login from any shell but the login shell will produce an error message.
When invoked from the login: prompt, the user may enter environmental variables after the username. These variables are entered in the form NAME=VALUE. Not all variables may be set in the fashion, notably PATH, HOME and SHELL. Additionally, IFS may be inhibited if the user's login shell is /bin/sh.
Standard Options
-p 
 	Preserve environment
-f
 	Do not perform authentication, user is preauthenticated.
-h
 	Name of the remote host for this login.
-r
 	Perform autologin protocol for rlogin.
lpr
Name
lpr — off line print
Synopsis
lpr [-l] [-p] [-Pprinter] [-h] [-s] [-#copies] [-J name]
    [-T title] [name ...]
Description
Lpr uses a spooling daemon to print the named files when facilities become available. If no names appear, the standard input is assumed.
Standard Options
-l
 	binary data - do not filter and send raw input to printer 
-p
 	 with "pr" before sending to printer 
-Pprinter
 	send output to the printer named printer instead of the default printer
-h
 	suppress header page
-s
 	use symbolic links
-#copies
 	copies is the number of copies to print 
-J name
 	name is the job name for the header page
-T title
 	title is the title used for "pr" 
ls
Name
ls — list directory contents
Description
The specification for "ls" is as declared by the SUS, but with the following differences listed below.
Differences
-c
 	when -l is used with this option the sort order is by name, rather than by ctime as the SUS requires.
-d
 	this option applies to entries in the file system specified on the command line. Normally when such options are directories, the contents of the directory are listed along with the directory. When this option is present these command line entries will be treated as though they were normal files, and their contents will not be listed.
The SUS makes no mention that this behavior pertains to command line entries, and only specifies behavior already otherwise present without the option. The SUS makes no implication of any additional behavior aside from that already specified.
The behavior of the Linux version of ls is entirely unexpected, given either SUS or the completely specified behavior presented above. Aside from the parent directory, the -d option for ls lists only those items specified on the command line, listing only the names of directories, and not their contents, but listing nothing else in this file system path that is not specified by the command line file list.
-p
 	as well as the slash declared by SUS, this option will also display the *, @, and | characters for executables, links, and FIFOs, respectively.
-u
 	when used with the -l option, the sort order is by name, rather than the SUS declared behavior of sorting by last modified date.
lsb_release
Name
lsb_release — print distribution specific information
Synopsis
lsb_release [OPTION]...
Description
GNU lsb_release 1.0 print certain LSB (Linux Standard Base) and Distribution information.
With no OPTION, same as -v.
Options
-v, --version
 	Display version of LSB against which distribution is compliant.
-i, --id
 	Display string id of distributor.
-d, --description
 	Display single line text description of distribution.
-r, --release
 	Display release number of distribution.
-c, --codename
 	Display codename according to distribution release.
-a, --all
 	Display all of the above information.
-s, --short
 	Display all of the above information in short output .
-h, --help
 	Display this message.
m4
Name
m4 — macro processor
Description
The specification for "m4" is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below.
Differences
--version
 	output version information and exit
-e, --interactive
 	unbuffer output, ignore interrupts
-E, --fatal-warnings
 	stop execution after first warning
-Q, --quiet, --silent
 	suppress some warnings for builtins
-P, --prefix-builtins
 	force a m4_ prefix to all builtins
-I, --include=DIRECTORY
 	search this directory second for includes
--define=NAME[=VALUE]
 	equivalent to the -D option
--undefine=NAME
 	delete builtin NAME
--synclines
 	equivalent to -s option
-G, --traditional 
 	suppress all GNU extensions
-H, --hashsize=PRIME
 	set symbol lookup hash table size
-L, --nesting-limit=NUMBER
 	change artificial nesting limit
-F, --freeze-state=FILE
 	produce a frozen state on FILE at end
-R, --reload-state=FILE
 	reload a frozen state from FILE at start
-d, --debug=[FLAGS]
 	set debug level (no FLAGS implies 'aeq'). FLAGS is any of:
t
 	trace for all macro calls, not only 'ed
a
 	show actual arguments
e
 	show expansion
q
 	quote values as necessary, with a or e flag
c
 	show before collect, after collect and after call
x
 	add a unique macro call id, useful with c flag
f
 	say current input file name
l
 	say current input line number
p
 	show results of path searches
i
 	show changes in input files
V
 	shorthand for all of the above flags
-t, --trace=NAME
 	trace NAME when it will be defined
-l, --arglength=NUM
 	restrict macro tracing size
-o, --error-output=FILE
 	redirect debug and trace output
make
Name
make — maintain, update and regenerate groups of programs
Description
The specification for "make" is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below. GNU make which contains syntax extensions from what is specified in the SUS. 
Differences
-C dir
 	Change to directory dir before reading the makefiles or doing anything else. If multiple -C options are specified, each is interpreted relative to the previous one: -C / -C etc is equivalent to -C /etc. This is typically used with recursive invocations of make.
-d
 	Print debugging information in addition to normal processing. The debugging information says which files are being considered for remaking, which filetimes are being compared and with what results, which files actually need to be remade, which implicit rules are considered and which are applied---everything interesting about how make decides what to do.
-I dir
 	Specifies a directory dir to search for included makefiles. If several -I options are used to specify several directories, the directories are searched in the order specified. Unlike the arguments to other flags of make, directories given with -I flags may come directly after the flag: -Idir is allowed, as well as -I dir. This syntax is allowed for compatibility with the C preprocessor's -I flag.
-j jobs
 	Specifies the number of jobs (commands) to run simultaneously. If there is more than one -j option, the last one is effective. If the -j option is given without an argument, make will not limit the number of jobs that can run simultaneously.
-l [load]
 	Specifies that no new jobs (commands) should be started if there are others jobs running and the load average is at least load (a floating-point number). With no argument, removes a previous load limit.
-o file
 	Do not remake the file file even if it is older than its dependencies, and do not remake anything on account of changes in file. Essentially the file is treated as very old and its rules are ignored.
-v
 	Print the version of the make program plus a copyright, a list of authors and a notice that there is no warranty.
-w
 	Print a message containing the working directory before and after other processing. This may be use ful for tracking down errors from complicated nests of recursive make commands.
-W file
 	Pretend that the target file has just been modified. When used with the -n flag, this shows you what would happen if you were to modify that file. Without -n, it is almost the same as running a touch command on the given file before running make, except that the modification time is changed only in the imagination of make.
man
Name
man — display system documentation
Description
The specification for "man" is as specified in the SUS. While additional features my be found in Linux versions of this command, the SUS specified interface is correctly and completely implemented.
md5sum
Name
md5sum — generates or checks MD5 message digests
Synopsis
md5sum [-b] [-c [file]] | [file...]
Options
-b
 	Use binary mode. 
-c [file]
 	Check md5sum of all files listed in file against the checksum listed in the same file. The actual of that file is the same as output of md5sum. That is, each line in the file describes a file.
mkdir
Name
mkdir — make directories
Description
The specification for "mkdir" is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below.
Differences
--verbose
 	print a message for each created directory
--version
 	output version information and exit
mknod
Name
mknod — make block or character special files
Synopsis
mknod [OPTION]... NAME TYPE [MAJOR MINOR]
Description
Create the special file NAME of the given TYPE.
MAJOR MINOR are forbidden for TYPE p, mandatory otherwise. TYPE may be:
b
 	create a block (buffered) special file
c, u
 	create a character (unbuffered) special file
p
 	create a FIFO
Standard Options
-m, --mode=MODE
 	set permission mode (as in chmod), not a=rw - umask
--version
 	output version information and exit
mktemp
Name
mktemp — make temporary file name (unique)
Synopsis
mktemp [-q] [-u] template
Description
The mktemp utility takes the given file name template and overwrites a portion of it to create a file name. This file name is unique and suitable for use by the application.
Options
-q
 	Fail silently if an error occurs. This is useful if a script does not want error output to go to standard error.
-u
 	Operate in `unsafe' mode. The temp file will be unlinked before mktemp exits. This is slightly better than mktemp(3) but still introduces a race condition. Use of this option is not encouraged.
more
Name
more — file perusal filter for crt viewing
Description
The specification for "more" is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below.
Differences
-num
 	This option specifies an integer which is the screen size (in lines).
-d
 	more will prompt the user with the message "[Press space to contin ue, 'q' to quit.]" and will display "[Press 'h' for instructions.]" instead of ringing the bell when an illegal key is pressed.
-e
 	This option is not supported
-l
 	more usually treats ^L (form feed) as a special character, and will pause after any line that contains a form feed. The -l option will prevent this behavior.
-i
 	This option is not supported
-f
 	Causes more to count logical, rather than screen lines (i.e., long lines are not folded).
-n
 	This option is not supported.
-p
 	Do not scroll. Instead, clear the whole screen and then display the text.
+/
 	The option specifies a string that will be searched for before each file is displayed.
+num
 	Start at line number num.
mount
Name
mount — Create a new user or update default new user information
Synopsis
mount [-hV]
mount -a [-fFnrsvw] [-t vfstype]
mount [-fnrsvw] [-o options [,...]] device | dir
mount [-fnrsvw] [-t vfstype] [-o options] device dir
Description
All files accessible in a Unix system are arranged in one big tree, the file hierarchy, rooted at /. These files can be spread out over several devices. The mount command serves to attach the file system found on some device to the big file tree. Conversely, the umount(8) command will detach it again.
Standard Options
-V
 	Output version.
-v
 	Verbose mode.
-a
 	Mount all filesystems (of the given types) mentioned in fstab.
-F
 	(Used in conjunction with -a.) Fork off a new incarnation of mount for each device. This will do the mounts on different devices or different NFS servers in parallel. 
-f
 	Causes everything to be done except for the actual system call; if it's not obvious, this `fakes' mounting the file system. 
-n
 	Mount without writing in /etc/mtab. This is necessary for example when /etc is on a read-only file system.
-s
 	Tolerate sloppy mount options rather than failing. This will ignore mount options not supported by a filesystem type. Not all filesystems support this option. 
-r
 	Mount the file system read-only. A synonym is -o ro.
-w
 	Mount the file system read/write. This is the default. A synonym is -o rw.
-L label
 	Mount the partition that has the specified label.
-U uuid
 	Mount the partition that has the specified uuid. These two options require the file /proc/partitions to exist.
-t vfstype
 	The argument following the -t is used to indicate the file system type. 
More than one type may be specified in a comma separated list. The list of file system types can be prefixed with no to specify the file system types on which no action should be taken.
-o
 	Options are specified with a -o flag followed by a comma separated string of options. Some of these options are only useful when they appear in the /etc/fstab file. The following options apply to any file system that is being mounted:
async
 	All I/O to the file system should be done asynchronously.
atime
 	Update inode access time for each access. This is the default.
auto
 	Can be mounted with the -a option.
defaults
 	Use default options: rw, suid, dev, exec, auto, nouser, and async.
dev
 	Interpret character or block special devices on the file system.
exec
 	Permit execution of binaries
noatime
 	Do not update inode access times on this file system.
noauto
 	Can only be mounted explicitly.
nodev
 	Do not interpret character or block special devices on the file system.
noexec
 	Do not allow execution of any binaries on the mounted file system.
nosuid
 	Do not allow set-user-identifier or set-group-identifier bits to take effect.
nouser
 	Forbid an ordinary (i.e., non-root) user to mount the file system. This is the default.
remount
 	Attempt to remount an already-mounted file system. This is commonly used to change the mount flags for a file system, especially to make a read-only file system writable.
ro
 	Mount the file system read-only
rw
 	Mount the file system read-write
suid
 	Allow set-user-identifier or set-group-identifier bits to take effect.
sync
 	All I/O to the file system should be done synchronously.
user
 	Allow an ordinary user to mount the file system. This option implies the options noexec, nosuid, and nodev (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the option line user,exec,dev,suid).
mv
Name
mv — move (rename) files
Description
The specification for "mv" is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below.
Differences
-b, --backup[=CONTROL]
 	make backup before removal
-S, --suffix=SUFFIX
 	override the usual backup suffix
--strip-trailing-slashes
 	remove any trailing slashes from each SOURCE argument
-S, --suffix=SUFFIX
 	override the usual backup suffix
--target-directory=DIRECTORY
 	move all SOURCE arguments into DIRECTORY
-u, --update
 	move only older or brand new non-directories
-v, --verbose
 	explain what is being done
--version
 	output version information and exit
Notes
The backup suffix is ~, unless set with --suffix or SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX. The version control method may be selected via the --backup option or through the VERSION_CONTROL environment variable. Here are the values:
none, off
 	never make backups (even if --backup is given)
numbered, t
 	make numbered backups
existing, nil
 	numbered if numbered backups exist, simple otherwise
simple, never
 	always make simple backups
newgrp
Name
newgrp — Change group ID
Synopsis
newgrp [-] [group]
Description
newgrp is used to change the current group ID during a login session. If the optional - flag is given, the user's environment will be reinitialized as though the user had logged in, otherwise the current environment, including current working directory, remains unchanged.
nice
Name
nice — nice run a program with modified scheduling priority
Description
The specification for "nice" is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below.
Differences
-ADJUST
 	increment priority by ADJUST first
--help
 	display this help and exit
--version
 	output version information and exit
nl
Name
nl — number lines of files
Description
The specification for "nl" is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below.
Differences
--help
 	display this help and exit
--version
 	output version information and exit
nohup
Name
nohup — nohup run a command immune to hangups, with output to a non-tty
Description
The specification for "nohup" is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below.
Differences
--help
 	display this help and exit
--version
 	output version information and exit
od
Name
od — dump files in octal and other formats 
Description
The specification for "od" is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below.
Differences
-w, --width[=BYTES]
 	output BYTES bytes per output line
--traditional
 	accept arguments in pre-POSIX form
--help
 	display this help and exit
--version
 	output version information and exit
Pre-POSIX specifications may be intermixed, they accumulate
-a
 	same as -t a, select named characters
-f
 	same as -t fF, select floats
-h
 	same as -t x2, select hexadecimal shorts
-i
 	same as -t d2, select decimal shorts
-l
 	same as -t d4, select decimal longs
passwd
Name
passwd — change user password
Synopsis
passwd [-g] [-r|R] group
passwd [-x max] [-n min] [-w warn] [-i inact] name
passwd {-l|-u} name
Description
passwd changes passwords for user and group accounts. A normal user may only change the password for their own account, the super user may change the password for any account. The administrator of a group may change the password for the group. passwd also changes password expiry dates and intervals.
Options
-g
 	Change the password for the named group.
-r
 	Used in conjunction with the -g option to remove the current password from the named group.
-R
 	Used in conjunction with the -g option to restrict the named group for all users.
-x max
 	Set the maximum number of days a password remains valid.
-n min
 	Set the minimum number of days before a password may be changed.
-w warn
 	Set the number of days warning the user will receive before their password will expire.
-i inactive
 	Disable an account after the password has been expired for the given number of days.
-l
 	Disable an account by changing the password to a value which matches no possible encrypted value.
-u
 	Re-enables an account by changing the password back to its previous value.
paste
Name
paste — merge lines of files
Description
The specification for "paste" is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below.
Differences
--help
 	display this help and exit
--version
 	output version information and exit
patch
Name
patch — apply a diff file to an original
Description
The specification for "patch" is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below.
Differences
--backup-if-mismatch
 	Back up a file if the patch does not match the file exactly and if backups are not otherwise requested.
--no-backup-if-mismatch
 	Do not back up a file if the patch does not match the file exactly and if backups are not otherwise requested.
-B pref, --prefix=pref
 	prefix pref to a file name when generating its simple backup file name.
--binary
 	Read and write all files in binary mode, except for standard output and /dev/tty. This option has no effect on POSIX-compliant systems.
--dry-run
 	Print the results of applying the patches without actually changing any files.
-E, --remove-empty-files
 	Remove output files that are empty after the patches have been applied. When patch removes a file, it also attempts to remove any empty ancestor directories.
-f, --force
 	Skip patches whose headers do not say which file is to be patched; patch files even though they have the wrong version for the Prereq: line in the patch; and assume that patches are not reversed even if they look like they are.
-F num, --fuzz=num
 	Set the maximum fuzz factor. This option only applies to diffs that have context, and causes patch to ignore up to that many lines in looking for places to install a hunk.
-g num, --get=num
 	This option controls patch's actions when a file is under RCS or SCCS control, and does not exist or is read-only and matches the default version. If num is positive, patch gets (or checks out) the file from the revision control system; if zero, patch ignores RCS and SCCS and does not get the file; and if negative, patch asks the user where to get the file.
-s, --silent, --quiet
 	Work silently, unless an error occurs.
-t, --batch
 	Suppress questions like -f, but make some different assumptions: skip patches whose headers do not contain file names; skip patches for which the file has thewrong version for the Prereq: line in the patch; and assume that patches are reversed if they look like they are.
-T, --set-time
 	Set the modification and access times of patched files from time stamps given in context diff headers, assuming that the context diff headers use local time.
-u, --unified
 	Interpret the patch file as a unified context diff.
-v, --version
 	Print out patch's revision header and patch level, and exit.
-V method, --version-control=method
 	Use method to determine backup file names. The method can also be given by the PATCH_VERSION_CONTROL environment variable, which is overridden by this option.
--verbose
 	Output extra information about the work being done.
-x num, --debug=num
 	Set internal debugging flags of interest only to patch patchers.
-Y pref, --basename-prefix=pref
 	Prefix pref to the basename of a file name when generating its simple backup file name.
-z suffix, --suffix=suffix
 	Use suffix as the simple backup suffix.
-Z, --set-utc
 	Set the modification and access times of patched files from time stamps given in context diff headers.
--help
 	display this help and exit
pathchk
Name
pathchk — check whether file names are valid or portable.
Description
The specification for "pathchk" is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below.
Differences
--help
 	display this help and exit
--version
 	output version information and exit
pidof
Name
pidof — find the process ID of a running program.
Synopsis
pidof [-s] [-x] [-o omitpid..] program [program..]
Options
-s
 	Single shot - this instructs the program to only return one pid.
-x
 	scripts too - this causes the program to also return process id's of shells running the named scripts.
-o
 	Tells pidof to omit processes with that process id.
pr
Name
pr — split a file into sections determined by context lines
Description
The specification for "pr" is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below.
Differences
-P
 	This option as specified in the SUS is not supported
-c, --show-control-chars
 	use hat notation (^G) and octal backslash notation.
-J, --join-lines
 	merge full lines, turns off -W line truncation, no column alignment.
-N NUMBER, --first-line-number=NUMBER
 	start counting with NUMBER at 1st line of first page printed.
-S[STRING], --sep-string=[=STRING]
 	separate columns by an optional STRING, don't use -S "STRING", -S only: No separator used without -S.
-T, --omit-pagination
 	omit page headers and trailers, eliminate any pagination by form feeds set in input files.
-v, --show-nonprinting
 	use octal backslash notation
-W PAGE_WIDTH, --page-width=PAGE_WIDTH
 	set page width to PAGE_WIDTH (72) characters always, truncate lines, except -J option is set, no interference with -S or -s.
--help
 	display this help and exit
--version
 	output version information and exit
printf
Name
printf — and print data.
Description
The specification for "printf" is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below.
Differences
--help
 	display this help and exit
--version
 	output version information and exit
pwd
Name
pwd — print name of current/working directory.
Description
The specification for "pwd" is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below.
Differences
--help
 	display this help and exit
--version
 	output version information and exit
renice
Name
renice — alter priority of running processes
Description
The specification for "renice" is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below.
Differences
-n increment
 	This option is not supported
rm
Name
rm — remove files or directories.
Description
The specification for "rm" is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below.
Differences
-v, --verbose
 	explain what is being done.
--help
 	display this help and exit
--version
 	output version information and exit
rmdir
Name
rmdir — remove empty directories.
Description
The specification for "rmdir" is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below.
Differences
--ignore-fail-on-non-empty
 	ignore each failure that is solely because a directory is non-empty.
--verbose
 	output a diagnostic for every directory processed.
--help
 	display this help and exit
--version
 	output version information and exit
rsync
Name
rsync — faster, flexible replacement for rcp
Synopsis
rsync [OPTION]... SRC [SRC]... [USER@]HOST:DEST
rsync [OPTION]... [USER@]HOST:SRC DEST
rsync [OPTION]... SRC [SRC]... DEST
rsync [OPTION]... [USER@]HOST::SRC [DEST]
rsync [OPTION]... SRC [SRC]... [USER@]HOST::DEST
rsync [OPTION]... rsync://[USER@]HOST[:PORT]/SRC [DEST]
Description
rsync is a program that behaves in much the same way that rcp does, but has many more options and uses the rsync remote-update protocol to greatly speedup file transfers when the destination file already exists.
The rsync remote-update protocol allows rsync to transfer just the differences between two sets of files across the network link, using an efficient checksum-search algorithm described in the technical report that accompanies this package.
Standard Options
--version
 	print the rsync version number and exit
-v, --verbose
 	This option increases the amount of information you are given during the transfer. By default, rsync works silently. A single -v will give you information about what files are being transferred and a brief summary at the end. Two -v flags will give you information on what files are being skipped and slightly more information at the end.
-q, --quiet
 	This option decreases the amount of information you are given during the transfer, notably suppressing information messages from the remote server. This flag is useful when invoking rsync from cron.
-I, --ignore-times
 	Normally rsync will skip any files that are already the same length and have the same time-stamp. This option turns off this behavior.
-c, --checksum
 	This forces the sender to checksum all files using a 128-bit MD4 checksum before transfer. The checksum is then explicitly checked on the receiver and any files of the same name which already exist and have the same checksum and size on the receiver are skipped. This option can be quite slow.
-a, --archive
 	A shortcut for specifying recursion and to preserve all attributes.
-r, --recursive
 	This tells rsync to copy directories recursively. If you don´t specify this then rsync won´t copy directories at all.
-R, --relative
 	Use relative paths. This means that the full path names specified on the command line are sent to the server rather than just the last parts of the filenames.
-b, --backup
 	With this option preexisting destination files are renamed with a ~ extension as each file is transferred. You can control the backup suffix using the --suffix option.
--backup-dir=DIR
 	In combination with the --backup option, this tells rsync to store all backups in the specified directory. This is very useful for incremental backups.
--suffix=SUFFIX
 	This option allows you to override the default backup suffix used with the -b option. The default is a ~.
-u, --update
 	This forces rsync to skip any files for which the destination file already exists and has a date later than the source file.
-l, --links
 	This tells rsync to recreate symbolic links on the remote system to be the same as the local system. Without this option, all symbolic links are skipped.
-L, --copy-links
 	This tells rsync to transfer the file referenced by a symbolic link, rather than recreating the link.
--copy-unsafe-links
 	This tells rsync to treat symbolic links that point outside the source tree like ordinary files. Absolute symlinks are also treated like ordinary files, and so are any symlinks in the source path itself when --relative is used.
--safe-links
 	This tells rsync to ignore any symbolic links which point outside the destination tree. All absolute symlinks are also ignored.
-H, --hard-links
 	This tells rsync to recreate hard links on the remote system to be the same as the local system. Without this option hard links are treated like regular files.
-W, --whole-file
 	With this option the incremental rsync algorithm is not used and the whole file is sent as-is instead. This may be useful when using rsync with a local machine.
-p, --perms
 	This option causes rsync to update the remote permissions to be the same as the local permissions.
-o, --owner
 	This option causes rsync to update the remote owner of the file to be the same as the local owner. This is only available to the super-user. Note that if the source system is a daemon using chroot, the --numeric-ids option is implied because the source system cannot get access to the usernames.
-g, --group
 	This option causes rsync to update the remote group of the file to be the same as the local group. If the receiving system is not running as the super-user, only groups that the receiver is a member of will be preserved (by group name, not group id number).
-D, --devices
 	This option causes rsync to transfer character and block device information to the remote system to recreate these devices. This option is only available to the super-user.
-t, --times
 	This tells rsync to transfer modification times along with the files and update them on the remote system.
-n, --dry-run
 	This tells rsync to not do any file transfers, instead it will just report the actions it would have taken.
-x, --one-file-system
 	This tells rsync not to cross filesystem boundaries when recursing.
--existing
 	This tells rsync not to create any new files - only update files that already exist on the destination.
--max-delete=NUM
 	This tells rsync not to delete more than NUM files or directories.
--delete
 	This tells rsync to delete any files on the receiving side that aren´t on the sending side. Files that are excluded from transfer are excluded from being deleted unless you use --delete-excluded.
This option has no effect if directory recursion is not selected.
--delete-excluded
 	In addition to deleting the files on the receiving side that are not on the sending side, this tells rsync to also delete any files on the receiving side that are excluded (see --exclude).
--delete-after
 	By default rsync does file deletions before transferring files to try to ensure that there is sufficient space on the receiving filesystem. If you want to delete after transferring then use the --delete-after switch.
-B, --block-size=BLOCKSIZE
 	This controls the block size used in the rsync algorithm. See the technical report for details.
-e, --rsh=COMMAND
 	This option allows you to specify the remote shell program to use for communication between the local and remote copies of rsync.
You can also choose the remote shell program using the RSYNC_RSH environment variable.
--rsync-path=PATH
 	Use this to specify the path to the copy of rsync on the remote machine. Note that this is the full path to the binary, not just the directory that the binary is in.
--exclude=PATTERN
 	This option allows you to selectively exclude certain files from the list of files to be transferred. 
You may use as many --exclude options on the command line as you like to build up the list of files to exclude.
--exclude-from=FILE
 	This option is similar to the --exclude option, but instead it adds all exclude patterns listed in the file FILE to the exclude list. Blank lines in FILE and lines starting with ´;´ or ´#´ are ignored.
--include=PATTERN
 	This option tells rsync to not exclude the specified pattern of filenames. This is useful as it allows you to build up quite complex exclude/include rules.
--include-from=FILE
 	This specifies a list of include patterns from a file.
-T, --temp-dir=DIR
 	This option instructs rsync to use DIR as a scratch directory when creating temporary copies of the files transferred on the receiving side. The default behavior is to create the temporary files in the receiving directory.
-z, --compress
 	With this option, rsync compresses any data from the source file(s) which it sends to the destination machine.
--numeric-ids
 	With this option rsync will transfer numeric group and user ids rather than using user and group names and mapping them at both ends.
By default rsync will use the user name and group name to determine what ownership to give files. The special uid 0 and the special group 0 are never mapped via user/group names even if the --numeric-ids option is not specified.
--timeout=TIMEOUT
 	This option allows you to set a maximum IO timeout in seconds. If no data is transferred for the specified time then rsync will exit. The default is 0, which means no timeout.
--port=PORT
 	This specifies an alternate TCP port number to use rather than the default port 873. This only has effect when using rsync to connect to a remote rsync daemon.
--blocking-io
 	This specifies whether rsync will use blocking IO when launching a remote shell transport. You may find this is needed for some remote shells that can´t handle the default non-blocking IO.
--partial
 	By default, rsync will delete any partially transferred file if the transfer is interrupted. In some circumstances it is more desirable to keep partially transferred files. Using the --partial option tells rsync to keep the partial file which should make a subsequent transfer of the rest of the file much faster.
--progress
 	This option tells rsync to print information showing the progress of the transfer.
-P
 	Equivalent to --partial --progress
--password-file
 	This option allows you to provide a password in a file for accessing a remote rsync server. Note that this option is only useful when accessing a rsync server using the built in transport, not when using a remote shell as the transport. The file must not be world readable. It should contain just the password as a single line.
--bwlimit=KBPS
 	This option allows you to specify a maximum transfer rate in kilobytes per second. A value of zero specifies no limit.
sed
Name
sed — stream editor
Description
The specification for "sed" is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below.
Differences
-V, --version
 	Print out the version of sed that is being run and a copyright notice, then exit.
--quiet, --silent
 	Equivalent to the -n option
--expression
 	Equivalent to the -e option
--file=script-file
 	Equivalent to the -f option.
sendmail
Name
sendmail — an electronic mail transport agent
Synopsis
sendmail [flags] [address ...]
Sending electronic mail
To deliver electronic mail (email), applications shall support the interface provided by /usr/sbin/sendmail (described here). The /usr/sbin/sendmail interface shall be the default delivery method for applications.
Description
This program sends an email message to one or more recipients, routing the message as necessary. This program is not intended as a user interface routine.
With no flags, sendmail reads its standard input up to an end-of-file or a line consisting only of a single dot and sends a copy of the message found there to all of the addresses listed. It determines the network(s) to use based on the syntax and contents of the addresses.
It is recommended that applications use as few flags as necessary, none if possible.
Some agents allow aliasing on the local system to be prevented by preceding the address with a backslash.
The of messages must be as defined in RFC 2822.
Options
-bm
 	Read mail from standard input and deliver to the recipient addresses. This is the default mode of operation.
-bp 
 	List information about messages currently in the input mail queue.
-bs
 	Use the SMTP protocol as described in RFC 2821. (Read SMTP commands on standard input and write SMTP responses on standard output.)
Note that RFC 2821 specifies \r\n (CR-LF) be used at the end of each line, but Unix pipes almost always use \n (LF) instead. To deal with this, agents will accept both \r\n and \n at the end of each line. When accepting \r\n, the \r before the \n is silently discarded.
-F fullname
 	Explicitly set the full name of the sender for incoming mail unless the message already contains a From: message header.
If the user running sendmail is not sufficiently trusted, then the actual sender may be indicated in the message, depending on the behavior of the agent.
-f name
 	Explicitly set the envelope sender address for incoming mail. If there is no From: header, the address specified in the From: header will also be set.
If the user running sendmail is not sufficiently trusted, then the actual sender will be indicated in the message.
-i
 	Ignore dots alone on lines by themselves in incoming messages. This option is ignored when -bs is used.
-odb
 	If supported, deliver any mail in background. Otherwise, this option is ignored.
-odf
 	If supported, deliver any mail in foreground. Otherwise, this option is ignored.
-oem or -em
 	Mail errors back to the sender (default).
-oep or -ep
 	Write errors to the standard error output.
-oeq or -eq
 	Do not send notification of errors to the sender. This only works for mail delivered locally.
-oew or -ew
 	Write errors to the sender's terminal using the write(1) command, if he is logged in. Otherwise, mail errors back to the sender. If not supported, report errors in the same manner as -oem.
-oi
 	Same as -i.
-om
 	This option means 'me too', indicating that the sender of a message should receive a copy of the message if the sender appears in an alias expansion. Ignored if aliases are not supported.
-t
 	Read the message to obtain recipients from the To:, Cc:, and Bcc: headers in the message instead of from the command arguments. If a Bcc: header is present, it is removed from the message unless there is no To: or Cc: header, in which case a Bcc: header with no data is created, in accordance with RFC 2822.
If there are any arguments, they specify addresses to which the message is not to be delivered. That is, the argument addresses are removed from the recipients list obtained from the headers. Note: some agents implement this behavior in reverse, adding addresses instead of removing them. Others may disallow addresses in argument list. Therefore, applications should not put addresses in the argument list if -t is used.
This option is sometimes ignored when not in -bm mode (the default).
-v
 	Be more verbose. Additional -v options may make the software increasingly verbose.
Exit status
0
 	Successful completion on all addresses. This does not indicate successful delivery.
>0
 	There was an error.
Notes/Rationale
This page is believed to reflect functionality provided by smail, exim and other implementations, just not the sendmail implementation.
There has been a suggestion to remove -oew, -ew, -om, -t, and -v. Also to disallow -i when -bs is specified. Most of this strikes me as a good idea, but it might want further discussion. Seems to me that the text "Some agents allow aliasing on the local system to be prevented by preceding the address with a backslash" needs to remain, if the behavior of different implementations really does vary.
shutdown
Name
shutdown — bring the system down
Synopsis
/sbin/shutdown [-t sec] [-arkhcfF] time [warning-message]
Description
shutdown brings the system down in a secure way. All logged-in users are notified that the system is going down, and login(1) is blocked. It is possible to shut the system down immediately or after a specified delay. All processes are first notified that the system is going down by the signal SIGTERM. 
Standard Options
-a 
 	Use /etc/shutdown.allow
-t sec
 	Tell init(8) to wait sec seconds between sending processes the warning and the kill signal, before changing to another runlevel.
-k 
 	Don't really shutdown; only send the warning messages to everybody.
-r
 	Reboot after shutdown
-h
 	Halt after shutdown
-f
 	Skip fsck on reboot
-F
 	Force fsck on reboot
-c
 	Cancel an already running shutdown. With this option it is of course not possible to give the time argument, but you can enter a explanatory message on the command line that will be sent to all users.
time
 	When to shutdown
The time argument can have different formats. First, it can be an absolute time in the hh:mm, in which hh is the hour (1 or 2 digits) and mm is the minute of the hour (in two digits). Second, it can be in the +m, in which m is the number of minutes to wait. The word now is an alias for +0.
If shutdown is called with a delay, it creates the advisory file /etc/nologin which causes programs such as login(1) to not allow new user logins. Shutdown only removes this file if it is stopped before it can signal init (i.e. it is cancelled or something goes wrong). Otherwise it is the responsibility of the system shutdown or startup scripts to remove this file so that users can login.
warning-message
 	Message to send all users.
sleep
Name
sleep — delay for a specified amount of time
Synopsis
sleep [OPTION]... NUMBER[SUFFIX]
Description
Pause for NUMBER seconds. SUFFIX may be s to keep seconds, m for minutes, h for hours or d for days.
Standard Options
--help
 	display help and exit
--version
 	output version information and exit
sort
Name
sort — sort, merge or sequence check text files 
Description
The specification for "sort" is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below.
Differences
-g
 	compare according to general numerical value, imply -b
-M
 	compare (unknown) < JAN < ... < DEC, imply -b
-s
 	stabilize sort by disabling last resort comparison
-T DIRECTORY
 	use DIRECTORY for temporary files, not $TMPDIR or /tmp
-z
 	Incompatible with SUS definition. End lines with 0 byte, not newline.
--version
 	output version information and exit
split
Name
split — split a file into pieces
Description
The specification for "split" is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below.
Differences
-a suffix_length
 	This option is not supported
--bytes=SIZE
 	equivalent to the -b option
-C, --line-bytes
 	put at most SIZE bytes of lines per output file
--lines
 	equivalent to the -l option
--verbose
 	print a diagnostic to standard error just
--version
 	output version information and exit
strip
Name
strip — remove unnecessary information from executable files 
Description
The specification for "strip" is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below.
Differences
-F bdfname, --target=bfdname
 	Treat the original objfile as a file with the object code bfdname, and rewrite it in the same .
-I bfdname, --input-target=bfdname
 	Treat the original objfile as a file with the object code bfdname.
-O bdfname, --output-target=bfdname
 	Replace objfile with a file in the output bfdname.
-R sectionname, --remove-section=sectionname
 	Remove the named section from the file. This option may be given more than once. Note that using this option inappropriately may make the object file unusable.
-s, --strip-all
 	Remove all symbols.
-S, -g, --strip-debug
 	Remove debugging symbols only.
--strip-unneeded
 	Strip all symbols that are not needed for relocation processing.
-N symbolname, --strip-symbol=symbolname
 	Remove symbol symbolname from the source file. This option may be given more than once, and may be combined with other strip options.
-o file
 	Put the stripped output in file, rather than replacing the existing file. When this argument is used, only one objfile argument may be specified.
-p, --preserve-dates
 	Preserve the access and modification dates of the file.
-x, --discard-all
 	Remove non-global symbols.
-X, --discard-locals
 	Remove compiler-generated local symbols. (These usually start with `L' or `.'.)
-K symbolname, --keep-symbol=symbolname
 	Copy only symbol symbolname from the source file. This option may be given more than once.
-N symbolname, --strip-symbol=symbolname
 	Do not copy symbol symbolname from the source file. This option may be given more than once, and may be combined with strip options other than -K.
-v, --verbose
 	Verbose output: list all object files modified. In the case of archives, strip -v lists all members of the archive.
--version
 	Show the version number for strip and exit.
su
Name
su — Change user ID or become super-user
Synopsis
su [OPTS] [-] [username [ARGS]]
Description
su is used to become another user during a login session. Invoked without a username, su defaults to becoming the super user. The optional argument - may be used to provide an environment similar to what the user would expect had the user logged in directly.
The user will be prompted for a password, if appropriate. Invalid passwords will produce an error message. All attempts, both valid and invalid, are logged to detect abuses of the system.
An optional command can be executed. This is done by the shell specified in /etc/passwd for the target user unless the -s or -m options are used. Any arguments supplied after the username will be passed to the invoked shell (shell must support the -c command line option in order for a command to be passed to it).
The current environment is passed to the new shell. The value of $PATH is reset to /bin:/usr/bin for normal users, or /sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin for the super user. This may be changed with the ENV_PATH and ENV_SUPATH definitions in /etc/login.defs. When using the -m or -p options, the users environment is not changed.
A subsystem login is indicated by the presense of a "*" as the first character of the login shell. The given home directory will be used as the root of a new filesystem which the user is actually logged into.
Standard Options
-
 	make this a login shell
-c, --comand=command
 	pass command to the invoked shell using its -c option
-m, -p, --preserve-environment
 	do not reset environment variables, and keep the same shell if it is present in /etc/shells
-s, --shell=shell
 	use shell instead of the default in /etc/passwd. The shell specified must be present in /etc/shells.
sum
Name
sum — print checksum and block count of a file
Description
The specification for "sum" is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below.
Differences
-s, --sysv
 	use System V sum algorithm, use 512 bytes blocks
--version
 	output version information and exit
sync
Name
sync — flush filesystem buffers
Synopsis
sync [OPTION]
Description
Force changed blocks to disk, update the super block.
Standard Options
--help
 	display help and exit
--version
 	output version information and exit
tail
Name
tail — output the last part of files
Description
The specification for "tail" is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below.
Differences
--retry
 	keep trying to open a file even if it is inaccessible when tail starts or if it becomes inaccessible later -- useful only with -f
--bytes=N
 	output the last N bytes
--follow
 	equivalent to the -f option
--lines=N
 	equivalent to the -n option
--max-unchanged-stats=N
 	When tailing a file by name, if there have been this many consecutive iterations for which the size has remained the same, then open/fstat the file to determine if that file name is still associated with the same device/inode-number pair as before.
--max-consecutive-size-changes=N
 	This option is meaningful only when following by name. Use it to control how long tail follows the descriptor of a file that continues growing at a rapid pace even after it is deleted or renamed. After detecting N consecutive size changes for a file, open/fstat the file to determine if that file name is still associated with the same device/inode-number pair as before.
--pid=PID
 	with -f, terminate after process ID, PID dies
-q, --quiet, --silent
 	never output headers giving file names
-s, --sleep-interval=S
 	with -f, sleep S seconds between iterations
-v, --verbose
 	always output headers giving file names
+NUMBER, -NUMBER
 	This option does not support the c or l suffixes as stated in the SUS. The suffixes b, k, m are supported instead which refer to multipliers 512, 1024 and 1048576 respectively.
tar
Name
tar — file archiver
Description
The specification for "tar" is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below.
Differences
-A, --catenate, --concatenate
 	append tar files to an archive
--create
 	Equivalent to the -c option
-d, --diff, --compare
 	find differences between archive and file system
--delete
 	delete from the archive (not for use on mag tapes!)
--apend
 	Equivalent to the -r option.
--list
 	Equivalent to the the -t option
--update
 	Equivalent to the -u option
--extract, --get
 	extract files from an archive
--atime-preserve
 	don't change access times on dumped files
--block-size N
 	Equivalent to the -b option
-B, --read-full-blocks
 	reblock as we read (for reading 4.2BSD pipes)
-C, --directory DIR
 	change to directory DIR
--checkpoint
 	print directory names while reading the archive
-f, --file [HOSTNAME:]F
 	use archive file or device F (default "-", meaning stdin/stdout).
--force-local
 	archive file is local even if has a colon
-F, --info-script F, --new-volume-script F
 	run script at end of each tape (implies -M)
-G, --incremental
 	create/list/extract old GNU- incremental backup
-g, --listed-incremental F
 	create/list/extract new GNU- incremental backup
-h, --dereference
 	don't dump symlinks; dump the files they point to
-i, --ignore-zeros
 	ignore blocks of zeros in archive (normally mean EOF)
--bzip2
 	filter archive through bzip2, use to decompress .bz2 files
--ignore-failed-read
 	don't exit with non-zero status on unreadable files
-k, --keep-old-files
 	keep existing files; don't overwrite them from archive
-K, --starting-file F
 	begin at file F in the archive
-l, --one-file-system
 	stay in local file system when creating an archive
-L, --tape-length N
 	change tapes after writing N*1024 bytes
--modification-time
 	Equivalent to the -m option
-M, --multi-volume
 	create/list/extract multi-volume archive
-N, --after-date DATE, --newer DATE
 	only store files newer than DATE
-o, --old-archive, --portability
 	write a V7 archive, rather than ANSI . Note that for the -o option the behaviour is different than what is specified in the SUSv2
-O, --to-stdout
 	extract files to standard output
-p, --same-permissions, --preserve-permissions
 	extract all protection information
-P, --absolute-paths
 	don't strip leading /s from file names
--preserve
 	Equvilent to -p -s
-R, --record-number
 	show record number within archive with each message
--remove-files
 	remove files after adding them to the archive
-s, --same-order, --preserve-order
 	list of names to extract is sorted to match archive
--same-owner
 	create extracted files with the same ownership
-S, --sparse
 	handle sparse files efficiently
-T, --files-from F
 	get names to extract or create from file F
--null
 	 -T reads null-terminated names, disable -C
--totals
 	print total bytes written with --create
--verbose
 	Equivalent to the -v option
-V, --label NAME
 	create archive with volume name NAME
--version
 	print tar program version number
-w, --interactive, --confirmation
 	ask for confirmation for every action
-W, --verify
 	attempt to verify the archive after writing it
--exclude FILE
 	exclude file FILE
-X, --exclude-from FILE
 	exclude files listed in FILE
-Z, --compress, --uncompress
 	filter the archive through compress
-z, --gzip, --ungzip
 	filter the archive through gzip
--use-compress-program PROG
 	filter the archive through PROG (which must accept -d)
--block-compress
 	block the output of compression program for tapes
-[0-7][lmh]
 	specify drive and density
tee
Name
tee — read from standard input and write to standard output and files
Description
The specification for "tee" is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below.
Differences
--append
 	equivalent to the -a option
--ignore-interrupts
 	equivalent to the -i option
--version
 	output version information and exit
test
Name
test — check file types and compare values
Description
The specification for "test" is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below.
Differences
-G FILE
 	FILE exists and is owned by the effective group ID
-k FILE
 	FILE exists and has its sticky bit set
-L FILE
 	FILE exists and is a symbolic link
-O FILE
 	FILE exists and is owned by the effective user ID
-S
 	FILE exists and is a socket
time
Name
time — run programs and summarize system resource usage
Description
The specification for "time" is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below.
Differences
-o FILE, --output=FILE
 	Write the resource use statistics to FILE instead of to the standard error stream. By default, this overwrites the file, destroying the file's previous contents. 
-a, --append
 	Append the resource use information to the output file instead of overwriting it.
-f FORMAT, --=FORMAT
 	Use FORMAT as the string that controls the output of time. See the below more information.
--portability
 	Equivalent to the -p option
-v, --verbose
 	Use the built-in verbose , which displays each available piece of information on the program's resource use on its own line, with an English description of its meaning.
-V, --version
 	Print the version number of time and exit.
Formatting the Output
The string FORMAT controls the contents of the time output. The string can be set using the -f or --format, -v or --verbose, or -p or --portabili ty options. If they are not given, but the TIME environ ment variable is set, its value is used as the string. Otherwise, a built-in default is used.
The default is: 
%Uuser %Ssystem %Eelapsed %PCPU (%Xtext+%Ddata %Mmax)k
%Iinputs+%Ooutputs (%Fmajor+%Rminor)pagefaults %Wswaps
The string usually consists of resource specifiers interspersed with plain text. A percent sign (%) in the string causes the following character to be interpreted as a resource specifier, which is similar to the formatting characters in the printf(3) function.
A backslash (\) introduces a backslash escape, which is translated into a single printing character upon output. \t outputs a tab character, \n outputs a newline, and \\ outputs a backslash. A backslash followed by any other character outputs a question mark (?) followed by a backslash, to indicate that an invalid backslash escape was given.
Other text in the string is copied verbatim to the output. time always prints a newline after printing the resource use information, so normally strings do not end with a newline character (or 0).
There are many resource specifications. Not all resources are measured by all versions of Unix, so some of the values might be reported as zero. Any character following a percent sign that is not listed in the table below causes a question mark (`?') to be output, followed by that character, to indicate that an invalid resource listed in the table below causes a question mark (`?') to be output, followed by that character, to indicate that an invalid resource specifier was given.
The resource specifiers, which are a superset of those recognized by the tcsh(1) builtin `time' command, are:
%
 	A literal `%'.
C
 	Name and command line arguments of the command being timed.
D
 	Average size of the processs unshared data area, in Kilobytes.
E
 	Elapsed real (wall clock) time used by the process, in [hours:]minutes:seconds.
F
 	Number of major, or I/O-requiring, page faults that occurred while the process was running. These are faults where the page has actually migrated out of primary memory.
I
 	Number of file system inputs by the process.
K
 	Average total (data+stack+text) memory use of the process, in Kilobytes.
M
 	Maximum resident set size of the process during its lifetime, in Kilobytes.
O
 	Number of file system outputs by the process.
P
 	Percentage of the CPU that this job got. This is just user + system times divided by the total running time.
R
 	Number of minor, or recoverable, page faults. These are pages that are not valid (so they fault) but which have not yet been claimed by other virtual pages. Thus the data in the page is still valid but the system tables must be updated.
S
 	Total number of CPU-seconds used by the system on behalf of the process (in kernel mode), in seconds.
U
 	Total number of CPU-seconds that the process used directly (in user mode), in seconds.
W
 	Number of times the process was swapped out of main memory.
X
 	Average amount of shared text in the process, in Kilobytes.
Z
 	System's page size, in bytes. This is a per-system constant, but varies between systems.
c
 	Number of times the process was context-switched involuntarily (because the time slice expired).
e
 	Elapsed real (wall clock) time used by the process, in seconds.
k
 	Number of signals delivered to the process.
p
 	Average unshared stack size of the process, in Kilobytes.
r
 	Number of socket messages received by the process.
s
 	Number of socket messages sent by the process.
t
 	Average resident set size of the process, in Kilobytes.
w
 	Number of times that the program was context-switched voluntarily, for instance while waiting for an I/O operation to complete.
x
 	Exit status of the command.
touch
Name
touch — change file access and modification times
Description
The specification for "touch" is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below.
Differences
--no-create
 	equivalent to the -c option
-d, --date=STRING
 	parse STRING and use it instead of current time
--reference=FILE
 	equivalent to the -r option
--time=WORD
 	set time given by WORD: access atime use (same as -a) modify mtime (same as -m)
--version
 	output version information and exit
tr
Name
tr — translate or delete characters
Description
The specification for "tr" is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below.
Differences
--complement
 	equivalent to the -c option
--delete
 	equivalent to the -d option
--squeeze-repeats
 	equivalent to the -s option
-t, --truncate-set1
 	first truncate SET1 to length of SET2
--version
 	output version information and exit
tty
Name
tty — print the file name of the terminal connected to standard input
Description
The specification for "tty" is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below.
Differences
--silent, --quiet
 	equivalent to the -s option
--delete
 	equivalent to the -d option
--squeeze-repeats
 	equivalent to the -s option
--version
 	output version information and exit
umount
Name
umount — unmount file systems
Synopsis
umount [-hV]
umount -a [-nrv] [-t vfstype]
umount [-nrv] device | dir [...]
Description
The umount command detaches the file system(s) mentioned from the file hierarchy. A file system is specified by giving the directory where it has been mounted.
Standard Options
-V
 	Print version and exit.
-v
 	Verbose mode.
-n
 	Unmount without writing in /etc/mtab.
-r
 	In case unmounting fails, try to remount read-only.
-a
 	All of the file systems described in /etc/mtab are unmounted except for the proc filesystem.
-t vfstype
 	Indicate that the actions should only be taken on file systems of the specified type. More than one type may be specified in a comma separated list. The list of file system types can be prefixed with no to specify the file system types on which no action should be taken.
-f
 	Force unmount (in case of an unreachable NFS system).
uname
Name
uname — return system name 
Description
The specification for "uname" is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below.
Differences
-a, --all
 	print all information (not just the options specified in the SUS)
--machine
 	equivalent to the -m option
--nodename
 	equivalent to the -n option
--release
 	equivalent to the -r option
-p, --processor
 	print the host processor type
--sysname
 	equivalent to the -s option
--version
 	output version information and exit
unexpand
Name
unexpand — convert spaces to tabs
Description
The specification for "unexpand" is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below.
Differences
--tabs=NUMBER, -NUMBER
 	equivalent to -t NUMBER
--tabs=LIST, -LIST
 	equivalent to -t LIST
uniq
Name
uniq — remove duplicate lines from a sorted file
Description
The specification for "uniq" is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below.
Differences
--count
 	equivalent to the -c option
--repeated
 	equivalent to the -d option
-D, --all-repeated
 	print all duplicate lines
--skip-fields=N
 	equivalent to -f fields
-i, --ignore-case
 	ignore differences in case when comparing
--skip-chars=N
 	equivalent to the -s option
--unique
 	equivalent to the -u option
-w, --check-chars=N
 	compare no more than N characters in lines
--version
 	output version information and exit
useradd
Name
useradd — Create a new user or update default new user information
Synopsis
useradd [-c comment] [-d home_dir]
        [-e expire_date] [-f inactive_time]
        [-g initial_group] [-G group[,...]]
        [-m [-k skeleton_dir]] [-p passwd] [-r]
        [-s shell] [-u uid [ -o]] login

useradd -D [-g default_group] [-b default_home]
           [-f default_inactive] [-e default_expire_date]
           [-s default_shell]
Description
When invoked without the -D option, the useradd command creates a new user account using the values specified on the command line and the default values from the system. The new user account will be entered into the system files as needed, the home directory will be created, and initial files copied, depending on the command line options.
When invoked with the -D option, useradd will either display the current default values, or update the default values from the command line. If no options are specified, useradd displays the current default values.
Standard Options
-c comment
 	The new user's password file comment field.
-d home_dir
 	The new user will be created using home_dir as the value for the user's login directory. The default is to append the login name to default_home and use that as the login directory name.
-e expire_date
 	The date on which the user account will be disabled. The date is specified in the YYYY-MM-DD.
-f inactive_days
 	The number of days after a password expires until the account is permanently disabled. A value of 0 disables the account as soon as the password has expired, and a value of -1 disables the feature. The default value is -1.
-g initial_group
 	The group name or number of the user's initial login group. The group name must exist. A group number must refer to an already existing group. The default group number is 1.
-G group,[...]
 	A list of supplementary groups which the user is also a member of. Each group is separated from the next by a comma, with no intervening whitespace. The groups are subject to the same restrictions as the group given with the -g option. The default is for the user to belong only to the initial group.
-m [-k skeleton_dir]
 	The user's home directory will be created if it does not exist. The files contained in skeleton_dir will be copied to the home directory if the -k option is used, otherwise the files contained in /etc/skel will be used instead. Any directories contained in skeleton_dir or /etc/skel will be created in the user's home directory as well. The -k option is only valid in conjunction with the -m option. The default is to not create the directory and to not copy any files.
-p passwd
 	The encrypted password, as returned by crypt(3). The default is to disable the account.
-r
 	This flag is used to create a system account. That is, a user with a UID in the range reserved for system account users. If there is not a UID free in the reserved range the command will fail.
-s shell
 	The name of the user's login shell. The default is to leave this field blank, which causes the system to select the default login shell.
-u uid [-o]
 	The numerical value of the user's ID. This value must be unique, unless the -o option is used. The value must be non-negative. The default is the smallest ID value greater than 499 which is not yet used. 
Change Default Options
-b default_home
 	The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The user's name will be affixed to the end of default_home to create the new directory name if the -d option is not used when creating a new account.
-e default_expire_date
 	The date on which the user account is disabled.
-f default_inactive
 	The number of days after a password has expired before the account will be disabled.
-g default_group
 	The group name or ID for a new user's initial group. The named group must exist, and a numerical group ID must have an existing entry.
-s default_shell
 	The name of the new user's login shell. The named program will be used for all future new user accounts.
-c comment
 	The new user's password file comment field.
userdel
Name
userdel — Delete a user account and related files
Synopsis
userdel [-r] login
Options
-r
 	Files in the user's home directory will be removed along with the home directory itself. Files located in other file system will have to be searched for and deleted manually.
usermod
Name
usermod — Modify a user account
Synopsis
usermod [-c comment] [-d home_dir [ -m]]
        [-e expire_date] [-f inactive_time]
        [-g initial_group] [-G group[,...]]
        [-l login_name] [-p passwd]
        [-s shell] [-u uid [ -o]] login
Options
-c comment
 	The new value of the user's password file comment field.
-d home_dir
 	The user's new login directory. If the -m option is given the contents of the current home directory will be moved to the new home directory, which is created if it does not already exist.
-e expire_date
 	The date on which the user account will be disabled. The date is specified in the YYYY-MM-DD.
-f inactive_days
 	The number of days after a password expires until the account is permanently disabled. A value of 0 disables the account as soon as the password has expired, and a value of -1 disables the feature. The default value is -1.
-g initial_group
 	The group name or number of the user's new initial login group. The group name must exist. A group number must refer to an already existing group.
-G group,[...]
 	A list of supplementary groups which the user is also a member of. Each group is separated from the next by a comma, with no intervening whitespace. The groups are subject to the same restrictions as the group given with the -g option. If the user is currently a member of a group which is not listed, the user will be removed from the group.
-l login_name
 	The name of the user will be changed from login to login_name. Nothing else is changed. In particular, the user's home directory name should probably be changed to reflect the new login name.
-p passwd
 	The encrypted password, as returned by crypt(3).
-s shell
 	The name of the user's new login shell. Setting this field to blank causes the system to select the default login shell.
-u uid [-o]
 	The numerical value of the user's ID. This value must be unique, unless the -o option is used. The value must be non-negative. Any files which the user owns and which are located in the directory tree rooted at the user's home directory will have the file user ID changed automatically. Files outside of the user's home directory must be altered manually.
wc
Name
wc — print the number of bytes, words, and lines in files
Description
The specification for "wc" is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below.
Differences
--bytes, --chars
 	equivalent to the -c option
--lines
 	equivalent to the -l option
-L, --max-line-length
 	print the length of the longest line
-m
 	This option as described in the SUS is not supported
--words
 	equivalent to the -w option
--version
 	output version information and exit
xargs
Name
xargs — build and execute command lines from standard input
Description
The specification for "xargs" is as specified in the SUS but with the following differences as listed below.
Differences
--null, -0
 	Input filenames are terminated by a null character instead of by whitespace, and the quotes and backslash are not special (every character is taken literally). Disables the end of file string, which is treated like any other argument. Useful when arguments might contain white space, quote marks, or backslashes. The GNU find -print0 option produces input suitable for this mode.
--eof[=eof-str]
 	Equivalent to the -e option
-E
 	This option is not supported
--replace[=replace-str]
 	Use FORMAT as the string that controls the output of time. See the below more information.
-I
 	This option is not supported
--max-lines[=max-lines]
 	Equivalent to the the -l option
-L
 	This option is not supported
--max-args=max-args
 	Equivalent to the -n option
--interactive
 	Equivalent to the -p option
--no-run-if-empty, -r
 	If the standard input does not contain any nonblanks, do not run the command. Normally, the command is run once even if there is no input.
--max-chars
 	Equivalent to the -s option
--verbose
 	Equivalent to the -t option
--version
 	Print the version number of xargs and exit.
--exit
 	Equivalent to the -x option
--max-procs=max-procs, -P max-procs
 	Run up to max-procs processes at a time; the default is 1. If max-procs is 0, xargs will run as many processes as possible at a time. Use the -n option with -P; otherwise chances are that only one exec will be done.
Notes
1. 	Linux Standard Base
2. 	CAE Specification, January 1997, Commands and Utilities (XCU), Issue 5(ISBN: 1-85912-191-8, C604)

IX. Standard Shell

Chapter 15. Standard Shell
15.1. Introduction
The process of identifying a single GNU/Linux shell as a standard requires that features intrinsic to the shell be analyzed alongside attributes relating to its usability and availability. Among the many shells existing at the time of the evaluation, two in particular possessed a favorable array of features -- Bash and Pdksh.
After careful research and testing, Bash shell was adopted as the standard for GNU/Linux. At the time of evaluation, Bash was found mostly compliant with the POSIX-1003.2 standard, and its maintainer demonstrated interest in bringing the shell to full compliance. Bash already enjoys wide use among shell users, and is even included in many distributions as the default shell. Further, the abundance of documentation found both on the Internet and in the bookstore makes Bash an easy shell to use.
It should be noted that Bash supports many extensions -- features of a supplemental nature -- to those explicitly specified in POSIX-1003.2. Such extensions to POSIX are not beneficial to the portability of a shell script. The use of extensions must be avoided in order for a shell implementation or shell script to be considered LSB-compliant.
Provisions of the shell command language standard as documented in Section 3 of POSIX-1003.2 are applicable as specified. GNU exceptions to certain standards exist, and in such instances, the GNU method is preferred. Either variation, however, may be used to achieve LSB-compliance. The exceptions follow.
15.2. Standard Shell Exception: pathname of $0
POSIX Standard, section: 3.9.1.1, line: 779-784
When the search for command name using the PATH environment variable succeeds, the command is executed with actions equivalent to calling 'execve()' with the path argument set to the pathname resulting from the search, 'argv[0]' set to the command name and the remaining arguments set to the operands.
if [ $0 = (basename $0) ]; then
        echo "command name: " $0
fi
GNU Exception
When the search for command name using the PATH environment variable succeeds, the command is executed with actions equivalent to calling 'execve()' with the path argument set to the pathname resulting from the search, 'argv[0]' set to the full-path command name and the remaining arguments set to the operands.
if [ $0 = (realpath $0) ]; then
        echo "full pathname: " $0
fi
15.3. Standard Shell Exception: sourcing non-executable files
POSIX Standard, section: 3.14.4, line: 1493-1498
When PATH is used to locate a file for the dot utility1 , the file's readable bit has to be set. The executable bit is not important. The POSIX shell ignores non-readable files.
GNU Exception
When PATH is used to locate a file for the dot utility, the file's readable bit has to be set. The executable bit is not important. If file is executable and not readable, then the interactive shell displays a diagnostic message to standard error, and the non-interactive shell aborts.
Notes
1. 	dot is a special built-in utility

X. Users & Groups

Chapter 16. Users & Groups
A "user name" is a string that is used to identify a user. A "login name" is a user name that is associated with a system login. A "user id" is a non negative integer, which can be contained in an object of type uid_t, that is used to identify a system user. When the identity of a user is associated with a process, a user ID value is referred to as a real user ID, or an effective user ID. [POSIX 1.003.1-1996]
A "group name" is a string that is used to identify a set of users. A "group id" is a non negative interger, which can be contained in a object of type gid_t, that is used to identify a group of system users. Each system user is a member of at least one group. When the identity of a group is associated with a process, agroup ID value is referred to as a real group ID, or an effective group ID. [POSIX 1003.1-1996]
16.1. User and Group Database
The format of the User and Group databases is not specified. Programs may only read these databases using the provided API. Changes to these databases should be made using the provided commands.
16.2. User & Group Names
Below is a table of required mnemonic user and group names. This specification makes no attempt to numerically assign uid or gid numbers. The exceptions are the uid and gid for "root" which is equal to 0, and the uid and gid for "bin" which is equal to 1.
Table 16-1. Required User & Group Names
User	Group	Comments	
root	root	Administrative user with no restrictions	
bin	bin	Administrative user with some restrictions	
daemon	daemon	Subprocess special privileges	

Below is a table of optional mnemonic user and group names. This specification makes no attempt to numerically assign uid or gid numbers. If the username exists on a system, then they should be in the suggested corresponding group.
Table 16-2. Optional User & Group Names
User	Group	Comments	
adm	adm	Administrative special privileges	
lp	lp	Printer special privileges	
sync	sync	Login to sync the system	
shutdown	shutdown	Login to shutdown the system	
halt	halt	Login to halt the system	
mail	mail	Mail special privileges	
news	news	News special privileges	
uucp	uucp	UUCP special privileges	
operator	root	Operator special privileges	
man	man	Man special privileges	
nobody	nobody	Used by NFS	

The differences in numeric values of the uids and gids between systems on a network can be reconciled via NIS, rdist(1), rsync(1), or ugidd(8). Only a minimum working set of "user names" and their corresponding "user groups" are required. Applications cannot assume non system user or group names will be defined.
Applications cannot assume any policy for the default umask or the default directory permissions a user may have. Applications should enforce user only file permissions on private files such as mailboxes. The location of the users home directory is also not defined by policy other than the recommendations of the FHS and must be obtained by the *pwnam(3) calls.
16.3. UID Ranges
The system UIDs from 0 to 99 should be statically allocated by the system. These static assignments should be defined by a common registry.
The system UIDs from 100 to 499 should be reserved for dynamically allocation by system administrators and post install scripts using useradd(1).

XI. File System Hierarchy

Chapter 17. FHS
An LSB conforming system must adhere to the FHS 2.2.
LSB applications must not access files in /proc.
17.1. Minimal granted Directory and File permissions
In this Chapter "System" means a "LSB compliant system" and "application" means a "LSB compliant (third party vendor) application". 
The system must grant to the application read and execute permissions needed to use all system interfaces (ABIs) mentioned in the LSB document and included standards. 
17.2. Recommendations for applications on ownership and permissions
17.2.1. Directory Write Permissions
 The application should not depend on having directory write permission outside /tmp, /var/tmp, it's home directory and /var/opt/<package>, where <package> is the name of the application package. 
 The application should not depend on owning these directories.
 For these directories the application should be able to work with directory write permissions restricted by the "sticky bit". (Which prevents the application to remove files owned by another user. This is classically done with /tmp, to prevent accidental deletion of "foreign" files.)
17.2.2. File Write Permissions
 The application should not depend on file write permission on files not owned by the user it runs under with the exception of its personal inbox /var/mail/<username>
17.2.3. File Read and execute Permissions
 The application should not depend on having read permission to every file and directory.
17.2.4. Suid and Sgid Permissions
The application should not depend on suid/sgid permissions on a file not packaged with the application. Instead, the distribution is responsible for all system commands having the required permissions and working correctly.
 Rationale: Let us make security officers happy. Lets give them the freedom to take sgid/suid perms away, as long as they do not break the systems functionality.
17.2.5. Privileged users
 "Normal" Applications should not depend on running as a privileged user
 Special applications that have a reason to run under a privileged user, should outline these reasons clearly in their documentation, if they are not obvious as in the case of a backup/restore program. Users of the application should be informed, that "this application demands security privileges, which could infer with system security".
 The application should not contain binary only software which it depends on running as root, as this makes security auditing harder or even impossible. 
17.2.6. Changing permissions
 The application should not change permissions of files and directories not being part of their package. To do so without a warning notice in the documentation is regarded as unfriendly act.
17.2.7. Removable Media (Cdrom, Floppy,...)
 The application should be prepared on removable media being mounted with some of the options "noauto", "nouser", "nosuid" or "nodev". Also the mount options "uid=X", "gid=X" should be awaited with a non-zero uid/gid value X.
 Rationale: System vendors and local system administrators want to run applications from removable media, but want the possibility to control what the application can do.
 Run-from-removable media applications should not depend on logging in as a privileged user. 
17.2.8. Installable applications
If the Installation of an Applications requires the execution of programmes with superuser privileges, then this programmes should be supplied (also) in a human readable form. 
If not doing so, the local system administrator would have to blindly trust a piece of software, he can not check for security.

XII. System Initialization

Chapter 18. System Initialization
18.1. Cron Jobs
Packages may not touch the configuration file /etc/crontab, nor may they modify the files in /var/spool/cron/crontabs.
If a package wants to install a job that has to be executed via cron, it shall place a file with the name if the package in one of the following directories:
/etc/cron.daily
/etc/cron.weekly
/etc/cron.monthly
As these directory names say, the files within them are executed on a daily, weekly, or monthly basis, respectively.
 If a certain job has to be executed more frequently than daily, the package shall install a file /etc/cron.d/<package-name> tagged as configuration file. This file uses the same syntax as /etc/crontab and is processed by cron automatically.
It is recommended that files installed in any of these directories be scripts (shell scripts, Perl scripts, etc.) so that they may be modified by the local system administrator. In addition, they must be registered as configuration file.
The scripts in these directories have to check, if all necessary programs are installed before they try to execute them. Otherwise, problems will arise when a package was removed (but not purged), since the configuration files are kept on the system in this situation.
18.2. Run Levels
0	halt	
1	single user mode	
2	multiuser with no network services exported	
3	normal/full multiuser	
4	reserved for local use, default is normal/full multiuser	
5	multiuser with xdm or equivalent	
6	reboot	

18.3. Init Script Actions
Init files should accept one argument, saying what to do:
start	start the service	
stop	stop the service	
restart	stop and restart the service if the service is already running, otherwise start the service	
reload	cause the configuration of the service to be reloaded without actually stopping and restarting the service	
force-reload	cause the configuration to be reloaded if the service supports this, otherwise restart the service	
status	print the current status of the service	

The start, stop, restart, force-reload, and status options must be supported by all init files, the reload option is optional.
Init files should ensure that they will behave sensibly if invoked with start when the service is already running, or with stop when it isn't, and that they don't kill unfortunately-named user processes. The best way to achieve this is usually to use start-stop-daemon 1 .
If a service reloads its configuration automatically (as in the case of cron, for example), the reload option of the init file should behave as if the configuration has been reloaded successfully.
These executable files should not fail obscurely when the configuration files remain but the package has been removed, as the default in [the packaging system] is to leave configuration files on the system after the package has been removed. Only when it is executed with the [purge] option will [the packaging system] remove configuration files. Therefore, you should include a test statement at the top of the file, like this: 
test -f program-executed-later-in-file || exit 5
or take the equivalent action if the init file is not a shell script.
Init files should return an exit status of zero if the action described by the argument has been successful. Otherwise, the exit status should be non-zero. In addition to straightforward success, the following situations are also to be considered successful: 
•	restarting a service (instead of reloading it) with the "force-reload" argument
•	running "start" on a service already running
•	running "stop" on a service already stopped or not running
•	running "restart" on a service already stopped or not running
Exit status for "status" command: 
0	program is running	
1	program is dead and /var/run pid file exists	
2	program is dead and /var/lock lock file exists	
3	program is stopped	
4-100	reserved for future LSB use	
100-149	reserved for distribution use	
150-199	reserved for application use	
200-254	reserved	

Exit status for "start", "stop", "restart", "reload", and "force-reload":
In error conditions, the init file should fail, print an error, and return one of the following non-zero exit status codes. 
1	generic or unspecified error (current practice)	
2	invalid or excess argument(s)	
3	unimplemented feature (for example, "reload")	
4	user had insufficient privilege	
5	program is not installed	
6	program is not configured	
7	program is not running	
8-100	reserved for future LSB use	
100-149	reserved for distribution use	
150-199	reserved for application use	
200-254	reserved	

All error messages should be printed on standard error. All status messages should be printed on standard output.
 Since init files may be run manually by a system administrator with non-standard environment variable values for PATH, USER, LOGNAME, etc. init files should not depend on the values of these environment variables. They should set them to some known/default values if they are needed. 
18.4. Comment conventions for init scripts
LSB applications which need to execute script(s) at bootup and/or shutdown may provide one or more init.d files. These files are installed by the install_initd program described below, which copies it into a standard directory and makes whatever other adjustments (creation of symlinks, creation of entries in a database, etc.) are necessary so that the script can be run at boot-time. 2
 In the init.d file, information about the shell script shall be delimited by the lines "### BEGIN INIT INFO" and "### END INIT INFO". These delimiter lines may containg trailing whitespace, which shall be ignored. Inside this block there shall be lines of the form "# {keyword}: [arg1] [arg2] ...". (All lines inside this block start with a hash ('#') character in the first column, so that shell treats them as comments.) The following keywords, with their arguments are defined in this specification:
     # Provides: boot_facility_1 [ boot_facility_2 ...]
        # Required-Start: boot_facility_1 [ boot_facility_2 ...]
        # Required-Stop: boot_facility_1 [ boot_facility_2 ...]
        # Default-Start: run_level_1 [ run_level_2 ...]
        # Default-Stop: run_level_1 [ run_level_2 ...]
        # Description: multiline_description
Additional keywords may be defined in future LSB specifications. Distributions may define local extensions by using the prefix "X-[distribution name]" --- for example, "X-RedHat-foobardecl", or "X-Debian-xyzzydecl". 
An init.d shell script may declare using the "Required-Start: " header that it must not be run until certain boot facilities are provided. This information is used by the installation tool or the boot-time boot-script execution facility to assure that init scripts are run in the correct order.
Similarly, the "Required-Stop:" header defines which facilities must still be available during the shutdown of that service. Hence, the initscript system should avoid stopping shell scripts which provide those facilities until this shell script is stopped.
In a multiline description, each continuation line must begin with a '#' followed by tab character or a '#' followed by at least two space characters. The multiline description is terminated by the first line that does not match this criteria.
18.5. Installation and removal of init.d files
An init.d file is installed by copying it into /etc/init.d (which may be a symlink to another location). This can be done by the package installer. During the package's postinstall script, the program "/usr/lib/lsb/install_initd" to configure the distribution's boot script system to call the package's init.d file at the appropriate time.
The install_initd program takes a single argument, the pathanme to the /etc/init.d file. For example:
     /usr/lib/lsb/install_initd /etc/init.d/inet
 When a software package is removed, the package's preuninstall script shall call /usr/lib/lsb/remove_initd and pass the pathname to the /etc/init.d file. The package manager is still responsible for removing the /etc/init.d file; the remove_initd program is provided in case the distribution needs to clean up any other modifications the distribution's boot script system which might have been made by the install_initd program. For example:
   /usr/lib/lsb/remove_initd /etc/init.d/inet
There should be a tool available to the user (ala RedHat's chkconfig) which can be used by the system administrator to easily manipulate at which init levels a particular init.d script is started or stopped. This specification currently does not specify such an interface, however.
18.6. Facility names
Facility names that begin with a dollar sign ('$') are system facility names, defined by the LSB, and MUST be provided by distributions. LSB applications should not provide system facilities. This document defines the following system facility names:
$local_fs	all local filesystems are mounted	
$network	low level networking (ethernet card; may imply PCMCIA running)	
$named	named is operational	
$remote_fs	all remote filesystems are mounted (note in some cases /usr may be remote. Most applications that care will probably require both $local_fs and $remote_fs)	
$syslog	system logger is operational	
$netdaemons	all network daemons are running	

Other system facilities may be defined by other LSB applications.
Facility names may also be init.d script names, although LSB applications SHOULD NOT use script names, especially script names which are provided by distributions, as these may not necessarily be the same across different distributions.
18.7. Script names
Since the init.d scripts must live in a single directory, they must come from a single namespace. Three means of assigning names from this namespace are available:
•	 Assigned namespace. This namespace consists of names which only use the character set [a-z0-9]. This space is desirable for scripts which system administrators may often wish to run manually: e.g., "/etc/init.d/named restart" In order to avoid conflicts these names must be reserved through the LANA (Linux Assigned Names/Numbers Authority). 
 Commonly used names shall be reserved in advance; developers for projects should be encouraged reserve names from LANA, so that each distribution can use the same name, and to avoid conflicts with other projects.
•	 Hierarchical namespace. This namespace consists of scripts names which look like this: [hier1]-[hier2]-...-[name], where name is again taken the character set [a-z0-9], and where there may be one or more [hier-n] components. [hier1] may either be a [a-z0-9] name assigned by the LANA, or it may be owners' DNS name in lower case, with at least one '.'. I.e., "debian.org", "staroffice.sun.com", etc.
•	 Reserved namespace. This namespace consists of script names which begin with the character '_', and is reserved for distribution use only. This namespace should be used for core packages only, and in general use of this namespace is highly discouraged. 
In general, if a package or some system function is likely to be used on multiple systems, the package developers or the distribution SHOULD get a registered name through LANA, and distributions should strive to use the same name whenever possible. For applications which may not be "core" or may not be commonly installed, the hierarchical namespace may be more appropriate. An advantage to the hierarchical namespace is that there is no need to consult with the LANA before obtaining an assigned name.
Obviously, short names are highly desirable, since many system administrators like to use them to manually start and stop services. Given this, they should be standardized on a per-package basis. This is the rationale behind having a LANA organization to assign these names. The LANA may be called upon to handle other namespace issues, such as package/prerequisites naming (which I'm sure will be a hot political topic, but essential to make prerequisites to work correctly).
 This specification shall pre-define the following script names as being reserved to the LANA. They reflect names which are commonly in use today by distributions to start up various sytem programs/daemons. The behaviour of these scripts are not specified here, and not all distributions may use all of these script names. 
•	autofs
•	apmd
•	atd
•	crond
•	dhclient
•	dhcpcd
•	gpm
•	exim
•	halt
•	identd
•	inet
•	httpd
•	kudzu
•	klogd
•	lpd
•	mcserv
•	named
•	nfs
•	nfslock
•	pcmcia
•	portmap
•	postfix
•	random
•	routed
•	rstatd
•	rusersd
•	rwhod
•	sendmail
•	samba
•	smb
•	snmpd
•	sshd
•	syslog
•	xfs
•	xntpd
•	ypbind
18.8. Init script Functions
Each LSB compliant init.d script must source the file /lib/lsb/init-functions. This file must cause the following shell script commands to be defined. This can be done either by adding a directory to the PATH variable which defines these commands, or by defining sh aliases. While the distribution-provided aliases may choose to use bash extensions (at the distribution's option), the LSB init.d files themselves should only depend in /bin/sh features as defined by POSIX.2.
start_daemon [-f] [-n nicelevel] pathname [args]	 This runs the specified program as a daemon. start_daemon will check to see if there is a program named "daemon" already running. If so, it will not start another copy of the daemon unless the -f option is given. The -n option specifies a nice level. See nice(1).	
killproc basename [signal]	 This stops the specified program. The program is found using the algorithm given by pidofproc. If a signal is specified, the program is sent that signal. Otherwise, a SIGTERM followed by a SIGKILL after some number of seconds is sent.	
pidofproc basename	 This function returns one or more pid(s) for a particular daemon. If an entry is found in /var/run/basename.pid, then that value is returned. Compliant implementations of the LSB may attempt other mechanisms for determining the pid(s), although this is not required. (And not recommended, since a user can trick startup scripts by creating processes that appear to be system programs in the process list thus creating a potential security exposure.) Hence, LSB complaint applications who wish to use the pidofproc function in their init scripts must store the pid in /var/run/basename.pid.	
log_success_msg "message"	 This requests the distribution to print a success message. The message should be relatively short; no More than 60 characters is highly desirable.	
log_failure_msg "message"	 This requests the distribution to print a failure message. The message should be relatively short; no more than 60 characters is highly desirable.	
log_warning_msg "message"	 This requests the distribution to print a warning message. The message should be relatively short; no more than 60 characters is highly desirable.	

Notes
1. 	assuming that start-stop-daemon or a similar program is included in the LSB
2. 	This specification does not require, but is designed to allow, the development of a system which runs boot scripts in parallel. Hence, enforced serialization of scripts are avoided unless they are explicitly necessary.

Appendix A. Alphabetical Listing of Interfaces
A.1. libX11
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
X11R6.4 Xlib - C library	

Table A-1. libX11 Function Interfaces
XActivateScreenSaver1	XInitExtension1	XcmsCIELuvClipL1	
XAddConnectionWatch1	XInitImage1	XcmsCIELuvClipLuv1	
XAddExtension1	XInitThreads1	XcmsCIELuvClipuv1	
XAddHost1	XInsertModifiermapEntry1	XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxC1	
XAddHosts1	XInstallColormap1	XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxL1	
XAddPixel1	XInternAtom1	XcmsCIELuvQueryMaxLC1	
XAddToExtensionList1	XInternAtoms1	XcmsCIELuvQueryMinL1	
XAddToSaveSet1	XInternalConnectionNumbers1	XcmsCIELuvToCIEuvY1	
XAllPlanes1	XIntersectRegion1	XcmsCIELuvWhiteShiftColors1	
XAllocClassHint1	XKeycodeToKeysym1	XcmsCIEXYZToCIELab1	
XAllocColor1	XKeysymToKeycode1	XcmsCIEXYZToCIEuvY1	
XAllocColorCells1	XKeysymToString1	XcmsCIEXYZToCIExyY1	
XAllocColorPlanes1	XKillClient1	XcmsCIEXYZToRGBi1	
XAllocIconSize1	XLastKnownRequestProcessed1	XcmsCIEuvYToCIELuv1	
XAllocNamedColor1	XListDepths1	XcmsCIEuvYToCIEXYZ1	
XAllocSizeHints1	XListExtensions1	XcmsCIEuvYToTekHVC1	
XAllocStandardColormap1	XListFonts1	XcmsCIExyYToCIEXYZ1	
XAllocWMHints1	XListFontsWithInfo1	XcmsClientWhitePointOfCCC1	
XAllowEvents1	XListHosts1	XcmsConvertColors1	
XAutoRepeatOff1	XListInstalledColormaps1	XcmsCreateCCC1	
XAutoRepeatOn1	XListPixmapFormats1	XcmsDefaultCCC1	
XBaseFontNameListOfFontSet1	XListProperties1	XcmsDisplayOfCCC1	
XBell1	XLoadFont1	XcmsFormatOfPrefix1	
XBitmapBitOrder1	XLoadQueryFont1	XcmsFreeCCC1	
XBitmapPad1	XLocaleOfFontSet1	XcmsLookupColor1	
XBitmapUnit1	XLocaleOfIM1	XcmsPrefixOfFormat1	
XBlackPixel1	XLocaleOfOM1	XcmsQueryBlack1	
XBlackPixelOfScreen1	XLockDisplay1	XcmsQueryBlue1	
XCellsOfScreen1	XLookupColor1	XcmsQueryColor1	
XChangeActivePointerGrab1	XLookupKeysym1	XcmsQueryColors1	
XChangeGC1	XLookupString1	XcmsQueryGreen1	
XChangeKeyboardControl1	XLowerWindow1	XcmsQueryRed1	
XChangeKeyboardMapping1	XMapRaised1	XcmsQueryWhite1	
XChangePointerControl1	XMapSubwindows1	XcmsRGBToRGBi1	
XChangeProperty1	XMapWindow1	XcmsRGBiToCIEXYZ1	
XChangeSaveSet1	XMaskEvent1	XcmsRGBiToRGB1	
XChangeWindowAttributes1	XMatchVisualInfo1	XcmsScreenNumberOfCCC1	
XCheckIfEvent1	XMaxCmapsOfScreen1	XcmsScreenWhitePointOfCCC1	
XCheckMaskEvent1	XMaxRequestSize1	XcmsSetCCCOfColormap1	
XCheckTypedEvent1	XMinCmapsOfScreen1	XcmsSetCompressionProc1	
XCheckTypedWindowEvent1	XMoveResizeWindow1	XcmsSetWhiteAdjustProc1	
XCheckWindowEvent1	XMoveWindow1	XcmsSetWhitePoint1	
XCirculateSubwindows1	XNewModifiermap1	XcmsStoreColor1	
XCirculateSubwindowsDown1	XNextEvent1	XcmsStoreColors1	
XCirculateSubwindowsUp1	XNextRequest1	XcmsTekHVCClipC1	
XClearArea1	XNoOp1	XcmsTekHVCClipV1	
XClearWindow1	XOMOfOC1	XcmsTekHVCClipVC1	
XClipBox1	XOffsetRegion1	XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxC1	
XCloseDisplay1	XOpenDisplay1	XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxV1	
XCloseIM1	XOpenIM1	XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxVC1	
XCloseOM1	XOpenOM1	XcmsTekHVCQueryMaxVSamples1	
XConfigureWindow1	XParseColor1	XcmsTekHVCQueryMinV1	
XConnectionNumber1	XParseGeometry1	XcmsTekHVCToCIEuvY1	
XContextDependentDrawing1	XPeekEvent1	XcmsTekHVCWhiteShiftColors1	
XContextualDrawing1	XPeekIfEvent1	XcmsVisualOfCCC1	
XConvertCase1	XPending1	XkbAllocClientMap1	
XConvertSelection1	XPlanesOfScreen1	XkbAllocCompatMap1	
XCopyArea1	XPointInRegion1	XkbAllocControls1	
XCopyColormapAndFree1	XPolygonRegion1	XkbAllocGeomColors1	
XCopyGC1	XProcessInternalConnection1	XkbAllocGeomDoodads1	
XCopyPlane1	XProtocolRevision1	XkbAllocGeomKeyAliases1	
XCreateBitmapFromData1	XProtocolVersion1	XkbAllocGeomKeys1	
XCreateColormap1	XPutBackEvent1	XkbAllocGeomOutlines1	
XCreateFontCursor1	XPutImage1	XkbAllocGeomOverlayKeys1	
XCreateFontSet1	XPutPixel1	XkbAllocGeomOverlayRows1	
XCreateGC1	XQLength1	XkbAllocGeomOverlays1	
XCreateGlyphCursor1	XQueryBestCursor1	XkbAllocGeomPoints1	
XCreateIC1	XQueryBestSize1	XkbAllocGeomProps1	
XCreateImage1	XQueryBestStipple1	XkbAllocGeomRows1	
XCreateOC1	XQueryBestTile1	XkbAllocGeomSectionDoodads1	
XCreatePixmap1	XQueryColor1	XkbAllocGeomSections1	
XCreatePixmapCursor1	XQueryColors1	XkbAllocGeomShapes1	
XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData1	XQueryExtension1	XkbAllocGeometry1	
XCreateRegion1	XQueryFont1	XkbAllocIndicatorMaps1	
XCreateSimpleWindow1	XQueryKeymap1	XkbAllocKeyboard1	
XCreateWindow1	XQueryPointer1	XkbAllocNames1	
XDefaultColormap1	XQueryTextExtents1	XkbAllocServerMap1	
XDefaultColormapOfScreen1	XQueryTextExtents161	XkbApplyCompatMapToKey1	
XDefaultDepth1	XQueryTree1	XkbApplyVirtualModChanges1	
XDefaultDepthOfScreen1	XRaiseWindow1	XkbBell1	
XDefaultGC1	XReadBitmapFile1	XkbBellEvent1	
XDefaultGCOfScreen1	XReadBitmapFileData1	XkbChangeEnabledControls1	
XDefaultRootWindow1	XRebindKeysym1	XkbChangeKeycodeRange1	
XDefaultScreen1	XRecolorCursor1	XkbChangeMap1	
XDefaultScreenOfDisplay1	XReconfigureWMWindow1	XkbChangeNames1	
XDefaultString1	XRectInRegion1	XkbChangeTypesOfKey1	
XDefaultVisual1	XRefreshKeyboardMapping1	XkbComputeEffectiveMap1	
XDefaultVisualOfScreen1	XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback1	XkbComputeRowBounds1	
XDefineCursor1	XRemoveConnectionWatch1	XkbComputeSectionBounds1	
XDeleteContext1	XRemoveFromSaveSet1	XkbComputeShapeBounds1	
XDeleteModifiermapEntry1	XRemoveHost1	XkbComputeShapeTop1	
XDeleteProperty1	XRemoveHosts1	XkbCopyKeyType1	
XDestroyIC1	XReparentWindow1	XkbCopyKeyTypes1	
XDestroyImage1	XResetScreenSaver1	XkbFindOverlayForKey1	
XDestroyOC1	XResizeWindow1	XkbForceBell1	
XDestroyRegion1	XResourceManagerString1	XkbFreeClientMap1	
XDestroySubwindows1	XRestackWindows1	XkbFreeCompatMap1	
XDestroyWindow1	XRootWindow1	XkbFreeComponentList1	
XDirectionalDependentDrawing1	XRootWindowOfScreen1	XkbFreeControls1	
XDisableAccessControl1	XRotateBuffers1	XkbFreeGeomColors1	
XDisplayCells1	XRotateWindowProperties1	XkbFreeGeomDoodads1	
XDisplayHeight1	XSaveContext1	XkbFreeGeomKeyAliases1	
XDisplayHeightMM1	XScreenCount1	XkbFreeGeomKeys1	
XDisplayKeycodes1	XScreenNumberOfScreen1	XkbFreeGeomOutlines1	
XDisplayMotionBufferSize1	XScreenOfDisplay1	XkbFreeGeomOverlayKeys1	
XDisplayName1	XScreenResourceString1	XkbFreeGeomOverlayRows1	
XDisplayOfIM1	XSelectInput1	XkbFreeGeomOverlays1	
XDisplayOfOM1	XSendEvent1	XkbFreeGeomPoints1	
XDisplayOfScreen1	XServerVendor1	XkbFreeGeomProperties1	
XDisplayPlanes1	XSetAccessControl1	XkbFreeGeomRows1	
XDisplayString1	XSetAfterFunction1	XkbFreeGeomSections1	
XDisplayWidth1	XSetArcMode1	XkbFreeGeomShapes1	
XDisplayWidthMM1	XSetAuthorization1	XkbFreeGeometry1	
XDoesBackingStore1	XSetBackground1	XkbFreeIndicatorMaps1	
XDoesSaveUnders1	XSetClassHint1	XkbFreeKeyboard1	
XDrawArc1	XSetClipMask1	XkbFreeNames1	
XDrawArcs1	XSetClipOrigin1	XkbFreeServerMap1	
XDrawImageString1	XSetClipRectangles1	XkbGetAutoRepeatRate1	
XDrawImageString161	XSetCloseDownMode1	XkbGetCompatMap1	
XDrawLine1	XSetCommand1	XkbGetControls1	
XDrawLines1	XSetDashes1	XkbGetGeometry1	
XDrawPoint1	XSetErrorHandler1	XkbGetIndicatorMap1	
XDrawPoints1	XSetFillRule1	XkbGetIndicatorState1	
XDrawRectangle1	XSetFillStyle1	XkbGetKeyActions1	
XDrawRectangles1	XSetFont1	XkbGetKeyBehaviors1	
XDrawSegments1	XSetFontPath1	XkbGetKeyExplicitComponents1	
XDrawString1	XSetForeground1	XkbGetKeyModifierMap1	
XDrawString161	XSetFunction1	XkbGetKeySyms1	
XDrawText1	XSetGraphicsExposures1	XkbGetKeyTypes1	
XDrawText161	XSetICFocus1	XkbGetKeyVirtualModMap1	
XEHeadOfExtensionList1	XSetICValues1	XkbGetKeyboard1	
XESetBeforeFlush1	XSetIMValues1	XkbGetKeyboardByName1	
XESetCloseDisplay1	XSetIOErrorHandler1	XkbGetMap1	
XESetCopyGC1	XSetIconName1	XkbGetMapChanges1	
XESetCreateFont1	XSetIconSizes1	XkbGetNamedGeometry1	
XESetCreateGC1	XSetInputFocus1	XkbGetNamedIndicator1	
XESetError1	XSetLineAttributes1	XkbGetNames1	
XESetErrorString1	XSetLocaleModifiers1	XkbGetState1	
XESetEventToWire1	XSetModifierMapping1	XkbGetUpdatedMap1	
XESetFreeFont1	XSetNormalHints1	XkbGetVirtualMods1	
XESetFreeGC1	XSetOCValues1	XkbGetXlibControls1	
XESetPrintErrorValues1	XSetOMValues1	XkbIgnoreExtension1	
XESetWireToError1	XSetPlaneMask1	XkbInitCanonicalKeyTypes1	
XESetWireToEvent1	XSetPointerMapping1	XkbKeyTypesForCoreSymbols1	
XEmptyRegion1	XSetRGBColormaps1	XkbKeycodeToKeysym1	
XEnableAccessControl1	XSetRegion1	XkbKeysymToModifiers1	
XEqualRegion1	XSetScreenSaver1	XkbLatchGroup1	
XEventMaskOfScreen1	XSetSelectionOwner1	XkbLatchModifiers1	
XEventsQueued1	XSetSizeHints1	XkbLibraryVersion1	
XExtendedMaxRequestSize1	XSetStandardColormap1	XkbListComponents1	
XExtentsOfFontSet1	XSetStandardProperties1	XkbLockGroup1	
XFetchBuffer1	XSetState1	XkbLockModifiers1	
XFetchBytes1	XSetStipple1	XkbLookupKeyBinding1	
XFetchName1	XSetSubwindowMode1	XkbLookupKeySym1	
XFillArc1	XSetTSOrigin1	XkbNoteControlsChanges1	
XFillArcs1	XSetTextProperty1	XkbNoteMapChanges1	
XFillPolygon1	XSetTile1	XkbNoteNameChanges1	
XFillRectangle1	XSetTransientForHint1	XkbOpenDisplay1	
XFillRectangles1	XSetWMClientMachine1	XkbQueryExtension1	
XFilterEvent1	XSetWMColormapWindows1	XkbRefreshKeyboardMapping1	
XFindContext1	XSetWMHints1	XkbResizeKeyActions1	
XFindOnExtensionList1	XSetWMIconName1	XkbResizeKeySyms1	
XFlush1	XSetWMName1	XkbResizeKeyType1	
XFlushGC1	XSetWMNormalHints1	XkbSelectEventDetails1	
XFontsOfFontSet1	XSetWMProperties1	XkbSelectEvents1	
XForceScreenSaver1	XSetWMProtocols1	XkbSetAtomFuncs1	
XFree1	XSetWMSizeHints1	XkbSetAutoRepeatRate1	
XFreeColormap1	XSetWindowBackground1	XkbSetAutoResetControls1	
XFreeColors1	XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap1	XkbSetCompatMap1	
XFreeCursor1	XSetWindowBorder1	XkbSetControls1	
XFreeExtensionList1	XSetWindowBorderPixmap1	XkbSetDebuggingFlags1	
XFreeFont1	XSetWindowBorderWidth1	XkbSetDetectableAutoRepeat1	
XFreeFontInfo1	XSetWindowColormap1	XkbSetGeometry1	
XFreeFontNames1	XSetZoomHints1	XkbSetIgnoreLockMods1	
XFreeFontPath1	XShrinkRegion1	XkbSetIndicatorMap1	
XFreeFontSet1	XStoreBuffer1	XkbSetMap1	
XFreeGC1	XStoreBytes1	XkbSetNamedIndicator1	
XFreeModifiermap1	XStoreColor1	XkbSetNames1	
XFreePixmap1	XStoreColors1	XkbSetServerInternalMods1	
XFreeStringList1	XStoreName1	XkbSetXlibControls1	
XGContextFromGC1	XStoreNamedColor1	XkbToControl1	
XGeometry1	XStringListToTextProperty1	XkbTranslateKey1	
XGetAtomName1	XStringToKeysym1	XkbTranslateKeyCode1	
XGetAtomNames1	XSubImage1	XkbTranslateKeySym1	
XGetClassHint1	XSubtractRegion1	XkbUpdateActionVirtualMods1	
XGetCommand1	XSupportsLocale1	XkbUpdateKeyTypeVirtualMods1	
XGetDefault1	XSync1	XkbUpdateMapFromCore1	
XGetErrorDatabaseText1	XSynchronize1	XkbUseExtension1	
XGetErrorText1	XTextExtents1	XkbVirtualModsToReal1	
XGetFontPath1	XTextExtents161	XkbXlibControlsImplemented1	
XGetFontProperty1	XTextPropertyToStringList1	XmbDrawImageString1	
XGetGCValues1	XTextWidth1	XmbDrawString1	
XGetGeometry1	XTextWidth161	XmbDrawText1	
XGetICValues1	XTranslateCoordinates1	XmbLookupString1	
XGetIMValues1	XUndefineCursor1	XmbResetIC1	
XGetIconName1	XUngrabButton1	XmbSetWMProperties1	
XGetIconSizes1	XUngrabKey1	XmbTextEscapement1	
XGetImage1	XUngrabKeyboard1	XmbTextExtents1	
XGetInputFocus1	XUngrabPointer1	XmbTextListToTextProperty1	
XGetKeyboardControl1	XUngrabServer1	XmbTextPerCharExtents1	
XGetKeyboardMapping1	XUninstallColormap1	XmbTextPropertyToTextList1	
XGetModifierMapping1	XUnionRectWithRegion1	XrmCombineDatabase1	
XGetMotionEvents1	XUnionRegion1	XrmCombineFileDatabase1	
XGetNormalHints1	XUnloadFont1	XrmDestroyDatabase1	
XGetOCValues1	XUnlockDisplay1	XrmEnumerateDatabase1	
XGetOMValues1	XUnmapSubwindows1	XrmGetDatabase1	
XGetPixel1	XUnmapWindow1	XrmGetFileDatabase1	
XGetPointerControl1	XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback1	XrmGetResource1	
XGetPointerMapping1	XUnsetICFocus1	XrmGetStringDatabase1	
XGetRGBColormaps1	XVaCreateNestedList1	XrmInitialize1	
XGetScreenSaver1	XVendorRelease1	XrmLocaleOfDatabase1	
XGetSelectionOwner1	XVisualIDFromVisual1	XrmMergeDatabases1	
XGetSizeHints1	XWMGeometry1	XrmParseCommand1	
XGetStandardColormap1	XWarpPointer1	XrmPermStringToQuark1	
XGetSubImage1	XWhitePixel1	XrmPutFileDatabase1	
XGetTextProperty1	XWhitePixelOfScreen1	XrmPutLineResource1	
XGetTransientForHint1	XWidthMMOfScreen1	XrmPutResource1	
XGetVisualInfo1	XWidthOfScreen1	XrmPutStringResource1	
XGetWMClientMachine1	XWindowEvent1	XrmQGetResource1	
XGetWMColormapWindows1	XWithdrawWindow1	XrmQGetSearchList1	
XGetWMHints1	XWriteBitmapFile1	XrmQGetSearchResource1	
XGetWMIconName1	XXorRegion1	XrmQPutResource1	
XGetWMName1	XauDisposeAuth1	XrmQPutStringResource1	
XGetWMNormalHints1	XauFileName1	XrmQuarkToString1	
XGetWMProtocols1	XauGetBestAuthByAddr1	XrmSetDatabase1	
XGetWMSizeHints1	XauReadAuth1	XrmStringToBindingQuarkList1	
XGetWindowAttributes1	XcmsAddColorSpace1	XrmStringToQuark1	
XGetWindowProperty1	XcmsAddFunctionSet1	XrmStringToQuarkList1	
XGetZoomHints1	XcmsAllocColor1	XrmUniqueQuark1	
XGrabButton1	XcmsAllocNamedColor1	XwcDrawImageString1	
XGrabKey1	XcmsCCCOfColormap1	XwcDrawString1	
XGrabKeyboard1	XcmsCIELabClipL1	XwcDrawText1	
XGrabPointer1	XcmsCIELabClipLab1	XwcFreeStringList1	
XGrabServer1	XcmsCIELabClipab1	XwcLookupString1	
XHeightMMOfScreen1	XcmsCIELabQueryMaxC1	XwcResetIC1	
XHeightOfScreen1	XcmsCIELabQueryMaxL1	XwcTextEscapement1	
XIMOfIC1	XcmsCIELabQueryMaxLC1	XwcTextExtents1	
XIconifyWindow1	XcmsCIELabQueryMinL1	XwcTextListToTextProperty1	
XIfEvent1	XcmsCIELabToCIEXYZ1	XwcTextPerCharExtents1	
XImageByteOrder1	XcmsCIELabWhiteShiftColors1	XwcTextPropertyToTextList1	

A.2. libXt
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
Linux Standard Base	
X11R.4 X Toolkit Intrinsics	

Table A-2. libXt Function Interfaces
XtAddActions11	XtCvtStringToInt11	XtParseAcceleratorTable11	
XtAddCallback11	XtCvtStringToPixel11	XtParseTranslationTable11	
XtAddCallbacks11	XtCvtStringToRestartStyle11	XtPeekEvent11	
XtAddConverter11	XtCvtStringToShort11	XtPending11	
XtAddEventHandler11	XtCvtStringToTranslationTable11	XtPopdown11	
XtAddExposureToRegion11	XtCvtStringToUnsignedChar11	XtPopup11	
XtAddGrab11	XtCvtStringToVisual11	XtPopupSpringLoaded11	
XtAddInput11	XtDatabase11	XtProcessEvent11	
XtAddRawEventHandler11	XtDestroyApplicationContext11	XtProcessLock11	
XtAddSignal11	XtDestroyGC11	XtProcessUnlock11	
XtAddTimeOut11	XtDestroyWidget11	XtQueryGeometry11	
XtAddWorkProc11	XtDirectConvert11	XtRealizeWidget11	
XtAllocateGC11	XtDisownSelection11	XtRealloc11	
XtAppAddActionHook11	XtDispatchEvent11	XtRegisterCaseConverter11	
XtAppAddActions11	XtDispatchEventToWidget11	XtRegisterDrawable11	
XtAppAddBlockHook11	XtDisplay11	XtRegisterExtensionSelector11	
XtAppAddConverter11	XtDisplayInitialize11	XtRegisterGrabAction11	
XtAppAddInput11	XtDisplayOfObject11	XtReleaseGC11	
XtAppAddSignal11	XtDisplayStringConversionWarning11	XtReleasePropertyAtom11	
XtAppAddTimeOut11	XtDisplayToApplicationContext11	XtRemoveActionHook11	
XtAppAddWorkProc11	XtError11	XtRemoveAllCallbacks11	
XtAppCreateShell11	XtErrorMsg11	XtRemoveBlockHook11	
XtAppError11	XtFindFile11	XtRemoveCallback11	
XtAppErrorMsg11	XtFree11	XtRemoveCallbacks11	
XtAppGetErrorDatabase11	XtGetActionKeysym11	XtRemoveEventHandler11	
XtAppGetErrorDatabaseText11	XtGetActionList11	XtRemoveEventTypeHandler11	
XtAppGetExitFlag11	XtGetApplicationNameAndClass11	XtRemoveGrab11	
XtAppGetSelectionTimeout11	XtGetApplicationResources11	XtRemoveInput11	
XtAppInitialize11	XtGetClassExtension11	XtRemoveRawEventHandler11	
XtAppLock11	XtGetConstraintResourceList11	XtRemoveSignal11	
XtAppMainLoop11	XtGetDisplays11	XtRemoveTimeOut11	
XtAppNextEvent11	XtGetErrorDatabase11	XtRemoveWorkProc11	
XtAppPeekEvent11	XtGetErrorDatabaseText11	XtReservePropertyAtom11	
XtAppPending11	XtGetGC11	XtResizeWidget11	
XtAppProcessEvent11	XtGetKeyboardFocusWidget11	XtResizeWindow11	
XtAppReleaseCacheRefs11	XtGetKeysymTable11	XtResolvePathname11	
XtAppSetErrorHandler11	XtGetMultiClickTime11	XtScreen11	
XtAppSetErrorMsgHandler11	XtGetResourceList11	XtScreenDatabase11	
XtAppSetExitFlag11	XtGetSelectionParameters11	XtScreenOfObject11	
XtAppSetFallbackResources11	XtGetSelectionRequest11	XtSendSelectionRequest11	
XtAppSetSelectionTimeout11	XtGetSelectionTimeout11	XtSessionGetToken11	
XtAppSetTypeConverter11	XtGetSelectionValue11	XtSessionReturnToken11	
XtAppSetWarningHandler11	XtGetSelectionValueIncremental11	XtSetErrorHandler11	
XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler11	XtGetSelectionValues11	XtSetErrorMsgHandler11	
XtAppUnlock11	XtGetSelectionValuesIncremental11	XtSetEventDispatcher11	
XtAppWarning11	XtGetSubresources11	XtSetKeyTranslator11	
XtAppWarningMsg11	XtGetSubvalues11	XtSetKeyboardFocus11	
XtAugmentTranslations11	XtGetValues11	XtSetLanguageProc11	
XtBuildEventMask11	XtGrabButton11	XtSetMappedWhenManaged11	
XtCallAcceptFocus11	XtGrabKey11	XtSetMultiClickTime11	
XtCallActionProc11	XtGrabKeyboard11	XtSetSelectionParameters11	
XtCallCallbackList11	XtGrabPointer11	XtSetSelectionTimeout11	
XtCallCallbacks11	XtHasCallbacks11	XtSetSensitive11	
XtCallConverter11	XtHooksOfDisplay11	XtSetSubvalues11	
XtCallbackExclusive11	XtInitialize11	XtSetTypeConverter11	
XtCallbackNone11	XtInitializeWidgetClass11	XtSetValues11	
XtCallbackNonexclusive11	XtInsertEventHandler11	XtSetWMColormapWindows11	
XtCallbackPopdown11	XtInsertEventTypeHandler11	XtSetWarningHandler11	
XtCallbackReleaseCacheRef11	XtInsertRawEventHandler11	XtSetWarningMsgHandler11	
XtCallbackReleaseCacheRefList11	XtInstallAccelerators11	XtShellStrings11	
XtCalloc11	XtInstallAllAccelerators11	XtStringConversionWarning11	
XtCancelSelectionRequest11	XtIsApplicationShell11	XtStrings11	
XtChangeManagedSet11	XtIsComposite11	XtSuperclass11	
XtClass11	XtIsConstraint11	XtToolkitInitialize11	
XtCloseDisplay11	XtIsManaged11	XtToolkitThreadInitialize11	
XtConfigureWidget11	XtIsObject11	XtTranslateCoords11	
XtConvert11	XtIsOverrideShell11	XtTranslateKey11	
XtConvertAndStore11	XtIsRealized11	XtTranslateKeycode11	
XtConvertCase11	XtIsRectObj11	XtUngrabButton11	
XtCreateApplicationContext11	XtIsSensitive11	XtUngrabKey11	
XtCreateApplicationShell11	XtIsSessionShell11	XtUngrabKeyboard11	
XtCreateManagedWidget11	XtIsShell11	XtUngrabPointer11	
XtCreatePopupShell11	XtIsSubclass11	XtUninstallTranslations11	
XtCreateSelectionRequest11	XtIsTopLevelShell11	XtUnmanageChild11	
XtCreateWidget11	XtIsTransientShell11	XtUnmanageChildren11	
XtCreateWindow11	XtIsVendorShell11	XtUnmapWidget11	
XtCvtColorToPixel11	XtIsWMShell11	XtUnrealizeWidget11	
XtCvtIntToBool11	XtIsWidget11	XtUnregisterDrawable11	
XtCvtIntToBoolean11	XtKeysymToKeycodeList11	XtVaAppCreateShell11	
XtCvtIntToColor11	XtLastEventProcessed11	XtVaAppInitialize11	
XtCvtIntToFloat11	XtLastTimestampProcessed11	XtVaCreateArgsList11	
XtCvtIntToFont11	XtMainLoop11	XtVaCreateManagedWidget11	
XtCvtIntToPixel11	XtMakeGeometryRequest11	XtVaCreatePopupShell11	
XtCvtIntToPixmap11	XtMakeResizeRequest11	XtVaCreateWidget11	
XtCvtIntToShort11	XtMalloc11	XtVaGetApplicationResources11	
XtCvtIntToUnsignedChar11	XtManageChild11	XtVaGetSubresources11	
XtCvtStringToAcceleratorTable11	XtManageChildren11	XtVaGetSubvalues11	
XtCvtStringToAtom11	XtMapWidget11	XtVaGetValues11	
XtCvtStringToBool11	XtMenuPopupAction11	XtVaOpenApplication11	
XtCvtStringToBoolean11	XtMergeArgLists11	XtVaSetSubvalues11	
XtCvtStringToCommandArgArray11	XtMoveWidget11	XtVaSetValues11	
XtCvtStringToCursor11	XtName11	XtWarning11	
XtCvtStringToDimension11	XtNameToWidget11	XtWarningMsg11	
XtCvtStringToDirectoryString11	XtNewString11	XtWidgetToApplicationContext11	
XtCvtStringToDisplay11	XtNextEvent11	XtWindow11	
XtCvtStringToFile11	XtNoticeSignal11	XtWindowOfObject11	
XtCvtStringToFloat11	XtOpenApplication11	XtWindowToWidget11	
XtCvtStringToFont11	XtOpenDisplay11	_XtCopyFromArg10	
XtCvtStringToFontSet11	XtOverrideTranslations11	_XtInherit10	
XtCvtStringToFontStruct11	XtOwnSelection11	_XtIsSubclassOf10	
XtCvtStringToGravity11	XtOwnSelectionIncremental11	
	
XtCvtStringToInitialState11	XtParent11	

Table A-3. libXt Data Interfaces
XtCXtToolkitError11	objectClassRec11	topLevelShellClassRec11	
_XtInheritTranslations10	overrideShellClassRec11	topLevelShellWidgetClass11	
applicationShellWidgetClass11	overrideShellWidgetClass11	transientShellClassRec11	
compositeClassRec11	rectObjClass11	transientShellWidgetClass11	
compositeWidgetClass11	rectObjClassRec11	widgetClass11	
constraintClassRec11	sessionShellClassRec11	widgetClassRec11	
constraintWidgetClass11	sessionShellWidgetClass11	wmShellClassRec11	
coreWidgetClass11	shellClassRec11	wmShellWidgetClass11	
objectClass11	shellWidgetClass11	

A.3. libm
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
ISO/IEC 9899: 1999, Programming Languages --C	
CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606)	

Table A-4. libm Function Interfaces
acos(GLIBC_2.0)9	csinhf(GLIBC_2.0)8	llroundf(GLIBC_2.0)8	
acosf(GLIBC_2.0)8	csinhl(GLIBC_2.0)8	llroundl(GLIBC_2.0)8	
acosh(GLIBC_2.0)9	csinl(GLIBC_2.0)8	log(GLIBC_2.0)9	
acoshf(GLIBC_2.0)8	csqrt(GLIBC_2.0)8	log10(GLIBC_2.0)9	
acoshl(GLIBC_2.0)8	csqrtf(GLIBC_2.0)8	log1p(GLIBC_2.0)9	
acosl(GLIBC_2.0)8	csqrtl(GLIBC_2.0)8	logb(GLIBC_2.0)9	
asin(GLIBC_2.0)9	ctan(GLIBC_2.0)8	lrint(GLIBC_2.0)8	
asinf(GLIBC_2.0)8	ctanf(GLIBC_2.0)8	lrintf(GLIBC_2.0)8	
asinh(GLIBC_2.0)9	ctanh(GLIBC_2.0)8	lrintl(GLIBC_2.0)8	
asinhf(GLIBC_2.0)8	ctanhf(GLIBC_2.0)8	lround(GLIBC_2.0)8	
asinhl(GLIBC_2.0)8	ctanhl(GLIBC_2.0)8	lroundf(GLIBC_2.0)8	
asinl(GLIBC_2.0)8	ctanl(GLIBC_2.0)8	lroundl(GLIBC_2.0)8	
atan(GLIBC_2.0)9	dremf(GLIBC_2.0)8	matherr(GLIBC_2.0)8	
atan2(GLIBC_2.0)9	dreml(GLIBC_2.0)8	modf(GLIBC_2.0)9	
atan2f(GLIBC_2.0)8	erf(GLIBC_2.0)9	modff(GLIBC_2.0)8	
atan2l(GLIBC_2.0)8	erfc(GLIBC_2.0)9	modfl(GLIBC_2.0)8	
atanf(GLIBC_2.0)8	erfcf(GLIBC_2.0)8	nan(GLIBC_2.0)8	
atanh(GLIBC_2.0)9	erfcl(GLIBC_2.0)8	nanf(GLIBC_2.0)8	
atanhf(GLIBC_2.0)8	erff(GLIBC_2.0)8	nanl(GLIBC_2.0)8	
atanhl(GLIBC_2.0)8	erfl(GLIBC_2.0)8	nearbyint(GLIBC_2.0)8	
atanl(GLIBC_2.0)8	exp(GLIBC_2.0)9	nearbyintf(GLIBC_2.0)8	
cabs(GLIBC_2.1)9	expm1(GLIBC_2.1)9	nearbyintl(GLIBC_2.1)8	
cabsf(GLIBC_2.1)8	fabs(GLIBC_2.1)9	nextafter(GLIBC_2.1)9	
cabsl(GLIBC_2.1)8	fabsf(GLIBC_2.1)8	nextafterf(GLIBC_2.1)8	
cacos(GLIBC_2.1)8	fabsl(GLIBC_2.1)8	nextafterl(GLIBC_2.1)8	
cacosf(GLIBC_2.1)8	fdim(GLIBC_2.1)8	nexttoward(GLIBC_2.1)8	
cacosh(GLIBC_2.1)8	fdimf(GLIBC_2.1)8	nexttowardf(GLIBC_2.1)8	
cacoshf(GLIBC_2.1)8	fdiml(GLIBC_2.1)8	nexttowardl(GLIBC_2.1)8	
cacoshl(GLIBC_2.1)8	feclearexcept(GLIBC_2.1)8	pow(GLIBC_2.1)9	
cacosl(GLIBC_2.1)8	fegetenv(GLIBC_2.1)8	pow10(GLIBC_2.1)8	
carg(GLIBC_2.1)8	fegetexceptflag(GLIBC_2.1)8	pow10f(GLIBC_2.1)8	
cargf(GLIBC_2.1)8	fegetround(GLIBC_2.1)8	pow10l(GLIBC_2.1)8	
cargl(GLIBC_2.1)8	feholdexcept(GLIBC_2.1)8	powf(GLIBC_2.1)8	
casin(GLIBC_2.1)8	feraiseexcept(GLIBC_2.1)8	powl(GLIBC_2.1)8	
casinf(GLIBC_2.1)8	fesetenv(GLIBC_2.1)8	remainder(GLIBC_2.1)9	
casinh(GLIBC_2.1)8	fesetexceptflag(GLIBC_2.1)8	remainderf(GLIBC_2.1)8	
casinhf(GLIBC_2.1)8	fesetround(GLIBC_2.1)8	remainderl(GLIBC_2.1)8	
casinhl(GLIBC_2.1)8	fetestexcept(GLIBC_2.1)8	remquo(GLIBC_2.1)8	
casinl(GLIBC_2.1)8	feupdateenv(GLIBC_2.1)8	remquof(GLIBC_2.1)8	
catan(GLIBC_2.1)8	finite(GLIBC_2.1)9	remquol(GLIBC_2.1)8	
catanf(GLIBC_2.1)8	finitef(GLIBC_2.1)8	rint(GLIBC_2.1)9	
catanh(GLIBC_2.1)8	finitel(GLIBC_2.1)8	rintf(GLIBC_2.1)8	
catanhf(GLIBC_2.1)8	floor(GLIBC_2.1)9	rintl(GLIBC_2.1)8	
catanhl(GLIBC_2.1)8	floorf(GLIBC_2.1)8	round(GLIBC_2.1)8	
catanl(GLIBC_2.1)8	floorl(GLIBC_2.1)8	roundf(GLIBC_2.1)8	
cbrt(GLIBC_2.0)9	fma(GLIBC_2.0)8	roundl(GLIBC_2.0)8	
cbrtf(GLIBC_2.0)8	fmaf(GLIBC_2.0)8	scalb(GLIBC_2.0)9	
cbrtl(GLIBC_2.0)8	fmal(GLIBC_2.0)8	scalbf(GLIBC_2.0)8	
ccos(GLIBC_2.1)8	fmax(GLIBC_2.1)8	scalbl(GLIBC_2.1)8	
ccosf(GLIBC_2.1)8	fmaxf(GLIBC_2.1)8	scalbln(GLIBC_2.1)8	
ccosh(GLIBC_2.1)8	fmaxl(GLIBC_2.1)8	scalblnf(GLIBC_2.1)8	
ccoshf(GLIBC_2.1)8	fmin(GLIBC_2.1)8	scalblnl(GLIBC_2.1)8	
ccoshl(GLIBC_2.1)8	fminf(GLIBC_2.1)8	scalbn(GLIBC_2.1)8	
ccosl(GLIBC_2.1)8	fminl(GLIBC_2.1)8	scalbnf(GLIBC_2.1)8	
ceil(GLIBC_2.0)9	fmod(GLIBC_2.0)9	scalbnl(GLIBC_2.0)8	
ceilf(GLIBC_2.0)8	fmodf(GLIBC_2.0)8	significand(GLIBC_2.0)8	
ceill(GLIBC_2.0)8	fmodl(GLIBC_2.0)8	significandf(GLIBC_2.0)8	
cexp(GLIBC_2.1)8	frexp(GLIBC_2.1)9	significandl(GLIBC_2.1)8	
cexpf(GLIBC_2.1)8	frexpf(GLIBC_2.1)8	sin(GLIBC_2.1)9	
cexpl(GLIBC_2.1)8	frexpl(GLIBC_2.1)8	sincos(GLIBC_2.1)8	
cimag(GLIBC_2.1)8	gamma(GLIBC_2.1)9	sincosf(GLIBC_2.1)8	
cimagf(GLIBC_2.1)8	gammaf(GLIBC_2.1)8	sincosl(GLIBC_2.1)8	
cimagl(GLIBC_2.1)8	gammal(GLIBC_2.1)8	sinf(GLIBC_2.1)8	
clog10(GLIBC_2.1)8	hypot(GLIBC_2.1)9	sinh(GLIBC_2.1)9	
clog10f(GLIBC_2.1)8	hypotf(GLIBC_2.1)8	sinhf(GLIBC_2.1)8	
clog10l(GLIBC_2.1)8	hypotl(GLIBC_2.1)8	sinhl(GLIBC_2.1)8	
clogf(GLIBC_2.1)8	ilogb(GLIBC_2.1)9	sinl(GLIBC_2.1)8	
clogl(GLIBC_2.1)8	ilogbf(GLIBC_2.1)8	sqrt(GLIBC_2.1)9	
conj(GLIBC_2.1)8	ilogbl(GLIBC_2.1)8	sqrtf(GLIBC_2.1)8	
conjf(GLIBC_2.1)8	j0(GLIBC_2.1)9	sqrtl(GLIBC_2.1)8	
conjl(GLIBC_2.1)8	j0f(GLIBC_2.1)8	tan(GLIBC_2.1)9	
copysign(GLIBC_2.0)8	j0l(GLIBC_2.0)8	tanf(GLIBC_2.0)8	
copysignf(GLIBC_2.0)8	j1(GLIBC_2.0)9	tanh(GLIBC_2.0)9	
copysignl(GLIBC_2.0)8	j1f(GLIBC_2.0)8	tanhf(GLIBC_2.0)8	
cos(GLIBC_2.0)9	j1l(GLIBC_2.0)8	tanhl(GLIBC_2.0)8	
cosf(GLIBC_2.0)8	jn(GLIBC_2.0)9	tanl(GLIBC_2.0)8	
cosh(GLIBC_2.0)9	jnf(GLIBC_2.0)8	tgamma(GLIBC_2.0)8	
coshf(GLIBC_2.0)8	jnl(GLIBC_2.0)8	tgammaf(GLIBC_2.0)8	
coshl(GLIBC_2.0)8	ldexp(GLIBC_2.0)9	tgammal(GLIBC_2.0)8	
cosl(GLIBC_2.0)8	ldexpf(GLIBC_2.0)8	trunc(GLIBC_2.0)8	
cpow(GLIBC_2.1)8	ldexpl(GLIBC_2.1)8	truncf(GLIBC_2.1)8	
cpowf(GLIBC_2.1)8	lgamma(GLIBC_2.1)9	truncl(GLIBC_2.1)8	
cpowl(GLIBC_2.1)8	lgamma_r(GLIBC_2.1)8	y0(GLIBC_2.1)9	
cproj(GLIBC_2.1)8	lgammaf(GLIBC_2.1)8	y0f(GLIBC_2.1)8	
cprojf(GLIBC_2.1)8	lgammaf_r(GLIBC_2.1)8	y0l(GLIBC_2.1)8	
cprojl(GLIBC_2.1)8	lgammal(GLIBC_2.1)8	y1(GLIBC_2.1)9	
creal(GLIBC_2.1)8	lgammal_r(GLIBC_2.1)8	y1f(GLIBC_2.1)8	
creall(GLIBC_2.1)8	llrint(GLIBC_2.1)8	y1l(GLIBC_2.1)8	
csin(GLIBC_2.1)8	llrintf(GLIBC_2.1)8	yn(GLIBC_2.1)9	
csinf(GLIBC_2.1)8	llrintl(GLIBC_2.1)8	ynf(GLIBC_2.1)8	
csinh(GLIBC_2.1)8	llround(GLIBC_2.1)8	ynl(GLIBC_2.1)8	

Table A-5. libm Data Interfaces
clog8	signgam9	

A.4. libGL
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
OpenGL® Application Binary Interface for Linux	

Table A-6. libGL Function Interfaces
glAccum12	glGetSeparableFilter12	glRasterPos4iv12	
glActiveTextureARB12	glGetString12	glRasterPos4s12	
glAlphaFunc12	glGetTexEnvfv12	glRasterPos4sv12	
glAreTexturesResident12	glGetTexEnviv12	glReadBuffer12	
glArrayElement12	glGetTexGendv12	glReadPixels12	
glBegin12	glGetTexGenfv12	glRectd12	
glBindTexture12	glGetTexGeniv12	glRectdv12	
glBitmap12	glGetTexImage12	glRectf12	
glBlendColor12	glGetTexLevelParameterfv12	glRectfv12	
glBlendColorEXT12	glGetTexLevelParameteriv12	glRecti12	
glBlendEquation12	glGetTexParameterfv12	glRectiv12	
glBlendEquationEXT12	glGetTexParameteriv12	glRects12	
glBlendFunc12	glHint12	glRectsv12	
glCallList12	glHistogram12	glRenderMode12	
glCallLists12	glIndexMask12	glResetHistogram12	
glClear12	glIndexPointer12	glResetMinmax12	
glClearAccum12	glIndexd12	glRotated12	
glClearColor12	glIndexdv12	glRotatef12	
glClearDepth12	glIndexf12	glScaled12	
glClearIndex12	glIndexfv12	glScalef12	
glClearStencil12	glIndexi12	glScissor12	
glClientActiveTextureARB12	glIndexiv12	glSelectBuffer12	
glClipPlane12	glIndexs12	glSeparableFilter2D12	
glColor3b12	glIndexsv12	glShadeModel12	
glColor3bv12	glIndexub12	glStencilFunc12	
glColor3d12	glIndexubv12	glStencilMask12	
glColor3dv12	glInitNames12	glStencilOp12	
glColor3f12	glInterleavedArrays12	glTexCoord1d12	
glColor3fv12	glIsEnabled12	glTexCoord1dv12	
glColor3i12	glIsList12	glTexCoord1f12	
glColor3iv12	glIsTexture12	glTexCoord1fv12	
glColor3s12	glLightModelf12	glTexCoord1i12	
glColor3sv12	glLightModelfv12	glTexCoord1iv12	
glColor3ub12	glLightModeli12	glTexCoord1s12	
glColor3ubv12	glLightModeliv12	glTexCoord1sv12	
glColor3ui12	glLightf12	glTexCoord2d12	
glColor3uiv12	glLightfv12	glTexCoord2dv12	
glColor3us12	glLighti12	glTexCoord2f12	
glColor3usv12	glLightiv12	glTexCoord2fv12	
glColor4b12	glLineStipple12	glTexCoord2i12	
glColor4bv12	glLineWidth12	glTexCoord2iv12	
glColor4d12	glListBase12	glTexCoord2s12	
glColor4dv12	glLoadIdentity12	glTexCoord2sv12	
glColor4f12	glLoadMatrixd12	glTexCoord3d12	
glColor4fv12	glLoadMatrixf12	glTexCoord3dv12	
glColor4i12	glLoadName12	glTexCoord3f12	
glColor4iv12	glLogicOp12	glTexCoord3fv12	
glColor4s12	glMap1d12	glTexCoord3i12	
glColor4sv12	glMap1f12	glTexCoord3iv12	
glColor4ub12	glMap2d12	glTexCoord3s12	
glColor4ubv12	glMap2f12	glTexCoord3sv12	
glColor4ui12	glMapGrid1d12	glTexCoord4d12	
glColor4uiv12	glMapGrid1f12	glTexCoord4dv12	
glColor4us12	glMapGrid2d12	glTexCoord4f12	
glColor4usv12	glMapGrid2f12	glTexCoord4fv12	
glColorMask12	glMaterialf12	glTexCoord4i12	
glColorMaterial12	glMaterialfv12	glTexCoord4iv12	
glColorPointer12	glMateriali12	glTexCoord4s12	
glColorSubTable12	glMaterialiv12	glTexCoord4sv12	
glColorTable12	glMatrixMode12	glTexCoordPointer12	
glColorTableParameterfv12	glMinmax12	glTexEnvf12	
glColorTableParameteriv12	glMultMatrixd12	glTexEnvfv12	
glConvolutionFilter1D12	glMultMatrixf12	glTexEnvi12	
glConvolutionFilter2D12	glMultiTexCoord1dARB12	glTexEnviv12	
glConvolutionParameterf12	glMultiTexCoord1dvARB12	glTexGend12	
glConvolutionParameterfv12	glMultiTexCoord1fARB12	glTexGendv12	
glConvolutionParameteri12	glMultiTexCoord1fvARB12	glTexGenf12	
glConvolutionParameteriv12	glMultiTexCoord1iARB12	glTexGenfv12	
glCopyColorSubTable12	glMultiTexCoord1ivARB12	glTexGeni12	
glCopyColorTable12	glMultiTexCoord1sARB12	glTexGeniv12	
glCopyConvolutionFilter1D12	glMultiTexCoord1svARB12	glTexImage1D12	
glCopyConvolutionFilter2D12	glMultiTexCoord2dARB12	glTexImage2D12	
glCopyPixels12	glMultiTexCoord2dvARB12	glTexImage3D12	
glCopyTexImage1D12	glMultiTexCoord2fARB12	glTexParameterf12	
glCopyTexImage2D12	glMultiTexCoord2fvARB12	glTexParameterfv12	
glCopyTexSubImage1D12	glMultiTexCoord2iARB12	glTexParameteri12	
glCopyTexSubImage2D12	glMultiTexCoord2ivARB12	glTexParameteriv12	
glCopyTexSubImage3D12	glMultiTexCoord2sARB12	glTexSubImage1D12	
glCullFace12	glMultiTexCoord2svARB12	glTexSubImage2D12	
glDeleteLists12	glMultiTexCoord3dARB12	glTexSubImage3D12	
glDeleteTextures12	glMultiTexCoord3dvARB12	glTranslated12	
glDepthFunc12	glMultiTexCoord3fARB12	glTranslatef12	
glDepthMask12	glMultiTexCoord3fvARB12	glVertex2d12	
glDepthRange12	glMultiTexCoord3iARB12	glVertex2dv12	
glDisable12	glMultiTexCoord3ivARB12	glVertex2f12	
glDisableClientState12	glMultiTexCoord3sARB12	glVertex2fv12	
glDrawArrays12	glMultiTexCoord3svARB12	glVertex2i12	
glDrawBuffer12	glMultiTexCoord4dARB12	glVertex2iv12	
glDrawElements12	glMultiTexCoord4dvARB12	glVertex2s12	
glDrawPixels12	glMultiTexCoord4fARB12	glVertex2sv12	
glDrawRangeElements12	glMultiTexCoord4fvARB12	glVertex3d12	
glEdgeFlag12	glMultiTexCoord4iARB12	glVertex3dv12	
glEdgeFlagPointer12	glMultiTexCoord4ivARB12	glVertex3f12	
glEdgeFlagv12	glMultiTexCoord4sARB12	glVertex3fv12	
glEnable12	glMultiTexCoord4svARB12	glVertex3i12	
glEnableClientState12	glNewList12	glVertex3iv12	
glEnd12	glNormal3b12	glVertex3s12	
glEndList12	glNormal3bv12	glVertex3sv12	
glEvalCoord1d12	glNormal3d12	glVertex4d12	
glEvalCoord1dv12	glNormal3dv12	glVertex4dv12	
glEvalCoord1f12	glNormal3f12	glVertex4f12	
glEvalCoord1fv12	glNormal3fv12	glVertex4fv12	
glEvalCoord2d12	glNormal3i12	glVertex4i12	
glEvalCoord2dv12	glNormal3iv12	glVertex4iv12	
glEvalCoord2f12	glNormal3s12	glVertex4s12	
glEvalCoord2fv12	glNormal3sv12	glVertex4sv12	
glEvalMesh112	glNormalPointer12	glVertexPointer12	
glEvalMesh212	glOrtho12	glViewport12	
glEvalPoint112	glPassThrough12	glXChooseFBConfig12	
glEvalPoint212	glPixelMapfv12	glXChooseVisual12	
glFeedbackBuffer12	glPixelMapuiv12	glXCopyContext12	
glFinish12	glPixelMapusv12	glXCreateContext12	
glFlush12	glPixelStoref12	glXCreateGLXPixmap12	
glFogf12	glPixelStorei12	glXCreateNewContext12	
glFogfv12	glPixelTransferf12	glXCreatePbuffer12	
glFogi12	glPixelTransferi12	glXCreatePixmap12	
glFogiv12	glPixelZoom12	glXCreateWindow12	
glFrontFace12	glPointSize12	glXDestroyContext12	
glFrustum12	glPolygonMode12	glXDestroyGLXPixmap12	
glGenLists12	glPolygonOffset12	glXDestroyPbuffer12	
glGenTextures12	glPolygonStipple12	glXDestroyPixmap12	
glGetBooleanv12	glPopAttrib12	glXDestroyWindow12	
glGetClipPlane12	glPopClientAttrib12	glXFreeContextEXT12	
glGetColorTable12	glPopMatrix12	glXGetClientString12	
glGetColorTableParameterfv12	glPopName12	glXGetConfig12	
glGetColorTableParameteriv12	glPrioritizeTextures12	glXGetContextIDEXT12	
glGetConvolutionFilter12	glPushAttrib12	glXGetCurrentContext12	
glGetConvolutionParameterfv12	glPushClientAttrib12	glXGetCurrentDisplay12	
glGetConvolutionParameteriv12	glPushMatrix12	glXGetCurrentDrawable12	
glGetDoublev12	glPushName12	glXGetCurrentReadDrawable12	
glGetError12	glRasterPos2d12	glXGetFBConfigAttrib12	
glGetFloatv12	glRasterPos2dv12	glXGetSelectedEvent12	
glGetHistogram12	glRasterPos2f12	glXGetVisualFromFBConfig12	
glGetHistogramParameterfv12	glRasterPos2fv12	glXImportContextEXT12	
glGetHistogramParameteriv12	glRasterPos2i12	glXIsDirect12	
glGetIntegerv12	glRasterPos2iv12	glXMakeContextCurrent12	
glGetLightfv12	glRasterPos2s12	glXMakeCurrent12	
glGetLightiv12	glRasterPos2sv12	glXQueryContext12	
glGetMapdv12	glRasterPos3d12	glXQueryContextInfoEXT12	
glGetMapfv12	glRasterPos3dv12	glXQueryDrawable12	
glGetMapiv12	glRasterPos3f12	glXQueryExtension12	
glGetMaterialfv12	glRasterPos3fv12	glXQueryExtensionsString12	
glGetMaterialiv12	glRasterPos3i12	glXQueryServerString12	
glGetMinmax12	glRasterPos3iv12	glXQueryVersion12	
glGetMinmaxParameterfv12	glRasterPos3s12	glXSelectEvent12	
glGetMinmaxParameteriv12	glRasterPos3sv12	glXSwapBuffers12	
glGetPixelMapfv12	glRasterPos4d12	glXUseXFont12	
glGetPixelMapuiv12	glRasterPos4dv12	glXWaitGL12	
glGetPixelMapusv12	glRasterPos4f12	glXWaitX12	
glGetPointerv12	glRasterPos4fv12	
	
glGetPolygonStipple12	glRasterPos4i12	

A.5. libXext
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
Double Buffer Extension Library	
X Display Power Management Signaling (DPMS) Extension, Library Specification	
Security Extension Specification, Version 7.1	
X Nonrectangular Window Shape Extension Library Version 1.0	
MIT-SHM--The MIT Shared Memory Extension	
X Synchronization Extension Library	

Table A-7. libXext Function Interfaces
DPMSCapable3	XShmCreateImage6	XSyncQueryExtension7	
DPMSDisable3	XShmCreatePixmap6	XSyncSetCounter7	
DPMSEnable3	XShmDetach6	XSyncSetPriority7	
DPMSForceLevel3	XShmGetEventBase6	XSyncValueAdd7	
DPMSGetTimeouts3	XShmGetImage6	XSyncValueEqual7	
DPMSGetVersion3	XShmPixmapFormat6	XSyncValueGreaterOrEqual7	
DPMSInfo3	XShmPutImage6	XSyncValueGreaterThan7	
DPMSQueryExtension3	XShmQueryExtension6	XSyncValueHigh327	
DPMSSetTimeouts3	XShmQueryVersion6	XSyncValueIsNegative7	
XSecurityAllocXauth4	XSyncAwait7	XSyncValueIsPositive7	
XSecurityFreeXauth4	XSyncChangeAlarm7	XSyncValueIsZero7	
XSecurityGenerateAuthorization4	XSyncChangeCounter7	XSyncValueLessOrEqual7	
XSecurityQueryExtension4	XSyncCreateAlarm7	XSyncValueLessThan7	
XSecurityRevokeAuthorization4	XSyncCreateCounter7	XSyncValueLow327	
XShapeCombineMask5	XSyncDestroyAlarm7	XSyncValueSubtract7	
XShapeCombineRectangles5	XSyncDestroyCounter7	XdbeAllocateBackBufferName2	
XShapeCombineRegion5	XSyncFreeSystemCounterList7	XdbeBeginIdiom2	
XShapeCombineShape5	XSyncGetPriority7	XdbeDeallocateBackBufferName2	
XShapeGetRectangles5	XSyncInitialize7	XdbeEndIdiom2	
XShapeInputSelected5	XSyncIntToValue7	XdbeFreeVisualInfo2	
XShapeOffsetShape5	XSyncIntsToValue7	XdbeGetBackBufferAttributes2	
XShapeQueryExtension5	XSyncListSystemCounters7	XdbeGetVisualInfo2	
XShapeQueryExtents5	XSyncMaxValue7	XdbeQueryExtension2	
XShapeQueryVersion5	XSyncMinValue7	XdbeSwapBuffers2	
XShapeSelectInput5	XSyncQueryAlarm7	
	
XShmAttach6	XSyncQueryCounter7	

A.6. libICE
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
X11R6.4 X Inter-Client Exchange (ICE) Protocol	

Table A-8. libICE Function Interfaces
IceAcceptConnection9	IceGetConnectionContext9	IceProtocolVersion9	
IceAddConnectionWatch9	IceGetInBufSize9	IceReadAuthFileEntry9	
IceAllocScratch9	IceGetListenConnectionNumber9	IceRegisterForProtocolReply9	
IceAppLockConn9	IceGetListenConnectionString9	IceRegisterForProtocolSetup9	
IceAppUnlockConn9	IceGetOutBufSize9	IceRelease9	
IceAuthFileName9	IceInitThreads9	IceRemoveConnectionWatch9	
IceCheckShutdownNegotiation9	IceLastReceivedSequenceNumber9	IceSetErrorHandler9	
IceCloseConnection9	IceLastSentSequenceNumber9	IceSetHostBasedAuthProc9	
IceComposeNetworkIdList9	IceListenForConnections9	IceSetIOErrorHandler9	
IceConnectionNumber9	IceListenForWellKnownConnections9	IceSetPaAuthData9	
IceConnectionStatus9	IceLockAuthFile9	IceSetShutdownNegotiation9	
IceConnectionString9	IceOpenConnection9	IceSwapping9	
IceFlush9	IcePing9	IceUnlockAuthFile9	
IceFreeAuthFileEntry9	IceProcessMessages9	IceVendor9	
IceFreeListenObjs9	IceProtocolRevision9	IceWriteAuthFileEntry9	
IceGenerateMagicCookie9	IceProtocolSetup9	
	
IceGetAuthFileEntry9	IceProtocolShutdown9	

A.7. libSM
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
X11R6.4 X Session Management Library	

Table A-9. libSM Function Interfaces
SmFreeProperty8	SmcRelease8	SmsInitialize8	
SmFreeReasons8	SmcRequestSaveYourself8	SmsInteract8	
SmcClientID8	SmcRequestSaveYourselfPhase28	SmsProtocolRevision8	
SmcCloseConnection8	SmcSaveYourselfDone8	SmsProtocolVersion8	
SmcDeleteProperties8	SmcSetErrorHandler8	SmsRegisterClientReply8	
SmcGetIceConnection8	SmcSetProperties8	SmsReturnProperties8	
SmcGetProperties8	SmcVendor8	SmsSaveComplete8	
SmcInteractDone8	SmsCleanUp8	SmsSaveYourself8	
SmcInteractRequest8	SmsClientHostName8	SmsSaveYourselfPhase28	
SmcModifyCallbacks8	SmsClientID8	SmsSetErrorHandler8	
SmcOpenConnection8	SmsDie8	SmsShutdownCancelled8	
SmcProtocolRevision8	SmsGenerateClientID8	
	
SmcProtocolVersion8	SmsGetIceConnection8	

A.8. libdl
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
Linux Standard Base	
CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606)	

Table A-10. libdl Function Interfaces
dladdr(GLIBC_2.0)12	dlerror(GLIBC_2.0)13	dlsym(GLIBC_2.0)13	
dlclose(GLIBC_2.0)13	dlopen(GLIBC_2.0)13	

A.9. libcrypt
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606)	

Table A-11. libcrypt Function Interfaces
crypt(GLIBC_2.0)14	encrypt(GLIBC_2.0)14	setkey(GLIBC_2.0)14	

A.10. libz
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
zlib 1.1.3 Manual	

Table A-12. libz Function Interfaces
adler321	gzdopen1	gztell1	
compress1	gzeof1	gzwrite1	
compress21	gzerror1	inflate1	
crc321	gzflush1	inflateEnd1	
deflate1	gzgetc1	inflateInit2_1	
deflateCopy1	gzgets1	inflateInit_1	
deflateEnd1	gzopen1	inflateReset1	
deflateInit2_1	gzprintf1	inflateSetDictionary1	
deflateInit_1	gzputc1	inflateSync1	
deflateParams1	gzputs1	inflateSyncPoint1	
deflateReset1	gzread1	uncompress1	
deflateSetDictionary1	gzrewind1	zError1	
get_crc_table1	gzseek1	
	
gzclose1	gzsetparams1	

A.11. libncurses
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
 CAE Specification, May 1996, X/Open Curses, Issue 4, Version 2 (ISBN: 1-85912-171-3, C610), plus Corrigendum U018	

Table A-13. libncurses Function Interfaces
addch2	mvcur2	slk_refresh2	
addchnstr2	mvdelch2	slk_restore2	
addchstr2	mvderwin2	slk_set2	
addnstr2	mvgetch2	slk_touch2	
addstr2	mvgetnstr2	standend2	
attr_get2	mvgetstr2	standout2	
attr_off2	mvhline2	start_color2	
attr_on2	mvinch2	subpad2	
attr_set2	mvinchnstr2	subwin2	
attroff2	mvinchstr2	syncok2	
attron2	mvinnstr2	termattrs2	
attrset2	mvinsch2	termname2	
baudrate2	mvinsnstr2	tgetent2	
beep2	mvinsstr2	tgetflag2	
bkgd2	mvinstr2	tgetnum2	
bkgdset2	mvprintw2	tgetstr2	
border2	mvscanw2	tgoto2	
box2	mvvline2	tigetflag2	
can_change_color2	mvwaddch2	tigetnum2	
cbreak2	mvwaddchnstr2	tigetstr2	
chgat2	mvwaddchstr2	timeout2	
clear2	mvwaddnstr2	tparm2	
clearok2	mvwaddstr2	tputs2	
clrtobot2	mvwchgat2	typeahead2	
clrtoeol2	mvwdelch2	ungetch2	
color_content2	mvwgetch2	untouchwin2	
color_set2	mvwgetnstr2	use_env2	
copywin2	mvwgetstr2	vidattr2	
curs_set2	mvwhline2	vidputs2	
def_prog_mode2	mvwin2	vline2	
def_shell_mode2	mvwinch2	vw_printw2	
delay_output2	mvwinchnstr2	vw_scanw2	
delch2	mvwinchstr2	vwprintw2	
deleteln2	mvwinnstr2	vwscanw2	
delscreen2	mvwinsch2	waddch2	
delwin2	mvwinsnstr2	waddchnstr2	
derwin2	mvwinsstr2	waddchstr2	
doupdate2	mvwinstr2	waddnstr2	
dupwin2	mvwprintw2	waddstr2	
echo2	mvwscanw2	wattr_get2	
echochar2	mvwvline2	wattr_off2	
endwin2	napms2	wattr_on2	
erase2	newpad2	wattr_set2	
erasechar2	newterm2	wattroff2	
filter2	newwin2	wattron2	
flash2	nl2	wattrset2	
flushinp2	nocbreak2	wbkgd2	
getbkgd2	nodelay2	wbkgdset2	
getch2	noecho2	wborder2	
getnstr2	nonl2	wchgat2	
getstr2	noqiflush2	wclear2	
getwin2	noraw2	wclrtobot2	
halfdelay2	notimeout2	wclrtoeol2	
has_colors2	overlay2	wcolor_set2	
has_ic2	overwrite2	wcursyncup2	
has_il2	pair_content2	wdelch2	
hline2	pechochar2	wdeleteln2	
idcok2	pnoutrefresh2	wechochar2	
idlok2	prefresh2	werase2	
immedok2	printw2	wgetch2	
inch2	putp2	wgetnstr2	
inchnstr2	putwin2	wgetstr2	
inchstr2	qiflush2	whline2	
init_color2	raw2	winch2	
init_pair2	redrawwin2	winchnstr2	
initscr2	refresh2	winchstr2	
innstr2	reset_prog_mode2	winnstr2	
insch2	reset_shell_mode2	winsch2	
insdelln2	resetty2	winsdelln2	
insertln2	ripoffline2	winsertln2	
insnstr2	savetty2	winsnstr2	
insstr2	scanw2	winsstr2	
instr2	scr_dump2	winstr2	
intrflush2	scr_init2	wmove2	
is_linetouched2	scr_restore2	wnoutrefresh2	
is_wintouched2	scr_set2	wprintw2	
isendwin2	scrl2	wredrawln2	
keyname2	scroll2	wrefresh2	
keypad2	scrollok2	wscanw2	
killchar2	set_term2	wscrl2	
leaveok2	setscrreg2	wsetscrreg2	
longname2	slk_attr_set2	wstandend2	
meta2	slk_attroff2	wstandout2	
move2	slk_attron2	wsyncdown2	
mvaddch2	slk_attrset2	wsyncup2	
mvaddchnstr2	slk_clear2	wtimeout2	
mvaddchstr2	slk_color2	wtouchln2	
mvaddnstr2	slk_init2	wvline2	
mvaddstr2	slk_label2	
	
mvchgat2	slk_noutrefresh2	

Table A-14. libncurses Data Interfaces
curscr2	stdscr2	

A.12. libutil
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
Linux Standard Base	

Table A-15. libutil Function Interfaces
forkpty3	login_tty3	logwtmp3	
login3	logout3	openpty3	

A.13. libc
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
ISO/IEC 9899: 1999, Programming Languages --C	
Large File Support	
Linux Standard Base	
IEEE Std POSIX.1-1996 [ISO/IEC 9945-1:1996]	
CAE Specification, February 1997, Networking Services (XNS), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-165-9, C523)	
CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606)	

Table A-16. libc Function Interfaces
_Exit(GLIBC_2.1.1)2	getprotobynumber(GLIBC_2.1.1)6	setnetent(GLIBC_2.1.1)6	
_IO_feof(GLIBC_2.0)4	getprotoent(GLIBC_2.0)4	setpgid(GLIBC_2.0)7	
_IO_getc(GLIBC_2.0)4	getpwent(GLIBC_2.0)7	setpgrp(GLIBC_2.0)7	
_IO_putc(GLIBC_2.0)4	getpwnam(GLIBC_2.0)7	setpriority(GLIBC_2.0)7	
_IO_puts(GLIBC_2.0)4	getpwuid(GLIBC_2.0)7	setprotoent(GLIBC_2.0)6	
__assert_fail(GLIBC_2.0)4	getrlimit(GLIBC_2.0)7	setpwent(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__bzero(GLIBC_2.0)4	getrlimit64(GLIBC_2.0)3	setregid(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__ctype_get_mb_cur_max(GLIBC_2.0)4	getrusage(GLIBC_2.0)7	setreuid(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__cxa_atexit(GLIBC_2.1.3)4	gets(GLIBC_2.1.3)7	setrlimit(GLIBC_2.1.3)7	
__dcgettext(GLIBC_2.0)4	getservbyname(GLIBC_2.0)4	setservent(GLIBC_2.0)6	
__errno_location(GLIBC_2.0)4	getservbyport(GLIBC_2.0)6	setsid(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__fpending(GLIBC_2.2)4	getservent(GLIBC_2.2)4	setsockopt(GLIBC_2.2)6	
__fxstat(GLIBC_2.0)4	getsid(GLIBC_2.0)7	setstate(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__fxstat64(GLIBC_2.2)4	getsockname(GLIBC_2.2)6	setuid(GLIBC_2.2)7	
__getpgid(GLIBC_2.0)4	getsockopt(GLIBC_2.0)6	setutent(GLIBC_2.0)4	
__libc_current_sigrtmax(GLIBC_2.1)4	getsubopt(GLIBC_2.1)7	setutxent(GLIBC_2.1)7	
__libc_current_sigrtmin(GLIBC_2.1)4	gettext(GLIBC_2.1)4	setvbuf(GLIBC_2.1)7	
__lxstat(GLIBC_2.0)4	gettimeofday(GLIBC_2.0)7	shmat(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__lxstat64(GLIBC_2.2)4	getuid(GLIBC_2.2)7	shmctl(GLIBC_2.2)7	
__mbrlen(GLIBC_2.0)4	getutent(GLIBC_2.0)4	shmdt(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__mempcpy(GLIBC_2.0)4	getutxent(GLIBC_2.0)7	shmget(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__rawmemchr(GLIBC_2.1)4	getutxid(GLIBC_2.1)7	shutdown(GLIBC_2.1)6	
__secure_getenv(GLIBC_2.0)4	getutxline(GLIBC_2.0)7	sigaction(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__sigpause(GLIBC_2.0)4	getw(GLIBC_2.0)7	sigaddset(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__sigsetjmp(GLIBC_2.0)4	getwd(GLIBC_2.0)7	sigaltstack(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__stpcpy(GLIBC_2.0)4	glob(GLIBC_2.0)7	sigandset(GLIBC_2.0)4	
__strdup(GLIBC_2.0)4	glob64(GLIBC_2.0)4	sigblock(GLIBC_2.0)4	
__strtod_internal(GLIBC_2.0)4	globfree(GLIBC_2.0)7	sigdelset(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__strtof_internal(GLIBC_2.0)4	globfree64(GLIBC_2.0)4	sigemptyset(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__strtok_r(GLIBC_2.0)4	gmtime(GLIBC_2.0)7	sigfillset(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__strtol_internal(GLIBC_2.0)4	grantpt(GLIBC_2.0)7	siggetmask(GLIBC_2.0)4	
__strtold_internal(GLIBC_2.0)4	hcreate(GLIBC_2.0)7	sighold(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__strtoll_internal(GLIBC_2.0)4	hdestroy(GLIBC_2.0)7	sigignore(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__strtoul_internal(GLIBC_2.0)4	hsearch(GLIBC_2.0)7	siginterrupt(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__strtoull_internal(GLIBC_2.0)4	htonl(GLIBC_2.0)6	sigisemptyset(GLIBC_2.0)4	
__sysconf(GLIBC_2.2)4	htons(GLIBC_2.2)6	sigismember(GLIBC_2.2)7	
__sysv_signal(GLIBC_2.0)4	iconv(GLIBC_2.0)7	siglongjmp(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__wcstod_internal(GLIBC_2.0)4	iconv_close(GLIBC_2.0)7	signal(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__wcstof_internal(GLIBC_2.0)4	iconv_open(GLIBC_2.0)7	sigorset(GLIBC_2.0)4	
__wcstol_internal(GLIBC_2.0)4	imaxabs(GLIBC_2.0)2	sigpause(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__wcstold_internal(GLIBC_2.0)4	imaxdiv(GLIBC_2.0)2	sigpending(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__wcstoll_internal(GLIBC_2.0)4	index(GLIBC_2.0)7	sigprocmask(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__wcstoul_internal(GLIBC_2.0)4	inet_addr(GLIBC_2.0)6	sigqueue(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__wcstoull_internal(GLIBC_2.0)4	inet_aton(GLIBC_2.0)6	sigrelse(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__xmknod(GLIBC_2.0)4	inet_ntoa(GLIBC_2.0)6	sigreturn(GLIBC_2.0)4	
__xstat(GLIBC_2.0)4	initgroups(GLIBC_2.0)4	sigset(GLIBC_2.0)7	
__xstat64(GLIBC_2.2)4	initstate(GLIBC_2.2)7	sigstack(GLIBC_2.2)7	
_exit(GLIBC_2.0)7	insque(GLIBC_2.0)7	sigsuspend(GLIBC_2.0)7	
_h_errno(GLIBC_2.0)7	ioctl(GLIBC_2.0)7	sigtimedwait(GLIBC_2.0)7	
_longjmp(GLIBC_2.0)7	isalnum(GLIBC_2.0)7	sigwait(GLIBC_2.0)7	
_obstack_begin(GLIBC_2.0)4	isalpha(GLIBC_2.0)7	sigwaitinfo(GLIBC_2.0)7	
_obstack_newchunk(GLIBC_2.0)4	isascii(GLIBC_2.0)7	sleep(GLIBC_2.0)7	
_setjmp(GLIBC_2.0)7	isatty(GLIBC_2.0)7	snprintf(GLIBC_2.0)7	
_tolower(GLIBC_2.0)7	isblank(GLIBC_2.0)2	socket(GLIBC_2.0)6	
_toupper(GLIBC_2.0)7	iscntrl(GLIBC_2.0)7	socketpair(GLIBC_2.0)6	
a64l(GLIBC_2.0)7	isdigit(GLIBC_2.0)7	sprintf(GLIBC_2.0)7	
abort(GLIBC_2.0)7	isgraph(GLIBC_2.0)7	srand(GLIBC_2.0)7	
abs(GLIBC_2.0)7	isinf(GLIBC_2.0)2	srand48(GLIBC_2.0)7	
accept(GLIBC_2.0)6	isinfl(GLIBC_2.0)2	srandom(GLIBC_2.0)7	
access(GLIBC_2.0)7	islower(GLIBC_2.0)7	sscanf(GLIBC_2.0)7	
acct(GLIBC_2.0)4	isnan(GLIBC_2.0)2	statfs(GLIBC_2.0)4	
adjtime(GLIBC_2.0)4	isnanf(GLIBC_2.0)2	statvfs(GLIBC_2.0)7	
adjtimex(GLIBC_2.0)4	isnanl(GLIBC_2.0)2	step(GLIBC_2.0)7	
advance(GLIBC_2.0)7	isprint(GLIBC_2.0)7	stime(GLIBC_2.0)4	
alarm(GLIBC_2.0)7	ispunct(GLIBC_2.0)7	stpcpy(GLIBC_2.0)4	
alphasort(GLIBC_2.0)4	isspace(GLIBC_2.0)7	stpncpy(GLIBC_2.0)4	
alphasort64(GLIBC_2.1)4	isupper(GLIBC_2.1)7	strcasecmp(GLIBC_2.1)7	
asctime(GLIBC_2.0)7	iswalnum(GLIBC_2.0)7	strcasestr(GLIBC_2.0)4	
atexit(GLIBC_2.0)7	iswalpha(GLIBC_2.0)7	strcat(GLIBC_2.0)7	
atof(GLIBC_2.0)7	iswblank(GLIBC_2.0)4	strchr(GLIBC_2.0)7	
atoi(GLIBC_2.0)7	iswcntrl(GLIBC_2.0)7	strcmp(GLIBC_2.0)7	
atol(GLIBC_2.0)7	iswctype(GLIBC_2.0)4	strcoll(GLIBC_2.0)7	
basename(GLIBC_2.0)7	iswdigit(GLIBC_2.0)7	strcpy(GLIBC_2.0)7	
bcmp(GLIBC_2.0)7	iswgraph(GLIBC_2.0)7	strcspn(GLIBC_2.0)7	
bcopy(GLIBC_2.0)7	iswlower(GLIBC_2.0)7	strdup(GLIBC_2.0)7	
bind(GLIBC_2.0)6	iswprint(GLIBC_2.0)7	strerror(GLIBC_2.0)7	
bindresvport(GLIBC_2.0)4	iswpunct(GLIBC_2.0)7	strerror_r(GLIBC_2.0)4	
bindtextdomain(GLIBC_2.0)4	iswspace(GLIBC_2.0)7	strfmon(GLIBC_2.0)7	
brk(GLIBC_2.0)7	iswupper(GLIBC_2.0)7	strfry(GLIBC_2.0)4	
bsd_signal(GLIBC_2.0)7	iswxdigit(GLIBC_2.0)7	strftime(GLIBC_2.0)7	
bsearch(GLIBC_2.0)7	isxdigit(GLIBC_2.0)7	strlen(GLIBC_2.0)7	
btowc(GLIBC_2.0)7	jrand48(GLIBC_2.0)7	strncasecmp(GLIBC_2.0)7	
bzero(GLIBC_2.0)7	kill(GLIBC_2.0)7	strncat(GLIBC_2.0)7	
calloc(GLIBC_2.0)7	killpg(GLIBC_2.0)7	strncmp(GLIBC_2.0)7	
catclose(GLIBC_2.0)7	l64a(GLIBC_2.0)7	strncpy(GLIBC_2.0)7	
catgets(GLIBC_2.0)7	labs(GLIBC_2.0)7	strndup(GLIBC_2.0)4	
catopen(GLIBC_2.0)7	lchown(GLIBC_2.0)7	strnlen(GLIBC_2.0)4	
cfgetispeed(GLIBC_2.0)7	ldiv(GLIBC_2.0)7	strpbrk(GLIBC_2.0)7	
cfgetospeed(GLIBC_2.0)7	lfind(GLIBC_2.0)7	strptime(GLIBC_2.0)7	
cfmakeraw(GLIBC_2.0)4	link(GLIBC_2.0)7	strrchr(GLIBC_2.0)7	
cfsetispeed(GLIBC_2.0)7	listen(GLIBC_2.0)6	strsep(GLIBC_2.0)4	
cfsetospeed(GLIBC_2.0)7	llabs(GLIBC_2.0)2	strsignal(GLIBC_2.0)4	
cfsetspeed(GLIBC_2.0)4	lldiv(GLIBC_2.0)2	strspn(GLIBC_2.0)7	
chdir(GLIBC_2.0)7	localeconv(GLIBC_2.0)7	strstr(GLIBC_2.0)7	
chmod(GLIBC_2.0)7	localtime(GLIBC_2.0)7	strtod(GLIBC_2.0)7	
chown(GLIBC_2.1)7	lockf(GLIBC_2.1)7	strtof(GLIBC_2.1)2	
chroot(GLIBC_2.0)7	lockf64(GLIBC_2.0)3	strtoimax(GLIBC_2.0)2	
clearerr(GLIBC_2.0)7	longjmp(GLIBC_2.0)7	strtok(GLIBC_2.0)7	
clock(GLIBC_2.0)7	lrand48(GLIBC_2.0)7	strtok_r(GLIBC_2.0)4	
close(GLIBC_2.0)7	lsearch(GLIBC_2.0)7	strtol(GLIBC_2.0)7	
closedir(GLIBC_2.0)7	lseek(GLIBC_2.0)7	strtold(GLIBC_2.0)2	
closelog(GLIBC_2.0)7	lseek64(GLIBC_2.0)3	strtoll(GLIBC_2.0)2	
confstr(GLIBC_2.0)7	makecontext(GLIBC_2.0)7	strtoq(GLIBC_2.0)4	
connect(GLIBC_2.0)6	malloc(GLIBC_2.0)7	strtoul(GLIBC_2.0)7	
creat(GLIBC_2.0)7	mblen(GLIBC_2.0)7	strtoull(GLIBC_2.0)2	
creat64(GLIBC_2.1)3	mbrlen(GLIBC_2.1)7	strtoumax(GLIBC_2.1)2	
ctermid(GLIBC_2.0)7	mbrtowc(GLIBC_2.0)7	strtouq(GLIBC_2.0)4	
ctime(GLIBC_2.0)7	mbsinit(GLIBC_2.0)7	strverscmp(GLIBC_2.0)4	
cuserid(GLIBC_2.0)7	mbsnrtowcs(GLIBC_2.0)4	strxfrm(GLIBC_2.0)7	
daemon(GLIBC_2.0)4	mbsrtowcs(GLIBC_2.0)7	swab(GLIBC_2.0)7	
daylight(GLIBC_2.0)7	mbstowcs(GLIBC_2.0)7	swapcontext(GLIBC_2.0)7	
dcgettext(GLIBC_2.0)4	mbtowc(GLIBC_2.0)7	swprintf(GLIBC_2.0)7	
difftime(GLIBC_2.0)7	memccpy(GLIBC_2.0)7	swscanf(GLIBC_2.0)2	
dirname(GLIBC_2.0)7	memchr(GLIBC_2.0)7	symlink(GLIBC_2.0)7	
div(GLIBC_2.0)7	memcmp(GLIBC_2.0)7	sync(GLIBC_2.0)7	
drand48(GLIBC_2.0)7	memcpy(GLIBC_2.0)7	sysconf(GLIBC_2.0)7	
dup(GLIBC_2.0)7	memmem(GLIBC_2.0)4	syslog(GLIBC_2.0)7	
dup2(GLIBC_2.0)7	memmove(GLIBC_2.0)7	system(GLIBC_2.0)7	
ecvt(GLIBC_2.0)7	memrchr(GLIBC_2.0)4	tcdrain(GLIBC_2.0)7	
endgrent(GLIBC_2.0)7	memset(GLIBC_2.0)7	tcflow(GLIBC_2.0)7	
endhostent(GLIBC_2.0)6	mkdir(GLIBC_2.0)7	tcflush(GLIBC_2.0)7	
endnetent(GLIBC_2.0)6	mkfifo(GLIBC_2.0)4	tcgetattr(GLIBC_2.0)7	
endprotoent(GLIBC_2.0)6	mkstemp(GLIBC_2.0)7	tcgetpgrp(GLIBC_2.0)7	
endpwent(GLIBC_2.0)7	mkstemp64(GLIBC_2.0)3	tcgetsid(GLIBC_2.0)7	
endservent(GLIBC_2.0)6	mktemp(GLIBC_2.0)7	tcsendbreak(GLIBC_2.0)7	
endutent(GLIBC_2.0)7	mktime(GLIBC_2.0)7	tcsetattr(GLIBC_2.0)7	
endutxent(GLIBC_2.1)7	mlock(GLIBC_2.1)7	tcsetpgrp(GLIBC_2.1)7	
erand48(GLIBC_2.0)7	mlockall(GLIBC_2.0)7	telldir(GLIBC_2.0)7	
err(GLIBC_2.0)4	mmap(GLIBC_2.0)7	tempnam(GLIBC_2.0)7	
error(GLIBC_2.0)4	mmap64(GLIBC_2.0)3	textdomain(GLIBC_2.0)4	
errx(GLIBC_2.0)4	mprotect(GLIBC_2.0)7	tfind(GLIBC_2.0)7	
execl(GLIBC_2.0)7	mrand48(GLIBC_2.0)7	time(GLIBC_2.0)7	
execle(GLIBC_2.0)7	msgctl(GLIBC_2.0)7	times(GLIBC_2.0)7	
execlp(GLIBC_2.0)7	msgget(GLIBC_2.0)7	tmpfile(GLIBC_2.0)7	
execv(GLIBC_2.0)7	msgrcv(GLIBC_2.0)7	tmpfile64(GLIBC_2.0)3	
execve(GLIBC_2.0)7	msgsnd(GLIBC_2.0)7	tmpnam(GLIBC_2.0)7	
execvp(GLIBC_2.0)7	msync(GLIBC_2.0)7	toascii(GLIBC_2.0)7	
exit(GLIBC_2.0)7	munlock(GLIBC_2.0)7	tolower(GLIBC_2.0)7	
fchdir(GLIBC_2.0)7	munlockall(GLIBC_2.0)7	toupper(GLIBC_2.0)7	
fchmod(GLIBC_2.0)7	munmap(GLIBC_2.0)7	towctrans(GLIBC_2.0)7	
fchown(GLIBC_2.0)7	nanosleep(GLIBC_2.0)7	towlower(GLIBC_2.0)2	
fclose(GLIBC_2.1)7	nftw(GLIBC_2.1)7	towupper(GLIBC_2.1)7	
fcntl(GLIBC_2.0)7	nftw64(GLIBC_2.0)3	truncate(GLIBC_2.0)7	
fcvt(GLIBC_2.0)7	nice(GLIBC_2.0)7	truncate64(GLIBC_2.0)3	
fdatasync(GLIBC_2.0)7	nl_langinfo(GLIBC_2.0)7	tsearch(GLIBC_2.0)7	
fdetach(GLIBC_2.1)7	nrand48(GLIBC_2.1)7	ttyname(GLIBC_2.1)7	
fdopen(GLIBC_2.1)7	ntohl(GLIBC_2.1)6	ttyname_r(GLIBC_2.1)7	
feof(GLIBC_2.0)7	ntohs(GLIBC_2.0)6	twalk(GLIBC_2.0)7	
ferror(GLIBC_2.0)7	obstack_free(GLIBC_2.0)4	tzname(GLIBC_2.0)7	
fflush(GLIBC_2.0)7	open(GLIBC_2.0)7	tzset(GLIBC_2.0)7	
fflush_unlocked(GLIBC_2.0)7	open64(GLIBC_2.0)3	ualarm(GLIBC_2.0)7	
ffs(GLIBC_2.0)7	opendir(GLIBC_2.0)7	ulimit(GLIBC_2.0)7	
fgetc(GLIBC_2.0)7	openlog(GLIBC_2.0)7	umask(GLIBC_2.0)7	
fgetpos(GLIBC_2.0)7	pathconf(GLIBC_2.0)7	uname(GLIBC_2.0)7	
fgetpos64(GLIBC_2.1)3	pause(GLIBC_2.1)7	ungetc(GLIBC_2.1)7	
fgets(GLIBC_2.0)7	pclose(GLIBC_2.0)7	ungetwc(GLIBC_2.0)2	
fgetws(GLIBC_2.2)2	perror(GLIBC_2.2)7	unlink(GLIBC_2.2)7	
fileno(GLIBC_2.0)7	pipe(GLIBC_2.0)7	unlockpt(GLIBC_2.0)7	
flock(GLIBC_2.0)4	poll(GLIBC_2.0)7	usleep(GLIBC_2.0)7	
flockfile(GLIBC_2.0)7	popen(GLIBC_2.0)7	utime(GLIBC_2.0)7	
fmtmsg(GLIBC_2.1)7	pread(GLIBC_2.1)7	utimes(GLIBC_2.1)7	
fnmatch(GLIBC_2.2.3)7	printf(GLIBC_2.2.3)7	vasprintf(GLIBC_2.2.3)4	
fopen(GLIBC_2.1)7	psignal(GLIBC_2.1)4	vdprintf(GLIBC_2.1)4	
fopen64(GLIBC_2.1)3	ptsname(GLIBC_2.1)7	verrx(GLIBC_2.1)4	
fork(GLIBC_2.0)7	putc(GLIBC_2.0)7	vfork(GLIBC_2.0)7	
fpathconf(GLIBC_2.0)7	putc_unlocked(GLIBC_2.0)7	vfprintf(GLIBC_2.0)7	
fprintf(GLIBC_2.0)7	putchar(GLIBC_2.0)7	vfwprintf(GLIBC_2.0)2	
fputc(GLIBC_2.0)7	putchar_unlocked(GLIBC_2.0)7	vprintf(GLIBC_2.0)7	
fputs(GLIBC_2.0)7	putenv(GLIBC_2.0)7	vsnprintf(GLIBC_2.0)7	
fputwc(GLIBC_2.2)2	putmsg(GLIBC_2.2)7	vsprintf(GLIBC_2.2)7	
fputws(GLIBC_2.2)2	puts(GLIBC_2.2)7	vswscanf(GLIBC_2.2)2	
fread(GLIBC_2.0)7	pututxline(GLIBC_2.0)7	vwprintf(GLIBC_2.0)2	
free(GLIBC_2.0)7	putw(GLIBC_2.0)7	vwscanf(GLIBC_2.0)2	
freopen(GLIBC_2.0)7	putwc(GLIBC_2.0)2	wait(GLIBC_2.0)7	
freopen64(GLIBC_2.1)3	putwchar(GLIBC_2.1)2	wait3(GLIBC_2.1)7	
fscanf(GLIBC_2.0)7	pwrite(GLIBC_2.0)7	wait4(GLIBC_2.0)4	
fseek(GLIBC_2.0)7	pwrite64(GLIBC_2.0)3	waitid(GLIBC_2.0)7	
fseeko(GLIBC_2.1)7	qsort(GLIBC_2.1)7	waitpid(GLIBC_2.1)7	
fseeko64(GLIBC_2.1)3	raise(GLIBC_2.1)7	warn(GLIBC_2.1)4	
fsetpos(GLIBC_2.0)7	rand(GLIBC_2.0)7	warnx(GLIBC_2.0)4	
fsetpos64(GLIBC_2.1)3	random(GLIBC_2.1)7	wcpcpy(GLIBC_2.1)4	
fstatfs(GLIBC_2.0)4	re_comp(GLIBC_2.0)7	wcpncpy(GLIBC_2.0)4	
fstatfs64(GLIBC_2.1)3	re_exec(GLIBC_2.1)7	wcrtomb(GLIBC_2.1)7	
fstatvfs(GLIBC_2.1)7	read(GLIBC_2.1)7	wcscasecmp(GLIBC_2.1)4	
fstatvfs64(GLIBC_2.1)3	readdir(GLIBC_2.1)7	wcscat(GLIBC_2.1)7	
fsync(GLIBC_2.0)7	readdir64(GLIBC_2.0)3	wcschr(GLIBC_2.0)7	
ftell(GLIBC_2.0)7	readlink(GLIBC_2.0)7	wcscmp(GLIBC_2.0)7	
ftello(GLIBC_2.1)7	readv(GLIBC_2.1)7	wcscoll(GLIBC_2.1)7	
ftello64(GLIBC_2.1)3	realloc(GLIBC_2.1)7	wcscpy(GLIBC_2.1)7	
ftime(GLIBC_2.0)7	realpath(GLIBC_2.0)7	wcscspn(GLIBC_2.0)7	
ftok(GLIBC_2.0)7	recv(GLIBC_2.0)6	wcsdup(GLIBC_2.0)4	
ftruncate(GLIBC_2.0)7	recvfrom(GLIBC_2.0)6	wcsftime(GLIBC_2.0)2	
ftruncate64(GLIBC_2.1)3	recvmsg(GLIBC_2.1)6	wcslen(GLIBC_2.1)7	
ftrylockfile(GLIBC_2.0)7	regcomp(GLIBC_2.0)7	wcsncasecmp(GLIBC_2.0)4	
ftw(GLIBC_2.0)7	regerror(GLIBC_2.0)7	wcsncat(GLIBC_2.0)7	
ftw64(GLIBC_2.1)3	regexec(GLIBC_2.1)7	wcsncmp(GLIBC_2.1)7	
funlockfile(GLIBC_2.0)7	regfree(GLIBC_2.0)7	wcsncpy(GLIBC_2.0)7	
fwide(GLIBC_2.2)2	remove(GLIBC_2.2)7	wcsnlen(GLIBC_2.2)4	
fwprintf(GLIBC_2.2)2	remque(GLIBC_2.2)7	wcsnrtombs(GLIBC_2.2)4	
fwrite(GLIBC_2.0)7	rename(GLIBC_2.0)7	wcspbrk(GLIBC_2.0)2	
fwscanf(GLIBC_2.2)2	rewind(GLIBC_2.2)7	wcsrchr(GLIBC_2.2)7	
gcvt(GLIBC_2.0)7	rewinddir(GLIBC_2.0)7	wcsrtombs(GLIBC_2.0)7	
getc(GLIBC_2.0)7	rindex(GLIBC_2.0)7	wcsspn(GLIBC_2.0)7	
getc_unlocked(GLIBC_2.0)7	rmdir(GLIBC_2.0)7	wcsstr(GLIBC_2.0)7	
getchar(GLIBC_2.0)7	sbrk(GLIBC_2.0)7	wcstod(GLIBC_2.0)7	
getchar_unlocked(GLIBC_2.0)7	scanf(GLIBC_2.0)7	wcstof(GLIBC_2.0)2	
getcontext(GLIBC_2.1)7	sched_get_priority_max(GLIBC_2.1)7	wcstoimax(GLIBC_2.1)2	
getcwd(GLIBC_2.0)7	sched_get_priority_min(GLIBC_2.0)7	wcstok(GLIBC_2.0)7	
getdate(GLIBC_2.1)7	sched_getparam(GLIBC_2.1)7	wcstol(GLIBC_2.1)7	
getegid(GLIBC_2.0)7	sched_getscheduler(GLIBC_2.0)7	wcstold(GLIBC_2.0)2	
getenv(GLIBC_2.0)7	sched_rr_get_interval(GLIBC_2.0)7	wcstoll(GLIBC_2.0)2	
geteuid(GLIBC_2.0)7	sched_setparam(GLIBC_2.0)7	wcstombs(GLIBC_2.0)7	
getgid(GLIBC_2.0)7	sched_setscheduler(GLIBC_2.0)7	wcstoq(GLIBC_2.0)4	
getgrent(GLIBC_2.0)7	sched_yield(GLIBC_2.0)7	wcstoul(GLIBC_2.0)7	
getgrgid(GLIBC_2.0)7	seed48(GLIBC_2.0)7	wcstoull(GLIBC_2.0)2	
getgrnam(GLIBC_2.0)7	seekdir(GLIBC_2.0)7	wcstoumax(GLIBC_2.0)2	
getgroups(GLIBC_2.0)7	select(GLIBC_2.0)6	wcstouq(GLIBC_2.0)4	
gethostbyaddr(GLIBC_2.0)6	semctl(GLIBC_2.0)7	wcswcs(GLIBC_2.0)7	
gethostbyname(GLIBC_2.0)4	semget(GLIBC_2.0)7	wcswidth(GLIBC_2.0)7	
gethostid(GLIBC_2.0)7	semop(GLIBC_2.0)7	wcsxfrm(GLIBC_2.0)7	
gethostname(GLIBC_2.0)6	send(GLIBC_2.0)6	wctob(GLIBC_2.0)7	
getitimer(GLIBC_2.0)7	sendmsg(GLIBC_2.0)6	wctomb(GLIBC_2.0)7	
getloadavg(GLIBC_2.2)4	sendto(GLIBC_2.2)6	wctrans(GLIBC_2.2)7	
getlogin(GLIBC_2.0)7	setbuf(GLIBC_2.0)7	wctype(GLIBC_2.0)7	
getmsg(GLIBC_2.1)7	setbuffer(GLIBC_2.1)4	wcwidth(GLIBC_2.1)7	
getnetbyaddr(GLIBC_2.0)6	setcontext(GLIBC_2.0)7	wmemchr(GLIBC_2.0)7	
getopt(GLIBC_2.0)7	setegid(GLIBC_2.0)4	wmemcmp(GLIBC_2.0)7	
getopt_long(GLIBC_2.0)4	seteuid(GLIBC_2.0)4	wmemcpy(GLIBC_2.0)7	
getopt_long_only(GLIBC_2.0)4	setgid(GLIBC_2.0)7	wmemmove(GLIBC_2.0)7	
getpagesize(GLIBC_2.0)7	setgrent(GLIBC_2.0)7	wmemset(GLIBC_2.0)7	
getpeername(GLIBC_2.0)6	setgroups(GLIBC_2.0)4	wordexp(GLIBC_2.0)7	
getpgid(GLIBC_2.0)7	sethostent(GLIBC_2.0)6	wordfree(GLIBC_2.0)7	
getpgrp(GLIBC_2.0)7	sethostid(GLIBC_2.0)4	wprintf(GLIBC_2.0)2	
getpid(GLIBC_2.0)7	sethostname(GLIBC_2.0)4	write(GLIBC_2.0)7	
getppid(GLIBC_2.0)7	setitimer(GLIBC_2.0)7	writev(GLIBC_2.0)7	
getpriority(GLIBC_2.0)7	setlocale(GLIBC_2.0)7	wscanf(GLIBC_2.0)2	
getprotobyname(GLIBC_2.0)4	setmntent(GLIBC_2.0)4	

Table A-17. libc Data Interfaces
_IO_2_1_stderr_4	_sys_errlist4	optarg7	
_IO_2_1_stdin_4	_sys_siglist4	opterr4	
_IO_2_1_stdout_4	environ7	optind4	
__ctype_b4	errno7	optopt4	
__ctype_tolower4	getdate_err7	stderr7	
__ctype_toupper4	h_errno6	stdin7	
__environ4	loc17	stdout7	
_environ4	loc27	timezone7	
_nl_msg_cat_cntr4	locs7	

A.14. libpthread
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
Linux Standard Base	
CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606)	

Table A-18. libpthread Function Interfaces
pthread_attr_destroy(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_condattr_destroy(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_rwlock_tryrdlock(GLIBC_2.0)11	
pthread_attr_getdetachstate(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_condattr_init(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_rwlock_trywrlock(GLIBC_2.0)11	
pthread_attr_getguardsize(GLIBC_2.1)11	pthread_create(GLIBC_2.1)11	pthread_rwlock_unlock(GLIBC_2.1)11	
pthread_attr_getinheritsched(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_detach(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_rwlock_wrlock(GLIBC_2.0)11	
pthread_attr_getschedparam(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_equal(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_rwlockattr_destroy(GLIBC_2.0)11	
pthread_attr_getschedpolicy(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_exit(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_rwlockattr_getpshared(GLIBC_2.0)11	
pthread_attr_getscope(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_getschedparam(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_rwlockattr_init(GLIBC_2.0)11	
pthread_attr_getstackaddr(GLIBC_2.1)11	pthread_getspecific(GLIBC_2.1)11	pthread_rwlockattr_setpshared(GLIBC_2.1)11	
pthread_attr_getstacksize(GLIBC_2.1)11	pthread_join(GLIBC_2.1)11	pthread_self(GLIBC_2.1)11	
pthread_attr_init(GLIBC_2.1)11	pthread_key_create(GLIBC_2.1)11	pthread_setcancelstate(GLIBC_2.1)11	
pthread_attr_setdetachstate(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_key_delete(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_setcanceltype(GLIBC_2.0)11	
pthread_attr_setguardsize(GLIBC_2.1)11	pthread_kill(GLIBC_2.1)11	pthread_setschedparam(GLIBC_2.1)11	
pthread_attr_setinheritsched(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_mutex_destroy(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_setspecific(GLIBC_2.0)11	
pthread_attr_setschedparam(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_mutex_init(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_sigmask(GLIBC_2.0)11	
pthread_attr_setschedpolicy(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_mutex_lock(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_testcancel(GLIBC_2.0)11	
pthread_attr_setscope(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_mutex_trylock(GLIBC_2.0)11	sem_close(GLIBC_2.0)11	
pthread_attr_setstackaddr(GLIBC_2.1)11	pthread_mutex_unlock(GLIBC_2.1)11	sem_destroy(GLIBC_2.1)11	
pthread_attr_setstacksize(GLIBC_2.1)11	pthread_mutexattr_destroy(GLIBC_2.1)11	sem_getvalue(GLIBC_2.1)11	
pthread_cancel(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_mutexattr_gettype(GLIBC_2.0)11	sem_init(GLIBC_2.0)11	
pthread_cond_broadcast(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_mutexattr_init(GLIBC_2.0)11	sem_open(GLIBC_2.0)11	
pthread_cond_destroy(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_mutexattr_settype(GLIBC_2.0)11	sem_post(GLIBC_2.0)11	
pthread_cond_init(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_once(GLIBC_2.0)11	sem_timedwait(GLIBC_2.0)10	
pthread_cond_signal(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_rwlock_destroy(GLIBC_2.0)11	sem_trywait(GLIBC_2.0)11	
pthread_cond_timedwait(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_rwlock_init(GLIBC_2.0)11	sem_unlink(GLIBC_2.0)11	
pthread_cond_wait(GLIBC_2.0)11	pthread_rwlock_rdlock(GLIBC_2.0)11	sem_wait(GLIBC_2.0)11	

A.15. librt
The behaviour of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
Large File Support	
CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606)	

Table A-19. librt Function Interfaces
aio_cancel(GLIBC_2.1)16	aio_return(GLIBC_2.1)16	clock_gettime(GLIBC_2.1)16	
aio_cancel64(GLIBC_2.1)15	aio_return64(GLIBC_2.1)15	clock_nanosleep(GLIBC_2.1)16	
aio_error(GLIBC_2.1)16	aio_suspend(GLIBC_2.1)16	clock_settime(GLIBC_2.1)16	
aio_error64(GLIBC_2.1)15	aio_suspend64(GLIBC_2.1)15	lio_listio(GLIBC_2.1)16	
aio_fsync(GLIBC_2.1)16	aio_write(GLIBC_2.1)16	lio_listio64(GLIBC_2.1)15	
aio_fsync64(GLIBC_2.1)15	aio_write64(GLIBC_2.1)15	shm_open(GLIBC_2.1)16	
aio_read(GLIBC_2.1)16	clock_getcpuclockid(GLIBC_2.1)16	shm_unlink(GLIBC_2.1)16	
aio_read64(GLIBC_2.1)15	clock_getres(GLIBC_2.1)16	

Appendix B. How To Create An LSB Compliant Application
B.1. Application Binary Interface
The Linux Standard Base (LSB) defines and tests a Binary Application Interface (ABI) for the GNU/Linux operating system. This ABI protects an application from the intricacies of the operating system by providing a consistent layer of APIs & libraries for an application to interface instead of the system primitives. 
This ABI definition, testing, and certification is what comprises the LSB standard. 
Table B-1. ABI: High Level View
ENTRYTBL not supported.	
Application Binary Interface	
Linux Kernel	
Hardware Platform	

Table B-2. ABI: Component View
ENTRYTBL not supported.	
ENTRYTBL not supported.	
Linux Kernel	
Hardware Platform	

B.2. Application Programming Interface
The LSB's ABI defines a set of Application Programming Interfaces (APIs) that are grouped into reusable modular libraries. This set of LSB defined libraries provide the working set of APIs for applications to use to access the operating system. 
System Interfaces 
•	System Interfaces (libc)
•	Math (libm)
•	Dynamic Loader (libdl)
•	Encryption (libcrypt)
•	pThreads (libpthreads)
•	Asynchronous I/O (librt)
Auxiliary Interfaces 
•	Compression (libz)
•	Utility Functions (libutil)
•	Curses (libcurses)
Graphics Interfaces 
•	X Window System (libX11)
•	X11 Extension (libXext)
•	X11 Intrinsics (libXt)
•	X11 Session Mgnt. (libSM)
•	X11 Inter-Client Exchange (libICE)
•	GL 3D Graphics (libGL)
B.3. LSB Compliance
Programmers who wish to produce binary applications that will run on any LSB-conforming implementation should follow this procedure:
	1.	Link your binary application with the LSB's stub libraries found in /usr/lsb/lib to determine at compile time if your application is using only LSB defined APIs.
	2.	Link your binary application with the LSB /lib/ld-lsb.so.1 dynamic linker/loader. 
	3.	Verify your binary application with the LSB's /usr/bin/lsbappchk tool to determine at runtime if your application is using only LSB defined APIs.
B.4. LSB Setup and Environment
There is an LSB development environment, lsbdev, with compile time stub libraries, and there is an LSB loader, ld-lsb.so.1, that needs to be installed. Follow the example below to install these LSB tools.
$ rpm -i ftp://lsb.sourceforge.net/pub/lsb/lsbdev/lsbdev-1.0.i386.rpm
Download LSB-addon-newest.tar.gz from http://www.linuxbase.org/impl/ (for example) in the /tmp directory and install it:
$ cd  /
$ tar xzvf /tmp/LSB-addon-newest.tar.gz
B.5. LSB Compliance Example
Create a simple "hello world" program. 
cat > hw.c << FILE

&include <stdio.h>

int
main(int argc, char *argv[]) {
        printf("Hello World\n");
}

FILE
Compile the "hello world" program and link it with the LSB loader and libraries.
$ gcc -o hw -Wall hw.c -L/usr/lib/lsb -Wl,--dynamic-linker=/lib/ld-lsb.so.1
Test to see if the "hello world" program works. 
$ ./hw

  Hello World
Test to see if the "hello world" program is using the LSB loader and libraries. 
$ ldd hw

  libc.so.6 => /lib/lsb/libc.so.6
  /lib/ld-lsb.so.1 => /lib/ld-lsb.so.1
Test of see if the "hello world" program is LSB compliant. 
$ lsbappchk hw
If there is any output from lsbappchk, then it detected API calls that are not specified by the LSB. 
To correct this, the programmer has the following options:
 To satisfy this API calls link these functions statically (last resort for SUID/SGID programms). To make this less annoying, we recommend to concentrate the privileged activity (e.g. opening port 80 for a web server) on a small binary, which is called by a non privileged binary and can do its work after the small SUID/GID binary has done its job.
 Supply a vendor private dynamic library. When linking, explicitly add this library path with the -rpath linker option. Applications should be aware that using -rpath makes it difficult/impossible to ship a package which can be installed in more than one location.
 Supply a vendor private dynamic library and get it loaded at runtime by setting the Environment variable LD_LIBRARY_PATH. This will not work with SUID/SGID programms.
B.6. LSB Non-Compliance Example
Create a simple "domain name" program. 
cat > dn.c << FILE

&include <stdio.h>
&include <unistd.h>

int
main(int argc, char *argv[]) {
        char domain[BUFSIZ];
        int rc;

        rc = call_my_non_lsb_getdomainname((char *)&domain, BUFSIZ);

        if (0 == rc) {
                printf("domainname is: %s\n", domain);
        }

}

FILE
Compile the "domain name" program and link it with the LSB loader and libraries.
$ gcc -o dn -Wall dn.c -L/usr/lib/lsb -Wl,--dynamic-linker=/lib/ld-lsb.so.1

  domain.c: In function `main':
  domain.c:14: warning: control reaches end of non-void function
  /tmp/ccHpOeFD.o: In function `main':
  /tmp/ccHpOeFD.o(.text+0x16): undefined reference to `call_my_non_lsb_getdomainname'
  collect2: ld returned 1 exit status
The dn.c failed to link with the LSB filters libraries, because the API call_my_non_lsb_getdomainname is not defined.
Let's assume that we were able to compile & link some libraries, and be using the correct LSB loader. Test to verify with lsbappchk if the domain name application is using only LSB specified APIs.
$ lsbappchk hw

  call_my_non_lsb_getdomainname
The LSB's lsbappchk outputed call_my_non_lsb_getdomainname, so it detected an API call that is not specified by the LSB. To correct this, the application should discontinue the use of those APIs, or a trouble report should be sent to the LSB.